4👑☸ Cattāri Ariya-saccaṃ 四聖諦
Brief defintion
puñña: merit; righteousness. (nt.)
Puñña (nt.) [cp. (late) Vedic puṇya favourable, good; etym. not clear, it may be dialectical. The word is expld by Dhammapāla as "santānaŋ punāti visodheti, i. e. cleaning the continuation (of life) VvA 19, thus taken to pu. The expln is of course fanciful] merit meritorious action, virtue. Always represented as foundation and condition of heavenly rebirth & a future blissful state, the enjoyment (& duration) of which depends on the amount of merit accumulated in a former existence. With ref. to this life there are esp. 3 qualities contributing to merit, viz., dāna, sīla & bhāvanā or liberality, good conduct & contemplation
brief description of how it works, how to use it
puñña
1. sammā-diṭṭhi
SN 54.3 Pure/Simple-discourse |
SN 54.3 Suddhika-sutta |
1.1 dukkhe ñāṇaṃ
akatapuññā (1) puññañāṇehi (1)
akatapuññānaṃ (6) puññañca (23)
akatapuññena (1) puññañce (1)
atipuññatāya (1) puññatejena (1)
apuññaṃ (55) puññatejo (1)
apuññatejaṃ (1) puññato (1)
apuññanti (1) puññatthaṃ (1)
apuññapañho (1) puññatthassa (1)
apuññappaṭipadā (1) puññatthāya (2)
apuññabhāgiyaṃ (3) puññatthikā (1)
apuññamayaṃ (1) puññatthikānaṃ (1)
apuññamayā (2) puññatthiko (11)
apuññamayānaṃ (1) puññadhārā (1)
apuññalābhaṃ (2) puññanimmitoti (1)
apuññalābho (1) puññantarāyakaro (1)
apuññavantaṃ (2) puññanti (5)
apuññasaṅkhārā (1) puññapāpaṃ (1)
apuññā (1) puññapāpaparikkhayāti (2)
apuññānañhi (1) puññapāpaparikkhīṇo (2)
apuññābhisaṅkhāraṃ (4) puññapāpapahīnassa (1)
apuññābhisaṅkhārasahagataṃ (2) puññapāpaphalūpagā (4)
apuññābhisaṅkhārena (2) puññapāpaphalūpagāti (1)
apuññābhisaṅkhāro (12) puññapāpasamatikkamappaṭipadā (1)
apuññāyatanaṃ (1) puññapāpasamatikkamā (1)
apuññūpagaṃ (1) puññapekkhassa (6)
appapuññatā (4) puññapekkhāna (8)
appapuññā (4) puññapekkho (24)
appapuñño (1) puññappaṭipadaṃ (1)
appassutāpuññakaro (1) puññappaṭipadā (2)
āpuññesu (1) puññaphalaṃ (13)
upacitapuññasañcayo (1) puññaphalūpapannaṃ (1)
ussannapuññāpi (1) puññabhattaṃ (1)
kacavarachaḍḍanapuññakammena (1) puññabhāgāti (1)
katapuññaṃ (1) puññabhāgiyaṃ (3)
katapuññatanti (1) puññabhāgiyā (3)
katapuññatā (5) puññabhāgiyāya (1)
katapuññatāya (1) puññabhāgiyo (3)
katapuññanivese (1) puññamayā (1)
katapuññampi (2) puññamayānaṃ (1)
katapuññassa (5) puññamahī (2)
katapuññassāti (1) puññamidaṃ (1)
katapuññā (6) puññameva (2)
katapuññāti (2) puññampi (1)
katapuññānaṃ (3) puññampimā (1)
katapuññānamevidaṃ (3) puññamhi (1)
katapuññena (1) puññalakkhaṇā (1)
katapuñño (4) puññavaḍḍhano (1)
katapuññosi (1) puññavaḍḍhiyā (1)
kusalavarapuññasambhavassa (1) puññavatī (1)
dānamayikapuññakiriyavatthu (2) puññavato (3)
nepuññaṃ (6) puññavantaṃ (3)
nepuñño (1) puññavanto (2)
parittapuññāti (2) puññavaraṃ (1)
parittapuññāpi (1) puññavā (2)
parittapuñño (2) puññavipākakathāti (1)
pāpapuññānaṃ (1) puññavipākena (1)
puññaṃ (237) puññavipākoti (1)
puññakatā (3) puññasaṃkāse (1)
puññakato (1) puññasaṅkhāradālitā (1)
puññakathā (1) puññasaṅkhārā (1)
puññakammaṃ (3) puññasañcayaṃ (2)
puññakammapathānugā (1) puññasañcaye (1)
puññakammappabhāvitaṃ (1) puññasaññī (1)
puññakammasamaṅgitā (2) puññasampadā (1)
puññakammasamaṅginaṃ (2) puññasammatā (1)
puññakammasamaṅgino (7) puññasālaṃ (1)
puññakammasamāhito (4) puññasiddhiṃ (1)
puññakammasamohitā (1) puññassa (41)
puññakammassidaṃ (20) puññahetu (1)
puññakammā (10) puññā (3)
puññakammānaṃ (12) puññāna (2)
puññakammābhinibbattā (2) puññānaṃ (28)
puññakammābhinimmito (2) puññāni (123)
puññakamminaṃ (1) puññānīti (5)
puññakamminanti (1) puññānupacitāni (2)
puññakammunā (1) puññāpuññesu (1)
puññakamme (1) puññābhāgāti (1)
puññakammena (17) puññābhisaṅkhāraṃ (4)
puññakammo (3) puññābhisaṅkhārasahagataṃ (2)
puññakarā (1) puññābhisaṅkhārā (1)
puññakaro (3) puññābhisaṅkhārena (2)
puññakarohamasmi (1) puññābhisaṅkhāro (12)
puññakāmassa (1) puññābhisandavaggo (2)
puññakāmā (3) puññābhisandā (21)
puññakāmena (2) puññābhisandehi (9)
puññakāmo (4) puññābhisando (40)
puññakiriyapaññattiyā (1) puññāyamhi (1)
puññakiriyavatthu (12) puññūpagaṃ (1)
puññakiriyavatthuṃ (8) puññūpasaṃhitā (1)
puññakiriyavatthūni (7) puññe (5)
puññakiriyavatthūnīti (2) puññena (11)
puññakiriyā (3) puññehi (9)
puññakiriyāya (1) pubbekatapuññatā (1)
puññakiriyāyāti (3) pubbekatapuññatāya (1)
puññakiriyāsu (4) bahupuññaṃ (1)
puññakkhayā (6) buddhapuññena (1)
puññakkhayo (1) mahatimahāpuññabhattaparivesanaṃ (1)
puññakkhettaṃ (115) mahāpuñña (4)
puññakkhettassa (3) mahāpuññaṃ (1)
puññakkhettā (1) mahāpuññakkhandho (5)
puññakkhettāni (1) mahāpuññakkhandhotveva (6)
puññakkhette (15) mahāpuññānaṃ (1)
puññakkhetto (3) yodhapuññañca (1)
puññakriyaṃ (1) rājapuññena (1)
puññakriyavatthu (1) varapuññalakkhaṇaṃ (1)
puññakhandhā (1) varapuññassa (2)
puññakhettamanuttaraṃ (1) sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo (1)
puññakhettānamakovidosi (1) satapuññalakkhaṇaṃ (4)
puññakhettānamākarā (1) satapuññalakkhaṇo (1)
puññagabbhaṃ (1) sahapuññassa (1)
puññacittena (1) sīlamayikapuññakiriyavatthu (1)
DN
DN 1
DN 1, 1. brahmajālasuttaṃ, ekaccasassatavādo DN 1.7, para. 3 ⇒
4.. “hoti kho so, bhikkhave, samayo, yaṃ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena ayaṃ loko vivaṭṭati. vivaṭṭamāne loke suññaṃ brahmavimānaṃ pātubhavati. atha kho aññataro satto āyukkhayā vā puññakkhayā vā ābhassarakāyā cavitvā suññaṃ brahmavimānaṃ upapajjati. so tattha hoti manomayo pītibhakkho sayaṃpabho antalikkhacaro subhaṭṭhāyī, ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ tiṭṭhati.
DN 1
DN 1, 1. brahmajālasuttaṃ, ekaccasassatavādo DN 1.7, para. 4 ⇒
41. “tassa tattha ekakassa dīgharattaṃ nivusitattā anabhirati paritassanā upapajjati — ‘aho vata aññepi sattā itthattaṃ āgaccheyyun’ti. atha aññepi sattā āyukkhayā vā puññakkhayā vā ābhassarakāyā cavitvā brahmavimānaṃ upapajjanti tassa sattassa sahabyataṃ. tepi tattha honti manomayā pītibhakkhā sayaṃpabhā antalikkhacarā subhaṭṭhāyino, ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ tiṭṭhanti.
DN 2
DN 1, 2. sāmaññaphalasuttaṃ, pūraṇakassapavādo DN 2.4, para. 2 ⇒
166. “evaṃ vutte, bhante, pūraṇo kassapo maṃ etadavoca — ‘karoto kho, mahārāja, kārayato, chindato chedāpayato, pacato pācāpayato socayato, socāpayato, kilamato kilamāpayato, phandato phandāpayato, pāṇamatipātāpayato, adinnaṃ ādiyato, sandhiṃ chindato, nillopaṃ harato, ekāgārikaṃ karoto, paripanthe tiṭṭhato, paradāraṃ gacchato, musā bhaṇato, karoto na karīyati pāpaṃ. khurapariyantena cepi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā pāṇe ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ ekaṃ maṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya, natthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, natthi pāpassa āgamo. dakkhiṇaṃ cepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācāpento, natthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, natthi pāpassa āgamo. uttarañcepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya dadanto dāpento yajanto yajāpento, natthi tatonidānaṃ puññaṃ, natthi puññassa āgamo. dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena natthi puññaṃ, natthi puññassa āgamo’ti. itthaṃ kho me, bhante, pūraṇo kassapo sandiṭṭhikaṃ sāmaññaphalaṃ puṭṭho samāno akiriyaṃ byākāsi.
DN 2
DN 1, 2. sāmaññaphalasuttaṃ, paṭhamasandiṭṭhikasāmaññaphalaṃ DN 2.10, para. 2 ⇒
183. “sakkā, mahārāja. tena hi, mahārāja, taññevettha paṭipucchissāmi. yathā te khameyya, tathā naṃ byākareyyāsi. taṃ kiṃ maññasi, mahārāja, idha te assa puriso dāso kammakāro pubbuṭṭhāyī pacchānipātī kiṅkārapaṭissāvī manāpacārī piyavādī mukhullokako . tassa evamassa — ‘acchariyaṃ, vata bho, abbhutaṃ, vata bho, puññānaṃ gati, puññānaṃ vipāko. ayañhi rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto manusso; ahampi manusso. ayañhi rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti, devo maññe. ahaṃ panamhissa dāso kammakāro pubbuṭṭhāyī pacchānipātī kiṅkārapaṭissāvī manāpacārī piyavādī mukhullokako. so vatassāhaṃ puññāni kareyyaṃ. yaṃnūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyyan’ti. so aparena samayena kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya. so evaṃ pabbajito samāno kāyena saṃvuto vihareyya, vācāya saṃvuto vihareyya, manasā saṃvuto vihareyya, ghāsacchādanaparamatāya santuṭṭho, abhirato paviveke. taṃ ce te purisā evamāroceyyuṃ — ‘yagghe deva jāneyyāsi, yo te so puriso dāso kammakāro pubbuṭṭhāyī pacchānipātī kiṅkārapaṭissāvī manāpacārī piyavādī mukhullokako; so, deva, kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito. so evaṃ pabbajito samāno kāyena saṃvuto viharati, vācāya saṃvuto viharati, manasā saṃvuto viharati, ghāsacchādanaparamatāya santuṭṭho, abhirato paviveke’ti. api nu tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi — ‘etu me, bho, so puriso, punadeva hotu dāso kammakāro pubbuṭṭhāyī pacchānipātī kiṅkārapaṭissāvī manāpacārī piyavādī mukhullokako’ti?
DN 2
DN 1, 2. sāmaññaphalasuttaṃ, dutiyasandiṭṭhikasāmaññaphalaṃ DN 2.11, para. 1 ⇒
186. “sakkā pana, bhante, aññampi evameva diṭṭheva dhamme sandiṭṭhikaṃ sāmaññaphalaṃ paññapetun”ti? “sakkā, mahārāja. tena hi, mahārāja, taññevettha paṭipucchissāmi. yathā te khameyya, tathā naṃ byākareyyāsi. taṃ kiṃ maññasi, mahārāja, idha te assa puriso kassako gahapatiko karakārako rāsivaḍḍhako. tassa evamassa — ‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, puññānaṃ gati, puññānaṃ vipāko. ayañhi rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto manusso, ahampi manusso. ayañhi rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti, devo maññe. ahaṃ panamhissa kassako gahapatiko karakārako rāsivaḍḍhako. so vatassāhaṃ puññāni kareyyaṃ. yaṃnūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyyan’ti.
DN 1, 5. kūṭadantasuttaṃ, aṭṭha parikkhārā (DN 5), para. 1 ⇒
34.. “rājā mahāvijito aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgato, ubhato sujāto mātito ca pitito ca saṃsuddhagahaṇiko yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato brahmavaṇṇī brahmavacchasī akhuddāvakāso dassanāya; aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo pahūtajātarūparajato pahūtavittūpakaraṇo pahūtadhanadhañño paripuṇṇakosakoṭṭhāgāro; balavā caturaṅginiyā senāya samannāgato assavāya ovādapaṭikarāya sahati maññe paccatthike yasasā; saddho dāyako dānapati anāvaṭadvāro samaṇabrāhmaṇakapaṇaddhikavaṇibbakayācakānaṃ opānabhūto puññāni karoti; bahussuto tassa tassa sutajātassa, tassa tasseva kho pana bhāsitassa atthaṃ jānāti ‘ayaṃ imassa bhāsitassa attho ayaṃ imassa bhāsitassa attho’ti; paṇḍito, viyatto, medhāvī, paṭibalo, atītānāgatapaccuppanne atthe cintetuṃ. rājā mahāvijito imehi aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgato. iti imānipi aṭṭhaṅgāni tasseva yaññassa parikkhārā bhavanti.
DN 5
DN 1, 5. kūṭadantasuttaṃ, soḷasa ākārā DN 5.10, para. 4 ⇒
“siyā kho pana bhoto rañño mahāyaññaṃ yajamānassa kocideva vattā — ‘rājā kho mahāvijito mahāyaññaṃ yajati no ca kho abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato brahmavaṇṇī brahmavacchasī akhuddāvakāso dassanāya . pe . no ca kho aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo pahūtajātarūparajato pahūtavittūpakaraṇo pahūtadhanadhañño paripuṇṇakosakoṭṭhāgāro . pe . no ca kho balavā caturaṅginiyā senāya samannāgato assavāya ovādapaṭikarāya sahati maññe paccatthike yasasā . pe . no ca kho saddho dāyako dānapati anāvaṭadvāro samaṇabrāhmaṇakapaṇaddhikavaṇibbakayācakānaṃ opānabhūto puññāni karoti . pe . no ca kho bahussuto tassa tassa sutajātassa . pe . no ca kho tassa tasseva kho pana bhāsitassa atthaṃ jānāti “ayaṃ imassa bhāsitassa attho, ayaṃ imassa bhāsitassa attho”ti . pe . no ca kho paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī paṭibalo atītānāgatapaccuppanne atthe cintetuṃ, atha ca pana bhavaṃ rājā evarūpaṃ mahāyaññaṃ yajatī’ti . evampi bhoto rañño vattā dhammato natthi. bhavaṃ kho pana rājā paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī paṭibalo atītānāgatapaccuppanne atthe cintetuṃ. imināpetaṃ bhavaṃ rājā jānātu, yajataṃ bhavaṃ, sajjataṃ bhavaṃ, modataṃ bhavaṃ, cittameva bhavaṃ antaraṃ pasādetu.
DN 14
DN 2, 1. mahāpadānasuttaṃ, pabbajito DN 14.8, para. 3 ⇒
53. “addasā kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyanto purisaṃ bhaṇḍuṃ pabbajitaṃ kāsāyavasanaṃ. disvā sārathiṃ āmantesi — ‘ayaṃ pana, samma sārathi, puriso kiṃkato? sīsaṃpissa na yathā aññesaṃ, vatthānipissa na yathā aññesan’ti? ‘eso kho, deva, pabbajito nāmā’ti. ‘kiṃ paneso, samma sārathi, pabbajito nāmā’ti? ‘eso kho, deva, pabbajito nāma sādhu dhammacariyā sādhu samacariyā sādhu kusalakiriyā sādhu puññakiriyā sādhu avihiṃsā sādhu bhūtānukampā’ti. ‘sādhu kho so, samma sārathi, pabbajito nāma, sādhu dhammacariyā sādhu samacariyā sādhu kusalakiriyā sādhu puññakiriyā sādhu avihiṃsā sādhu bhūtānukampā. tena hi, samma sārathi, yena so pabbajito tena rathaṃ pesehī’ti. ‘evaṃ, devā’ti kho, bhikkhave, sārathi vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā yena so pabbajito tena rathaṃ pesesi. atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro taṃ pabbajitaṃ etadavoca — ‘tvaṃ pana, samma, kiṃkato, sīsampi te na yathā aññesaṃ, vatthānipi te na yathā aññesan’ti? ‘ahaṃ kho, deva, pabbajito nāmā’ti. ‘kiṃ pana tvaṃ, samma, pabbajito nāmā’ti? ‘ahaṃ kho, deva, pabbajito nāma, sādhu dhammacariyā sādhu samacariyā sādhu kusalakiriyā sādhu puññakiriyā sādhu avihiṃsā sādhu bhūtānukampā’ti. ‘sādhu kho tvaṃ, samma, pabbajito nāma sādhu dhammacariyā sādhu samacariyā sādhu kusalakiriyā sādhu puññakiriyā sādhu avihiṃsā sādhu bhūtānukampā’ti.
DN 16
DN 2, 3. mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ, dhammādāsadhammapariyāyā DN 16.11, para. 5 ⇒
“saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti.
DN 16
DN 2, 3. mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ, pukkusamallaputtavatthu DN 16.26, para. 27 ⇒
“dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati,
DN 16
DN 2, 3. mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ, ānandācchariyadhammo DN 16.32, para. 1 ⇒
2.7. atha kho āyasmā ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno aṭṭhāsi — “ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako”ti. atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi — “kahaṃ nu kho, bhikkhave, ānando”ti? “eso, bhante, āyasmā ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno ṭhito — ‘ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako’”ti. atha kho bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi — “ehi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, mama vacanena ānandaṃ āmantehi — ‘satthā taṃ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī’”ti. “evaṃ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca — “satthā taṃ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī”ti. “evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā ānando tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca — “alaṃ, ānanda, mā soci mā paridevi, nanu etaṃ, ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ — ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’; taṃ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā. yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata tathāgatassāpi sarīraṃ mā palujjī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. dīgharattaṃ kho te, ānanda, tathāgato paccupaṭṭhito mettena kāyakammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena vacīkammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena manokammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena. katapuññosi tvaṃ, ānanda, padhānamanuyuñja, khippaṃ hohisi anāsavo”ti.
DN 18
DN 2, 5. janavasabhasuttaṃ, satta samādhiparikkhārā DN 18.9, para. 3 ⇒
“atthāyaṃ itarā pajā, puññābhāgāti me mano.
DN 21
DN 2, 8. sakkapañhasuttaṃ, pañcasikhagītagāthā DN 21.2, para. 18 ⇒
“yaṃ me atthi kataṃ puññaṃ, arahantesu tādisu.
DN 21
DN 2, 8. sakkapañhasuttaṃ, pañcasikhagītagāthā DN 21.2, para. 20 ⇒
“yaṃ me atthi kataṃ puññaṃ, asmiṃ pathavimaṇḍale.
DN 23
DN 2, 10. pāyāsisuttaṃ, gabbhinīupamā DN 23.9, para. 2 ⇒
“atha kho sā brāhmaṇī satthaṃ gahetvā ovarakaṃ pavisitvā udaraṃ opādesi — ‘yāva vijāyāmi yadi vā kumārako yadi vā kumārikā’ti. sā attānaṃ ceva jīvitañca gabbhañca sāpateyyañca vināsesi. yathā taṃ bālā abyattā anayabyasanaṃ āpannā ayoniso dāyajjaṃ gavesantī, evameva kho tvaṃ, rājañña, bālo abyatto anayabyasanaṃ āpajjissasi ayoniso paralokaṃ gavesanto; seyyathāpi sā brāhmaṇī bālā abyattā anayabyasanaṃ āpannā ayoniso dāyajjaṃ gavesantī. na kho, rājañña, samaṇabrāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā apakkaṃ paripācenti; api ca paripākaṃ āgamenti. paṇḍitānaṃ attho hi, rājañña, samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ sīlavantānaṃ kalyāṇadhammānaṃ jīvitena. yathā yathā kho, rājañña, samaṇabrāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ tiṭṭhanti, tathā tathā bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavanti, bahujanahitāya ca paṭipajjanti bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. imināpi kho te, rājañña, pariyāyena evaṃ hotu — ‘itipi atthi paro loko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’”ti.
DN 23
DN 2, 10. pāyāsisuttaṃ, uttaramāṇavavatthu DN 23.20, para. 1 ⇒
439. atha kho pāyāsi rājañño dānaṃ paṭṭhapesi samaṇabrāhmaṇakapaṇaddhikavaṇibbakayācakānaṃ . tasmiṃ kho pana dāne evarūpaṃ bhojanaṃ dīyati kaṇājakaṃ bilaṅgadutiyaṃ, dhorakāni ca vatthāni guḷavālakāni . tasmiṃ kho pana dāne uttaro nāma māṇavo vāvaṭo ahosi. so dānaṃ datvā evaṃ anuddisati — “imināhaṃ dānena pāyāsiṃ rājaññameva imasmiṃ loke samāgacchiṃ, mā parasmin”ti. assosi kho pāyāsi rājañño — “uttaro kira māṇavo dānaṃ datvā evaṃ anuddisati — ‘imināhaṃ dānena pāyāsiṃ rājaññameva imasmiṃ loke samāgacchiṃ, mā parasmi’n”ti. atha kho pāyāsi rājañño uttaraṃ māṇavaṃ āmantāpetvā etadavoca — “saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, tāta uttara, dānaṃ datvā evaṃ anuddisasi — ‘imināhaṃ dānena pāyāsiṃ rājaññameva imasmiṃ loke samāgacchiṃ, mā parasmi’n”ti? “evaṃ, bho”. “kissa pana tvaṃ, tāta uttara, dānaṃ datvā evaṃ anuddisasi — ‘imināhaṃ dānena pāyāsiṃ rājaññameva imasmiṃ loke samāgacchiṃ, mā parasmin’ti? nanu mayaṃ, tāta uttara, puññatthikā dānasseva phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhino”ti? “bhoto kho dāne evarūpaṃ bhojanaṃ dīyati kaṇājakaṃ bilaṅgadutiyaṃ, yaṃ bhavaṃ pādāpi na iccheyya samphusituṃ, kuto bhuñjituṃ, dhorakāni ca vatthāni guḷavālakāni, yāni bhavaṃ pādāpi na iccheyya samphusituṃ, kuto paridahituṃ. bhavaṃ kho panamhākaṃ piyo manāpo, kathaṃ mayaṃ manāpaṃ amanāpena saṃyojemā”ti? “tena hi tvaṃ, tāta uttara, yādisāhaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjāmi, tādisaṃ bhojanaṃ paṭṭhapehi. yādisāni cāhaṃ vatthāni paridahāmi, tādisāni ca vatthāni paṭṭhapehī”ti. “evaṃ, bho”ti kho uttaro māṇavo pāyāsissa rājaññassa paṭissutvā yādisaṃ bhojanaṃ pāyāsi rājañño bhuñjati, tādisaṃ bhojanaṃ paṭṭhapesi. yādisāni ca vatthāni pāyāsi rājañño paridahati, tādisāni ca vatthāni paṭṭhapesi.
DN 24
DN 3, 1. pāthikasuttaṃ, sunakkhattavatthu DN 24.1, para. 8 ⇒
‘anekapariyāyena kho te, sunakkhatta, saṅghassa vaṇṇo bhāsito vajjigāme — suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. iti kho te, sunakkhatta, anekapariyāyena saṅghassa vaṇṇo bhāsito vajjigāme.
DN 24
DN 3, 1. pāthikasuttaṃ, aggaññapaññattikathā DN 24.6, para. 4 ⇒
‘hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṃ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena ayaṃ loko vivaṭṭati. vivaṭṭamāne loke suññaṃ brahmavimānaṃ pātubhavati. atha kho aññataro satto āyukkhayā vā puññakkhayā vā ābhassarakāyā cavitvā suññaṃ brahmavimānaṃ upapajjati . so tattha hoti manomayo pītibhakkho sayaṃpabho antalikkhacaro subhaṭṭhāyī, ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ tiṭṭhati.
DN 24
DN 3, 1. pāthikasuttaṃ, aggaññapaññattikathā DN 24.6, para. 5 ⇒
‘tassa tattha ekakassa dīgharattaṃ nivusitattā anabhirati paritassanā uppajjati — aho vata aññepi sattā itthattaṃ āgaccheyyunti. atha aññepi sattā āyukkhayā vā puññakkhayā vā ābhassarakāyā cavitvā brahmavimānaṃ upapajjanti tassa sattassa sahabyataṃ. tepi tattha honti manomayā pītibhakkhā sayaṃpabhā antalikkhacarā subhaṭṭhāyino, ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ tiṭṭhanti.
DN 26
DN 3, 3. cakkavattisuttaṃ, attadīpasaraṇatā DN 26.1, para. 2 ⇒
“gocare, bhikkhave, caratha sake pettike visaye. gocare, bhikkhave, carataṃ sake pettike visaye na lacchati māro otāraṃ, na lacchati māro ārammaṇaṃ . kusalānaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ samādānahetu evamidaṃ puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati.
DN 26
DN 3, 3. cakkavattisuttaṃ, bhikkhunoāyuvaṇṇādivaḍḍhanakathā DN 26.11, para. 7 ⇒
“nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekabalampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ duppasahaṃ, yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, mārabalaṃ. kusalānaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ samādānahetu evamidaṃ puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatī”ti. idamavoca bhagavā. attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
DN 27
DN 3, 4. aggaññasuttaṃ, vāseṭṭhabhāradvājā DN 27.1, para. 4 ⇒
114. “taggha vo, vāseṭṭha, brāhmaṇā porāṇaṃ assarantā evamāhaṃsu — ‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīnā aññe vaṇṇā; brāhmaṇova sukko vaṇṇo, kaṇhā aññe vaṇṇā; brāhmaṇāva sujjhanti, no abrāhmaṇā; brāhmaṇāva brahmuno puttā orasā mukhato jātā brahmajā brahmanimmitā brahmadāyādā’ti. dissanti kho pana, vāseṭṭha, brāhmaṇānaṃ brāhmaṇiyo utuniyopi gabbhiniyopi vijāyamānāpi pāyamānāpi. te ca brāhmaṇā yonijāva samānā evamāhaṃsu — ‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīnā aññe vaṇṇā; brāhmaṇova sukko vaṇṇo, kaṇhā aññe vaṇṇā; brāhmaṇāva sujjhanti, no abrāhmaṇā; brāhmaṇāva brahmuno puttā orasā mukhato jātā brahmajā brahmanimmitā brahmadāyādā’ti. te brahmānañceva abbhācikkhanti, musā ca bhāsanti, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavanti.
DN 29
DN 3, 6. pāsādikasuttaṃ, asammāsambuddhappaveditadhammavinayo DN 29.3, para. 1 ⇒
166. “evaṃ hetaṃ, cunda, hoti durakkhāte dhammavinaye duppavedite aniyyānike anupasamasaṃvattanike asammāsambuddhappavedite. idha, cunda, satthā ca hoti asammāsambuddho, dhammo ca durakkhāto duppavedito aniyyāniko anupasamasaṃvattaniko asammāsambuddhappavedito, sāvako ca tasmiṃ dhamme na dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati na sāmīcippaṭipanno na anudhammacārī, vokkamma ca tamhā dhammā vattati. so evamassa vacanīyo — ‘tassa te, āvuso, lābhā, tassa te suladdhaṃ, satthā ca te asammāsambuddho, dhammo ca durakkhāto duppavedito aniyyāniko anupasamasaṃvattaniko asammāsambuddhappavedito. tvañca tasmiṃ dhamme na dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharasi, na sāmīcippaṭipanno, na anudhammacārī, vokkamma ca tamhā dhammā vattasī’ti. iti kho, cunda, satthāpi tattha gārayho, dhammopi tattha gārayho, sāvako ca tattha evaṃ pāsaṃso. yo kho, cunda, evarūpaṃ sāvakaṃ evaṃ vadeyya — ‘etāyasmā tathā paṭipajjatu, yathā te satthārā dhammo desito paññatto’ti. yo ca samādapeti, yañca samādapeti, yo ca samādapito tathattāya paṭipajjati. sabbe te bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavanti. taṃ kissa hetu? evaṃ hetaṃ, cunda, hoti durakkhāte dhammavinaye duppavedite aniyyānike anupasamasaṃvattanike asammāsambuddhappavedite.
DN 29
DN 3, 6. pāsādikasuttaṃ, asammāsambuddhappaveditadhammavinayo DN 29.3, para. 2 ⇒
167. “idha pana, cunda, satthā ca hoti asammāsambuddho, dhammo ca durakkhāto duppavedito aniyyāniko anupasamasaṃvattaniko asammāsambuddhappavedito, sāvako ca tasmiṃ dhamme dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, samādāya taṃ dhammaṃ vattati. so evamassa vacanīyo — ‘tassa te, āvuso, alābhā, tassa te dulladdhaṃ, satthā ca te asammāsambuddho, dhammo ca durakkhāto duppavedito aniyyāniko anupasamasaṃvattaniko asammāsambuddhappavedito. tvañca tasmiṃ dhamme dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharasi sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, samādāya taṃ dhammaṃ vattasī’ti. iti kho, cunda, satthāpi tattha gārayho, dhammopi tattha gārayho, sāvakopi tattha evaṃ gārayho. yo kho, cunda, evarūpaṃ sāvakaṃ evaṃ vadeyya — ‘addhāyasmā ñāyappaṭipanno ñāyamārādhessatī’ti. yo ca pasaṃsati, yañca pasaṃsati, yo ca pasaṃsito bhiyyoso mattāya vīriyaṃ ārabhati. sabbe te bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavanti. taṃ kissa hetu? evañhetaṃ, cunda, hoti durakkhāte dhammavinaye duppavedite aniyyānike anupasamasaṃvattanike asammāsambuddhappavedite.
DN 29
DN 3, 6. pāsādikasuttaṃ, sammāsambuddhappaveditadhammavinayo DN 29.4, para. 1 ⇒
168. “idha pana, cunda, satthā ca hoti sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṃvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito, sāvako ca tasmiṃ dhamme na dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati, na sāmīcippaṭipanno, na anudhammacārī, vokkamma ca tamhā dhammā vattati. so evamassa vacanīyo — ‘tassa te, āvuso, alābhā, tassa te dulladdhaṃ, satthā ca te sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṃvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito. tvañca tasmiṃ dhamme na dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharasi, na sāmīcippaṭipanno, na anudhammacārī, vokkamma ca tamhā dhammā vattasī’ti. iti kho, cunda, satthāpi tattha pāsaṃso, dhammopi tattha pāsaṃso, sāvako ca tattha evaṃ gārayho. yo kho, cunda, evarūpaṃ sāvakaṃ evaṃ vadeyya — ‘etāyasmā tathā paṭipajjatu yathā te satthārā dhammo desito paññatto’ti. yo ca samādapeti, yañca samādapeti, yo ca samādapito tathattāya paṭipajjati. sabbe te bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavanti. taṃ kissa hetu? evañhetaṃ, cunda, hoti svākkhāte dhammavinaye suppavedite niyyānike upasamasaṃvattanike sammāsambuddhappavedite.
DN 29
DN 3, 6. pāsādikasuttaṃ, sammāsambuddhappaveditadhammavinayo DN 29.4, para. 2 ⇒
169. “idha pana, cunda, satthā ca hoti sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṃvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito, sāvako ca tasmiṃ dhamme dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, samādāya taṃ dhammaṃ vattati. so evamassa vacanīyo — ‘tassa te, āvuso, lābhā, tassa te suladdhaṃ, satthā ca te sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṃvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito. tvañca tasmiṃ dhamme dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharasi sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, samādāya taṃ dhammaṃ vattasī’ti. iti kho, cunda, satthāpi tattha pāsaṃso, dhammopi tattha pāsaṃso, sāvakopi tattha evaṃ pāsaṃso. yo kho, cunda, evarūpaṃ sāvakaṃ evaṃ vadeyya — ‘addhāyasmā ñāyappaṭipanno ñāyamārādhessatī’ti. yo ca pasaṃsati, yañca pasaṃsati, yo ca pasaṃsito bhiyyoso mattāya vīriyaṃ ārabhati. sabbe te bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavanti. taṃ kissa hetu? evañhetaṃ, cunda, hoti svākkhāte dhammavinaye suppavedite niyyānike upasamasaṃvattanike sammāsambuddhappavedite.
DN 30
DN 3, 7. lakkhaṇasuttaṃ, (2) pādatalacakkalakkhaṇaṃ DN 30.3, para. 14 ⇒
disvā kumāraṃ satapuññalakkhaṇaṃ,
DN 30
DN 3, 7. lakkhaṇasuttaṃ, (23) uṇhīsasīsalakkhaṇaṃ DN 30.16, para. 7 ⇒
saggesu vedayittha puññaphalaṃ.
DN 30
DN 3, 7. lakkhaṇasuttaṃ, (28-29) pahūtajivhābrahmassaralakkhaṇāni DN 30.19, para. 11 ⇒
saggesu vedayatha puññaphalaṃ.
DN 33
DN 3, 10. saṅgītisuttaṃ, tikaṃ DN 33.6, para. 36 ⇒
“tayo saṅkhārā — puññābhisaṅkhāro, apuññābhisaṅkhāro, āneñjābhisaṅkhāro.
DN 33
DN 3, 10. saṅgītisuttaṃ, tikaṃ DN 33.6, para. 39 ⇒
“tīṇi puññakiriyavatthūni — dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu.
DN 33
DN 3, 10. saṅgītisuttaṃ, catukkaṃ DN 33.7, para. 25 ⇒
“cattāri sotāpannassa aṅgāni. idhāvuso, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho, bhagavā’ti. dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti. saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññuppasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi.
DN 34
DN 3, 11. dasuttarasuttaṃ, cattāro dhammā DN 34.5, para. 2 ⇒
(ka) “katame cattāro dhammā bahukārā? cattāri cakkāni — patirūpadesavāso, sappurisūpanissayo, attasammāpaṇidhi, pubbe ca katapuññatā. ime cattāro dhammā bahukārā.
MN
MN 7
MN 1, 1. mūlapariyāyavaggo, 7. vatthasuttaṃ MN 7.1, para. 6 ⇒
74. “so buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti; dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti; saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni, aṭṭha purisapuggalā. esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo, anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti.
MN 7
MN 1, 1. mūlapariyāyavaggo, 7. vatthasuttaṃ MN 7.1, para. 11 ⇒
79. tena kho pana samayena sundarikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti. atha kho sundarikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca — “gacchati pana bhavaṃ gotamo bāhukaṃ nadiṃ sināyitun”ti? “kiṃ, brāhmaṇa, bāhukāya nadiyā? kiṃ bāhukā nadī karissatī”ti? “lokkhasammatā hi, bho gotama, bāhukā nadī bahujanassa, puññasammatā hi, bho gotama, bāhukā nadī bahujanassa, bāhukāya pana nadiyā bahujano pāpakammaṃ kataṃ pavāhetī”ti. atha kho bhagavā sundarikabhāradvājaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi —
MN 22
MN 1, 3. opammavaggo, 2. alagaddūpamasuttaṃ MN 22.1, para. 6 ⇒
“evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi — ‘yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’”ti. “kassa kho nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, mayā evaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāsi? nanu mayā, moghapurisa, anekapariyāyena antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā? alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya. appassādā kāmā vuttā mayā, bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā. maṃsapesūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā. tiṇukkūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā. aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā. supinakūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā. yācitakūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā. rukkhaphalūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā. asisūnūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā. sattisūlūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā. sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā, bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. atha ca pana tvaṃ, moghapurisa, attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhasi, attānañca khanasi, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavasi. tañhi te, moghapurisa, bhavissati dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā”ti.
MN 22
MN 1, 3. opammavaggo, 2. alagaddūpamasuttaṃ MN 22.1, para. 8 ⇒
237. atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi — “tumhepi me, bhikkhave, evaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānātha yathāyaṃ ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhati, attānañca khanati, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatī”ti? “no hetaṃ, bhante. anekapariyāyena hi no, bhante, antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā; alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya. appassādā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā . pe . sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo”ti. “sādhu sādhu, bhikkhave, sādhu, kho me tumhe, bhikkhave, evaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānātha. anekapariyāyena hi kho, bhikkhave, antarāyikā dhammā vuttā mayā, alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāya. appassādā kāmā vuttā mayā, bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā . pe . sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā mayā, bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. atha ca panāyaṃ ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhati, attānañca khanati, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. tañhi tassa moghapurisassa bhavissati dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya. so vata, bhikkhave, aññatreva kāmehi aññatra kāmasaññāya aññatra kāmavitakkehi kāme paṭisevissatīti — netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati”.
MN 35
MN 1, 4. mahāyamakavaggo, 5. cūḷasaccakasuttaṃ MN 35.1, para. 7 ⇒
“seyyathāpi, bho gotama, ye kecime bījagāmabhūtagāmā vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjanti, sabbe te pathaviṃ nissāya pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya. evamete bījagāmabhūtagāmā vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjanti. seyyathāpi vā pana, bho gotama, ye kecime balakaraṇīyā kammantā karīyanti, sabbe te pathaviṃ nissāya pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya. evamete balakaraṇīyā kammantā karīyanti. evameva kho, bho gotama, rūpattāyaṃ purisapuggalo rūpe patiṭṭhāya puññaṃ vā apuññaṃ vā pasavati, vedanattāyaṃ purisapuggalo vedanāyaṃ patiṭṭhāya puññaṃ vā apuññaṃ vā pasavati, saññattāyaṃ purisapuggalo saññāyaṃ patiṭṭhāya puññaṃ vā apuññaṃ vā pasavati, saṅkhārattāyaṃ purisapuggalo saṅkhāresu patiṭṭhāya puññaṃ vā apuññaṃ vā pasavati, viññāṇattāyaṃ purisapuggalo viññāṇe patiṭṭhāya puññaṃ vā apuññaṃ vā pasavatī”ti.
MN 35
MN 1, 4. mahāyamakavaggo, 5. cūḷasaccakasuttaṃ MN 35.1, para. 27 ⇒
363. atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā te licchavī āmantesi — “suṇantu me bhonto licchavī, samaṇo me gotamo nimantito svātanāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. tena me abhihareyyātha yamassa patirūpaṃ maññeyyāthā”ti. atha kho te licchavī tassā rattiyā accayena saccakassa nigaṇṭhaputtassa pañcamattāni thālipākasatāni bhattābhihāraṃ abhihariṃsu. atha kho nigaṇṭhaputto sake ārāme paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi — “kālo, bho gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan”ti. atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena saccakassa nigaṇṭhaputtassa ārāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi. atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca — “yamidaṃ, bho gotama, dāne puññañca puññamahī ca taṃ dāyakānaṃ sukhāya hotū”ti. “yaṃ kho, aggivessana, tādisaṃ dakkhiṇeyyaṃ āgamma avītarāgaṃ avītadosaṃ avītamohaṃ, taṃ dāyakānaṃ bhavissati. yaṃ kho, aggivessana, mādisaṃ dakkhiṇeyyaṃ āgamma vītarāgaṃ vītadosaṃ vītamohaṃ, taṃ tuyhaṃ bhavissatī”ti.
MN 37
MN 1, 4. mahāyamakavaggo, 7. cūḷataṇhāsaṅkhayasuttaṃ MN 37.1, para. 6 ⇒
393. atha kho sakko ca devānamindo vessavaṇo ca mahārājā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ purakkhatvā yena vejayanto pāsādo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. addasaṃsu kho sakkassa devānamindassa paricārikāyo āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ; disvā ottappamānā hirīyamānā sakaṃ sakaṃ ovarakaṃ pavisiṃsu. seyyathāpi nāma suṇisā sasuraṃ disvā ottappati hirīyati, evameva sakkassa devānamindassa paricārikāyo āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ disvā ottappamānā hirīyamānā sakaṃ sakaṃ ovarakaṃ pavisiṃsu. atha kho sakko ca devānamindo vessavaṇo ca mahārājā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ vejayante pāsāde anucaṅkamāpenti anuvicarāpenti — “idampi, mārisa moggallāna, passa vejayantassa pāsādassa rāmaṇeyyakaṃ; idampi, mārisa moggallāna, passa vejayantassa pāsādassa rāmaṇeyyakan”ti. “sobhati idaṃ āyasmato kosiyassa, yathā taṃ pubbe katapuññassa. manussāpi kiñcideva rāmaṇeyyakaṃ disvā evamāhaṃsu — ‘sobhati vata bho yathā devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānan’ti. tayidaṃ āyasmato kosiyassa sobhati, yathā taṃ pubbe katapuññassā””ti. atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi — “atibāḷhaṃ kho ayaṃ yakkho pamatto viharati. yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ yakkhaṃ saṃvejeyyan”ti. atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkhāsi yathā vejayantaṃ pāsādaṃ pādaṅguṭṭhakena saṅkampesi sampakampesi sampavedhesi . atha kho sakko ca devānamindo, vessavaṇo ca mahārājā, devā ca tāvatiṃsā acchariyabbhutacittajātā ahesuṃ — “acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho, samaṇassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā, yatra hi nāma dibbabhavanaṃ pādaṅguṭṭhakena saṅkampessati sampakampessati sampavedhessatī”ti! atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ saṃviggaṃ lomahaṭṭhajātaṃ viditvā sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ etadavoca — “yathā kathaṃ pana kho, kosiya, bhagavā saṃkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṃ abhāsi? sādhu mayampi etissā kathāya bhāgino assāma savanāyā”ti.
MN 38
MN 1, 4. mahāyamakavaggo, 8. mahātaṇhāsaṅkhayasuttaṃ MN 38.1, para. 3 ⇒
398. atha kho bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi — “ehi tvaṃ bhikkhu, mama vacanena sātiṃ bhikkhuṃ kevaṭṭaputtaṃ āmantehi — ‘satthā taṃ, āvuso sāti, āmantetī’”ti. “evaṃ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yena sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā sātiṃ bhikkhuṃ kevaṭṭaputtaṃ etadavoca — “satthā taṃ, āvuso sāti, āmantetī”ti. “evamāvuso”ti kho sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho sātiṃ bhikkhuṃ kevaṭṭaputtaṃ bhagavā etadavoca — “saccaṃ kira, te, sāti, evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ — ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṃ viññāṇaṃ sandhāvati saṃsarati, anañña’n”ti? “evaṃ byā kho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṃ viññāṇaṃ sandhāvati saṃsarati, anaññan”ti. “katamaṃ taṃ, sāti, viññāṇan”ti? “yvāyaṃ, bhante, vado vedeyyo tatra tatra kalyāṇapāpakānaṃ kammānaṃ vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvedetī”ti. “kassa nu kho nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, mayā evaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāsi? nanu mayā, moghapurisa, anekapariyāyena paṭiccasamuppannaṃ viññāṇaṃ vuttaṃ, aññatra paccayā natthi viññāṇassa sambhavoti? atha ca pana tvaṃ, moghapurisa, attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhasi, attānañca khaṇasi, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavasi. tañhi te, moghapurisa, bhavissati dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā”ti.
MN 38
MN 1, 4. mahāyamakavaggo, 8. mahātaṇhāsaṅkhayasuttaṃ MN 38.1, para. 4 ⇒
399. atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi — “taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nāyaṃ sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto usmīkatopi imasmiṃ dhammavinaye”ti? “kiñhi siyā bhante? no hetaṃ, bhante”ti. evaṃ vutte, sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno nisīdi. atha kho bhagavā sātiṃ bhikkhuṃ kevaṭṭaputtaṃ tuṇhībhūtaṃ maṅkubhūtaṃ pattakkhandhaṃ adhomukhaṃ pajjhāyantaṃ appaṭibhānaṃ viditvā sātiṃ bhikkhuṃ kevaṭṭaputtaṃ etadavoca — “paññāyissasi kho tvaṃ, moghapurisa, etena sakena pāpakena diṭṭhigatena. idhāhaṃ bhikkhū paṭipucchissāmī”ti. atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi — “tumhepi me, bhikkhave, evaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānātha yathāyaṃ sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhati, attānañca khaṇati, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatī”ti? “no hetaṃ, bhante! anekapariyāyena hi no, bhante, paṭiccasamuppannaṃ viññāṇaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā, aññatra paccayā natthi viññāṇassa sambhavo”ti. “sādhu sādhu, bhikkhave! sādhu kho me tumhe, bhikkhave, evaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānātha. anekapariyāyena hi vo, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppannaṃ viññāṇaṃ vuttaṃ mayā, aññatra paccayā natthi viññāṇassa sambhavoti. atha ca panāyaṃ sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhati, attānañca khaṇati, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati pasavati. tañhi tassa moghapurisassa bhavissati dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya.
MN 50
MN 1, 5. cūḷayamakavaggo, 10. māratajjanīyasuttaṃ MN 50.1, para. 59 ⇒
“apuññaṃ pasavī māro, āsajja naṃ tathāgataṃ.
MN 55
MN 2, 1. gahapativaggo, 5. jīvakasuttaṃ MN 55.1, para. 11 ⇒
55. “yo kho, jīvaka, tathāgataṃ vā tathāgatasāvakaṃ vā uddissa pāṇaṃ ārabhati so pañcahi ṭhānehi bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. yampi so, gahapati, evamāha — ‘gacchatha, amukaṃ nāma pāṇaṃ ānethā’ti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. yampi so pāṇo galappaveṭhakena ānīyamāno dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. yampi so evamāha — ‘gacchatha imaṃ pāṇaṃ ārabhathā’ti, iminā tatiyena ṭhānena bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. yampi so pāṇo ārabhiyamāno dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, iminā catutthena ṭhānena bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. yampi so tathāgataṃ vā tathāgatasāvakaṃ vā akappiyena āsādeti, iminā pañcamena ṭhānena bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. yo kho, jīvaka, tathāgataṃ vā tathāgatasāvakaṃ vā uddissa pāṇaṃ ārabhati so imehi pañcahi ṭhānehi bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavatī”ti.
MN 60
MN 2, 1. gahapativaggo, 10. apaṇṇakasuttaṃ MN 60.1, para. 8 ⇒
97. “santi, gahapatayo, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino — ‘karoto kārayato, chindato chedāpayato, pacato pācāpayato, socayato socāpayato, kilamato kilamāpayato, phandato phandāpayato, pāṇamatipātayato, adinnaṃ ādiyato, sandhiṃ chindato, nillopaṃ harato, ekāgārikaṃ karoto, paripanthe tiṭṭhato, paradāraṃ gacchato, musā bhaṇato; karoto na karīyati pāpaṃ. khurapariyantena cepi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā pāṇe ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ ekaṃ maṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya, natthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, natthi pāpassa āgamo. dakkhiṇañcepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya hananto ghātento, chindanto chedāpento, pacanto pācento; natthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, natthi pāpassa āgamo. uttarañcepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya dadanto dāpento, yajanto yajāpento; natthi tatonidānaṃ puññaṃ, natthi puññassa āgamo. dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena natthi puññaṃ, natthi puññassa āgamo’ti. tesaṃyeva kho, gahapatayo, samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā ujuvipaccanīkavādā te evamāhaṃsu — ‘karoto kārayato, chindato chedāpayato, pacato pācāpayato, socayato socāpayato, kilamato kilamāpayato, phandato phandāpayato, pāṇamatipātayato, adinnaṃ ādiyato, sandhiṃ chindato, nillopaṃ harato, ekāgārikaṃ karoto, paripanthe tiṭṭhato, paradāraṃ gacchato, musā bhaṇato; karoto karīyati pāpaṃ. khurapariyantena cepi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā pāṇe ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ ekaṃ maṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya, atthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, atthi pāpassa āgamo. dakkhiṇañcepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya hananto ghātento, chindanto chedāpento, pacanto pācento; atthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, atthi pāpassa āgamo. uttarañcepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya dadanto dāpento, yajanto yajāpento; atthi tatonidānaṃ puññaṃ, atthi puññassa āgamo. dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena atthi puññaṃ, atthi puññassa āgamo’ti. taṃ kiṃ maññatha, gahapatayo, nanume samaṇabrāhmaṇā aññamaññassa ujuvipaccanīkavādā”ti? “evaṃ, bhante”.
MN 60
MN 2, 1. gahapativaggo, 10. apaṇṇakasuttaṃ MN 60.1, para. 9 ⇒
98. “tatra, gahapatayo, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino — ‘karoto kārayato, chindato chedāpayato, pacato pācāpayato, socayato socāpayato, kilamato kilamāpayato, phandato phandāpayato, pāṇamatipātayato, adinnaṃ ādiyato, sandhiṃ chindato, nillopaṃ harato, ekāgārikaṃ karoto, paripanthe tiṭṭhato, paradāraṃ gacchato, musā bhaṇato; karoto na karīyati pāpaṃ. khurapariyantena cepi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā pāṇe ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ ekaṃ maṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya, natthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, natthi pāpassa āgamo. dakkhiṇañcepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya hananto ghātento . pe . dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena natthi puññaṃ, natthi puññassa āgamo’ti tesametaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ: yamidaṃ kāyasucaritaṃ, vacīsucaritaṃ, manosucaritaṃ — ime tayo kusale dhamme abhinivajjetvā yamidaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ, vacīduccaritaṃ, manoduccaritaṃ — ime tayo akusale dhamme samādāya vattissanti. taṃ kissa hetu? na hi te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā passanti akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ vodānapakkhaṃ. santaṃyeva kho pana kiriyaṃ ‘natthi kiriyā’ tissa diṭṭhi hoti; sāssa hoti micchādiṭṭhi. santaṃyeva kho pana kiriyaṃ ‘natthi kiriyā’ti saṅkappeti; svāssa hoti micchāsaṅkappo. santaṃyeva kho pana kiriyaṃ ‘natthi kiriyā’ti vācaṃ bhāsati; sāssa hoti micchāvācā. santaṃyeva kho pana kiriyaṃ ‘natthi kiriyā’ti āha, ye te arahanto kiriyavādā tesamayaṃ paccanīkaṃ karoti. santaṃyeva kho pana kiriyaṃ ‘natthi kiriyā’ti paraṃ saññāpeti; sāssa hoti asaddhammasaññatti. tāya ca pana asaddhammasaññattiyā attānukkaṃseti, paraṃ vambheti. iti pubbeva kho panassa susīlyaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti, dussīlyaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ — ayañca micchādiṭṭhi micchāsaṅkappo micchāvācā ariyānaṃ paccanīkatā asaddhammasaññatti attukkaṃsanā paravambhanā. evamassime aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavanti micchādiṭṭhipaccayā.
MN 60
MN 2, 1. gahapativaggo, 10. apaṇṇakasuttaṃ MN 60.1, para. 11 ⇒
99. “tatra, gahapatayo, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino — ‘karoto kārayato, chindato chedāpayato, pacato pācāpayato, socayato socāpayato, kilamato kilamāpayato, phandato phandāpayato, pāṇamatipātayato, adinnaṃ ādiyato, sandhiṃ chindato, nillopaṃ harato, ekāgārikaṃ karoto, paripanthe tiṭṭhato, paradāraṃ gacchato, musā bhaṇato; karoto karīyati pāpaṃ. khurapariyantena cepi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā pāṇe ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ ekaṃ maṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya, atthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, atthi pāpassa āgamo. dakkhiṇañcepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya hananto ghātento, chindanto chedāpento, pacanto pācento, atthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, atthi pāpassa āgamo. uttarañcepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya dadanto dāpento, yajanto yajāpento, atthi tatonidānaṃ puññaṃ, atthi puññassa āgamo. dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena atthi puññaṃ, atthi puññassa āgamo’ti tesametaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ: yamidaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ, vacīduccaritaṃ, manoduccaritaṃ — ime tayo akusale dhamme abhinivajjetvā yamidaṃ kāyasucaritaṃ, vacīsucaritaṃ, manosucaritaṃ — ime tayo kusale dhamme samādāya vattissanti. taṃ kissa hetu? passanti hi te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ vodānapakkhaṃ. santaṃyeva kho pana kiriyaṃ ‘atthi kiriyā’ tissa diṭṭhi hoti; sāssa hoti sammādiṭṭhi. santaṃyeva kho pana kiriyaṃ ‘atthi kiriyā’ti saṅkappeti; svāssa hoti sammāsaṅkappo. santaṃyeva kho pana kiriyaṃ ‘atthi kiriyā’ti vācaṃ bhāsati; sāssa hoti sammāvācā. santaṃyeva kho pana kiriyaṃ ‘atthi kiriyā’ti āha; ye te arahanto kiriyavādā tesamayaṃ na paccanīkaṃ karoti. santaṃyeva kho pana kiriyaṃ ‘atthi kiriyā’ti paraṃ saññāpeti; sāssa hoti saddhammasaññatti. tāya ca pana saddhammasaññattiyā nevattānukkaṃseti, na paraṃ vambheti. iti pubbeva kho panassa dussīlyaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti, susīlyaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ — ayañca sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā ariyānaṃ apaccanīkatā saddhammasaññatti anattukkaṃsanā aparavambhanā. evamassime aneke kusalā dhammā sambhavanti sammādiṭṭhipaccayā.
MN 65
MN 2, 2. bhikkhuvaggo, 5. bhaddālisuttaṃ MN 65.1, para. 33 ⇒
“evameva kho, bhaddāli, dasahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi dasahi? idha, bhaddāli, bhikkhu asekhāya sammādiṭṭhiyā samannāgato hoti, asekhena sammāsaṅkappena samannāgato hoti, asekhāya sammāvācāya samannāgato hoti, asekhena sammākammantena samannāgato hoti, asekhena sammāājīvena samannāgato hoti, asekhena sammāvāyāmena samannāgato hoti, asekhāya sammāsatiyā samannāgato hoti, asekhena sammāsamādhinā samannāgato hoti, asekhena sammāñāṇena samannāgato hoti, asekhāya sammāvimuttiyā samannāgato hoti — imehi kho, bhaddāli, dasahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti.
MN 67
MN 2, 2. bhikkhuvaggo, 7. cātumasuttaṃ MN 67.1, para. 8 ⇒
164. “katamañca, bhikkhave, āvaṭṭabhayaṃ? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco kulaputto saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti — ‘otiṇṇomhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto; appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethā’ti. so evaṃ pabbajito samāno pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati. arakkhiteneva kāyena arakkhitāya vācāya anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṃvutehi indriyehi so tattha passati gahapatiṃ vā gahapatiputtaṃ vā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitaṃ samaṅgībhūtaṃ paricārayamānaṃ . tassa evaṃ hoti — ‘mayaṃ kho pubbe agāriyabhūtā samānā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgībhūtā paricārimhā. saṃvijjanti kho pana me kule bhogā. sakkā bhoge ca bhuñjituṃ puññāni ca kātun’ti. so sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, āvaṭṭabhayassa bhīto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvatto. ‘āvaṭṭabhayan’ti kho, bhikkhave, pañcannetaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ.
MN 76
MN 2, 3. paribbājakavaggo, 6. sandakasuttaṃ MN 76.1, para. 5 ⇒
226. “puna caparaṃ, sandaka, idhekacco satthā evaṃvādī hoti evaṃdiṭṭhi — ‘karoto kārayato chindato chedāpayato pacato pācāpayato socayato socāpayato kilamato kilamāpayato phandato phandāpayato pāṇamatipātayato adinnaṃ ādiyato sandhiṃ chindato nillopaṃ harato ekāgārikaṃ karoto paripanthe tiṭṭhato paradāraṃ gacchato musā bhaṇato karoto na karīyati pāpaṃ. khurapariyantena cepi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā pāṇe ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ ekaṃ maṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya, natthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, natthi pāpassa āgamo. dakkhiṇañcepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pacāpento, natthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, natthi pāpassa āgamo. uttarañcepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya dadanto dāpento yajanto yajāpento, natthi tatonidānaṃ puññaṃ, natthi puññassa āgamo. dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena natthi puññaṃ, natthi puññassa āgamo’ti.
MN 76
MN 2, 3. paribbājakavaggo, 6. sandakasuttaṃ MN 76.1, para. 6 ⇒
“tatra, sandaka, viññū puriso iti paṭisañcikkhati — ‘ayaṃ kho bhavaṃ satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi — karoto kārayato chindato chedāpayato pacato pācāpayato socato socāpayato kilamato kilamāpayato phandato phandāpayato pāṇamatipātayato adinnaṃ ādiyato sandhiṃ chindato nillopaṃ harato ekāgārikaṃ karoto paripanthe tiṭṭhato paradāraṃ gacchato musā bhaṇato karoto na karīyati pāpaṃ khurapariyantena cepi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā pāṇe ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ ekaṃ maṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya, natthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, natthi pāpassa āgamo. dakkhiṇañcepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pacāpento, natthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, natthi pāpassa āgamo. uttarañcepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya dadanto dāpento yajanto yajāpento, natthi tatonidānaṃ puññaṃ, natthi puññassa āgamo. dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena natthi puññaṃ, natthi puññassa āgamo’ti. sace imassa bhoto satthuno saccaṃ vacanaṃ, akatena me ettha kataṃ, avusitena me ettha vusitaṃ. ubhopi mayaṃ ettha samasamā sāmaññaṃ pattā, yo cāhaṃ na vadāmi ‘ubhinnaṃ kurutaṃ na karīyati pāpan’ti. atirekaṃ kho panimassa bhoto satthuno naggiyaṃ muṇḍiyaṃ ukkuṭikappadhānaṃ kesamassulocanaṃ yohaṃ puttasambādhasayanaṃ ajjhāvasanto kāsikacandanaṃ paccanubhonto mālāgandhavilepanaṃ dhārento jātarūparajataṃ sādiyanto iminā bhotā satthārā samasamagatiko bhavissāmi. abhisamparāyaṃ sohaṃ kiṃ jānanto kiṃ passanto imasmiṃ satthari brahmacariyaṃ carissāmi? ‘so abrahmacariyavāso ayan’ti iti viditvā tasmā brahmacariyā nibbijja pakkamati. ayaṃ kho, sandaka, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dutiyo abrahmacariyavāso akkhāto yattha viññū puriso sasakkaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na vaseyya, vasanto ca nārādheyya ñāyaṃ dhammaṃ kusalaṃ.
MN 77
MN 2, 3. paribbājakavaggo, 7. mahāsakuludāyisuttaṃ MN 77.1, para. 5 ⇒
24.. “ekacce evamāhaṃsu — ‘ayampi kho samaṇo gotamo saṅghī ceva gaṇī ca gaṇācariyo ca ñāto yasassī titthakaro sādhusammato bahujanassa; so ca kho sāvakānaṃ sakkato garukato mānito pūjito, samaṇañca pana gotamaṃ sāvakā sakkatvā garuṃ katvā upanissāya viharanti. bhūtapubbaṃ samaṇo gotamo anekasatāya parisāya dhammaṃ desesi. tatraññataro samaṇassa gotamassa sāvako ukkāsi. tamenāññataro sabrahmacārī jaṇṇukena ghaṭṭesi — “appasaddo āyasmā hotu, māyasmā saddamakāsi, satthā no bhagavā dhammaṃ desesī”ti. yasmiṃ samaye samaṇo gotamo anekasatāya parisāya dhammaṃ deseti, neva tasmiṃ samaye samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakānaṃ khipitasaddo vā hoti ukkāsitasaddo vā. tamenaṃ mahājanakāyo paccāsīsamānarūpo paccupaṭṭhito hoti — “yaṃ no bhagavā dhammaṃ bhāsissati taṃ no sossāmā”ti. seyyathāpi nāma puriso cātummahāpathe khuddamadhuṃ anelakaṃ pīḷeyya . tamenaṃ mahājanakāyo paccāsīsamānarūpo paccupaṭṭhito assa. evameva yasmiṃ samaye samaṇo gotamo anekasatāya parisāya dhammaṃ deseti, neva tasmiṃ samaye samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakānaṃ khipitasaddo vā hoti ukkāsitasaddo vā. tamenaṃ mahājanakāyo paccāsīsamānarūpo paccupaṭṭhito hoti — “yaṃ no bhagavā dhammaṃ bhāsissati taṃ no sossāmā”ti. yepi samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakā sabrahmacārīhi sampayojetvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattanti tepi satthu ceva vaṇṇavādino honti, dhammassa ca vaṇṇavādino honti, saṅghassa ca vaṇṇavādino honti, attagarahinoyeva honti anaññagarahino, “mayamevamhā alakkhikā mayaṃ appapuññā te mayaṃ evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitvā nāsakkhimhā yāvajīvaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ caritun”ti. te ārāmikabhūtā vā upāsakabhūtā vā pañcasikkhāpade samādāya vattanti. iti samaṇo gotamo sāvakānaṃ sakkato garukato mānito pūjito, samaṇañca pana gotamaṃ sāvakā sakkatvā garuṃ katvā upanissāya viharantī’”ti.
MN 82
MN 2, 4. rājavaggo, 2. raṭṭhapālasuttaṃ MN 82.1, para. 4 ⇒
296. atha kho raṭṭhapālo kulaputto — “na maṃ mātāpitaro anujānanti agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā”ti tattheva anantarahitāya bhūmiyā nipajji — “idheva me maraṇaṃ bhavissati pabbajjā vā”ti. atha kho raṭṭhapālo kulaputto ekampi bhattaṃ na bhuñji, dvepi bhattāni na bhuñji, tīṇipi bhattāni na bhuñji, cattāripi bhattāni na bhuñji, pañcapi bhattāni na bhuñji, chapi bhattāni na bhuñji, sattapi bhattāni na bhuñji. atha kho raṭṭhapālassa kulaputtassa mātāpitaro raṭṭhapālaṃ kulaputtaṃ etadavocuṃ — “tvaṃ khosi, tāta raṭṭhapāla, amhākaṃ ekaputtako piyo manāpo sukhedhito sukhaparibhato. na tvaṃ, tāta raṭṭhapāla, kassaci, dukkhassa jānāsi . maraṇenapi te mayaṃ akāmakā vinā bhavissāma. kiṃ pana mayaṃ taṃ jīvantaṃ anujānissāma agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāya. uṭṭhehi, tāta raṭṭhapāla, bhuñja ca piva ca paricārehi ca; bhuñjanto pivanto paricārento kāme paribhuñjanto puññāni karonto abhiramassu. na taṃ mayaṃ anujānāma agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāya . maraṇenapi te mayaṃ akāmakā vinā bhavissāma. kiṃ pana mayaṃ taṃ jīvantaṃ anujānissāma agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā”ti? evaṃ vutte, raṭṭhapālo kulaputto tuṇhī ahosi. dutiyampi kho raṭṭhapālassa kulaputtassa mātāpitaro raṭṭhapālaṃ kulaputtaṃ etadavocuṃ . pe . dutiyampi kho raṭṭhapālo kulaputto tuṇhī ahosi. tatiyampi kho raṭṭhapālassa kulaputtassa mātāpitaro raṭṭhapālaṃ kulaputtaṃ etadavocuṃ — “tvaṃ khosi, tāta raṭṭhapāla, amhākaṃ ekaputtako piyo manāpo sukhedhito sukhaparibhato. na tvaṃ, tāta raṭṭhapāla, kassaci dukkhassa jānāsi. maraṇenapi te mayaṃ akāmakā vinā bhavissāma, kiṃ pana mayaṃ taṃ jīvantaṃ anujānissāma agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāya. uṭṭhehi, tāta raṭṭhapāla, bhuñja ca piva ca paricārehi ca; bhuñjanto pivanto paricārento kāme paribhuñjanto puññāni karonto abhiramassu. na taṃ mayaṃ anujānāma agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāya. maraṇenapi te mayaṃ akāmakā vinā bhavissāma . kiṃ pana mayaṃ taṃ jīvantaṃ anujānissāma agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā”ti? tatiyampi kho raṭṭhapālo kulaputto tuṇhī ahosi.
MN 82
MN 2, 4. rājavaggo, 2. raṭṭhapālasuttaṃ MN 82.1, para. 5 ⇒
297. atha kho raṭṭhapālassa kulaputtassa sahāyakā yena raṭṭhapālo kulaputto tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā raṭṭhapālaṃ kulaputtaṃ etadavocuṃ — “tvaṃ khosi, samma raṭṭhapāla, mātāpitūnaṃ ekaputtako piyo manāpo sukhedhito sukhaparibhato. na tvaṃ, samma raṭṭhapāla, kassaci dukkhassa jānāsi. maraṇenapi te mātāpitaro akāmakā vinā bhavissanti. kiṃ pana te taṃ jīvantaṃ anujānissanti agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāya. uṭṭhehi, samma raṭṭhapāla, bhuñja ca piva ca paricārehi ca; bhuñjanto pivanto paricārento kāme paribhuñjanto puññāni karonto abhiramassu. na taṃ mātāpitaro anujānissanti agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāya. maraṇenapi te mātāpitaro akāmakā vinā bhavissanti. kiṃ pana te taṃ jīvantaṃ anujānissanti agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā”ti? evaṃ vutte, raṭṭhapālo kulaputto tuṇhī ahosi. dutiyampi kho. tatiyampi kho raṭṭhapālassa kulaputtassa sahāyakā raṭṭhapālaṃ kulaputtaṃ etadavocuṃ — “tvaṃ khosi, samma raṭṭhapāla, mātāpitūnaṃ ekaputtako piyo manāpo sukhedhito sukhaparibhato, na tvaṃ, samma raṭṭhapāla, kassaci dukkhassa jānāsi, maraṇenapi te mātāpitaro akāmakā vinā bhavissanti. kiṃ pana te taṃ jīvantaṃ anujānissanti agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāya? uṭṭhehi, samma raṭṭhapāla, bhuñja ca piva ca paricārehi ca, bhuñjanto pivanto paricārento kāme paribhuñjanto puññāni karonto abhiramassu. na taṃ mātāpitaro anujānissanti agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāya, maraṇenapi te mātāpitaro akāmakā vinā bhavissanti. kiṃ pana te taṃ jīvantaṃ anujānissanti agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā”ti? tatiyampi kho raṭṭhapālo kulaputto tuṇhī ahosi.
MN 82
MN 2, 4. rājavaggo, 2. raṭṭhapālasuttaṃ MN 82.1, para. 10 ⇒
3.1. atha kho āyasmato raṭṭhapālassa pitā tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā āyasmato raṭṭhapālassa kālaṃ ārocesi — “kālo, tāta raṭṭhapāla, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan”ti. atha kho āyasmā raṭṭhapālo pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena sakapitu nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. atha kho āyasmato raṭṭhapālassa pitā taṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇassa puñjaṃ vivarāpetvā āyasmantaṃ raṭṭhapālaṃ etadavoca — “idaṃ te, tāta raṭṭhapāla, mātu mattikaṃ dhanaṃ, aññaṃ pettikaṃ, aññaṃ pitāmahaṃ. sakkā, tāta raṭṭhapāla, bhoge ca bhuñjituṃ puññāni ca kātuṃ. ehi tvaṃ, tāta raṭṭhapāla, hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjassu puññāni ca karohī”ti. “sace me tvaṃ, gahapati, vacanaṃ kareyyāsi, imaṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇassa puñjaṃ sakaṭe āropetvā nibbāhāpetvā majjhegaṅgāya nadiyā sote opilāpeyyāsi. taṃ kissa hetu? ye uppajjissanti hi te, gahapati, tatonidānaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā”ti. atha kho āyasmato raṭṭhapālassa purāṇadutiyikā paccekaṃ pādesu gahetvā āyasmantaṃ raṭṭhapālaṃ etadavocuṃ — “kīdisā nāma tā, ayyaputta, accharāyo yāsaṃ tvaṃ hetu brahmacariyaṃ carasī”ti? “na kho mayaṃ, bhaginī, accharānaṃ hetu brahmacariyaṃ carāmā”ti. “bhaginivādena no ayyaputto raṭṭhapālo samudācaratī”ti tā tattheva mucchitā papatiṃsu. atha kho āyasmā raṭṭhapālo pitaraṃ etadavoca — “sace, gahapati, bhojanaṃ dātabbaṃ, detha; mā no viheṭhethā”ti. “bhuñja, tāta raṭṭhapāla, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan”ti. atha kho āyasmato raṭṭhapālassa pitā āyasmantaṃ raṭṭhapālaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi.
MN 90
MN 2, 4. rājavaggo, 10. kaṇṇakatthalasuttaṃ MN 90.1, para. 8 ⇒
atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi — “ayaṃ kho viṭaṭūbho senāpati rañño pasenadissa kosalassa putto; ahaṃ bhagavato putto. ayaṃ kho kālo yaṃ putto puttena manteyyā”ti. atha kho āyasmā ānando viṭaṭūbhaṃ senāpatiṃ āmantesi — “tena hi, senāpati, taṃ yevettha paṭipucchissāmi; yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ byākareyyāsi. taṃ kiṃ maññasi, senāpati, yāvatā rañño pasenadissa kosalassa vijitaṃ yattha ca rājā pasenadi kosalo issariyādhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ kāreti, pahoti tattha rājā pasenadi kosalo samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā puññavantaṃ vā apuññavantaṃ vā brahmacariyavantaṃ vā abrahmacariyavantaṃ vā tamhā ṭhānā cāvetuṃ vā pabbājetuṃ vā”ti? “yāvatā, bho, rañño pasenadissa kosalassa vijitaṃ yattha ca rājā pasenadi kosalo issariyādhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ kāreti, pahoti tattha rājā pasenadi kosalo samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā puññavantaṃ vā apuññavantaṃ vā brahmacariyavantaṃ vā abrahmacariyavantaṃ vā tamhā ṭhānā cāvetuṃ vā pabbājetuṃ vā”ti.
MN 90
MN 2, 4. rājavaggo, 10. kaṇṇakatthalasuttaṃ MN 90.1, para. 9 ⇒
“taṃ kiṃ maññasi, senāpati, yāvatā rañño pasenadissa kosalassa avijitaṃ yattha ca rājā pasenadi kosalo na issariyādhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ kāreti, tattha pahoti rājā pasenadi kosalo samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā puññavantaṃ vā apuññavantaṃ vā brahmacariyavantaṃ vā abrahmacariyavantaṃ vā tamhā ṭhānā cāvetuṃ vā pabbājetuṃ vā”ti? “yāvatā, bho, rañño pasenadissa kosalassa avijitaṃ yattha ca rājā pasenadi kosalo na issariyādhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ kāreti, na tattha pahoti rājā pasenadi kosalo samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā puññavantaṃ vā apuññavantaṃ vā brahmacariyavantaṃ vā abrahmacariyavantaṃ vā tamhā ṭhānā cāvetuṃ vā pabbājetuṃ vā”ti.
MN 92
MN 2, 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 2. selasuttaṃ MN 92.1, para. 57 ⇒
puññaṃ ākaṅkhamānānaṃ, saṅgho ve yajataṃ mukhan”ti.
MN 97
MN 2, 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 7. dhanañjānisuttaṃ MN 97.1, para. 13 ⇒
448. “taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, yo vā mātāpitūnaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, yo vā mātāpitūnaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa; katamaṃ seyyo”ti? “yo hi, bho sāriputta, mātāpitūnaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, na taṃ seyyo; yo ca kho, bho sāriputta, mātāpitūnaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa, tadevettha seyyo. adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhi, bho sāriputta, dhammacariyāsamacariyā seyyo”ti. “atthi kho, dhanañjāni, aññesaṃ hetukā dhammikā kammantā, yehi sakkā mātāpitaro ceva posetuṃ, na ca pāpakammaṃ kātuṃ, puññañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjituṃ.
MN 97
MN 2, 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 7. dhanañjānisuttaṃ MN 97.1, para. 14 ⇒
“taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, yo vā puttadārassa hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, yo vā puttadārassa hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa; katamaṃ seyyo”ti? “yo hi, bho sāriputta, puttadārassa hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, na taṃ seyyo; yo ca kho, bho sāriputta, puttadārassa hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa, tadevettha seyyo. adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhi, bho sāriputta, dhammacariyāsamacariyā seyyo”ti. “atthi kho, dhanañjāni, aññesaṃ hetukā dhammikā kammantā yehi sakkā puttadārañceva posetuṃ, na ca pāpakammaṃ kātuṃ, puññañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjituṃ.
MN 97
MN 2, 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 7. dhanañjānisuttaṃ MN 97.1, para. 15 ⇒
“taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, yo vā dāsakammakaraporisassa hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, yo vā dāsakammakaraporisassa hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa; katamaṃ seyyo”ti? “yo hi, bho sāriputta, dāsakammakaraporisassa hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, na taṃ seyyo; yo ca kho, bho sāriputta, dāsakammakaraporisassa hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa, tadevettha seyyo. adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhi, bho sāriputta, dhammacariyāsamacariyā seyyo”ti. “atthi kho, dhanañjāni, aññesaṃ hetukā dhammikā kammantā, yehi sakkā dāsakammakaraporise ceva posetuṃ, na ca pāpakammaṃ kātuṃ, puññañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjituṃ.
MN 97
MN 2, 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 7. dhanañjānisuttaṃ MN 97.1, para. 16 ⇒
“taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, yo vā mittāmaccānaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, yo vā mittāmaccānaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa; katamaṃ seyyo”ti? “yo hi, bho sāriputta, mittāmaccānaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, na taṃ seyyo; yo ca kho, bho sāriputta, mittāmaccānaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa, tadevettha seyyo. adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhi, bho sāriputta, dhammacariyāsamacariyā seyyo”ti. “atthi kho, dhanañjāni, aññesaṃ hetukā dhammikā kammantā, yehi sakkā mittāmaccānañceva mittāmaccakaraṇīyaṃ kātuṃ, na ca pāpakammaṃ kātuṃ, puññañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjituṃ.
MN 97
MN 2, 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 7. dhanañjānisuttaṃ MN 97.1, para. 17 ⇒
“taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, yo vā ñātisālohitānaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, yo vā ñātisālohitānaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa; katamaṃ seyyo”ti? “yo hi, bho sāriputta, ñātisālohitānaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, na taṃ seyyo; yo ca kho, bho sāriputta, ñātisālohitānaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa, tadevettha seyyo. adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhi, bho sāriputta, dhammacariyāsamacariyā seyyo”ti. “atthi kho, dhanañjāni, aññesaṃ hetukā dhammikā kammantā, yehi sakkā ñātisālohitānañceva ñātisālohitakaraṇīyaṃ kātuṃ, na ca pāpakammaṃ kātuṃ, puññañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjituṃ.
MN 97
MN 2, 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 7. dhanañjānisuttaṃ MN 97.1, para. 18 ⇒
“taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, yo vā atithīnaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, yo vā atithīnaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa; katamaṃ seyyo”ti? “yo hi, bho sāriputta, atithīnaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, na taṃ seyyo; yo ca kho, bho sāriputta, atithīnaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa, tadevettha seyyo. adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhi, bho sāriputta, dhammacariyāsamacariyā seyyo”ti. “atthi kho, dhanañjāni, aññesaṃ hetukā dhammikā kammantā, yehi sakkā atithīnañceva atithikaraṇīyaṃ kātuṃ, na ca pāpakammaṃ kātuṃ, puññañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjituṃ.
MN 97
MN 2, 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 7. dhanañjānisuttaṃ MN 97.1, para. 19 ⇒
“taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, yo vā pubbapetānaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, yo vā pubbapetānaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa; katamaṃ seyyo”ti? “yo hi, bho sāriputta, pubbapetānaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, na taṃ seyyo; yo ca kho, bho sāriputta, pubbapetānaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa, tadevettha seyyo. adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhi, bho sāriputta, dhammacariyāsamacariyā seyyo”ti. “atthi kho, dhanañjāni, aññesaṃ hetukā dhammikā kammantā, yehi sakkā pubbapetānañceva pubbapetakaraṇīyaṃ kātuṃ, na ca pāpakammaṃ kātuṃ, puññañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjituṃ.
MN 97
MN 2, 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 7. dhanañjānisuttaṃ MN 97.1, para. 20 ⇒
“taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, yo vā devatānaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, yo vā devatānaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa; katamaṃ seyyo”ti? “yo hi, bho sāriputta, devatānaṃ hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, na taṃ seyyo; yo ca kho, bho sāriputta, devatānaṃ hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa, tadevettha seyyo . adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhi, bho sāriputta, dhammacariyāsamacariyā seyyo”ti. “atthi kho, dhanañjāni, aññesaṃ hetukā dhammikā kammantā, yehi sakkā devatānañceva devatākaraṇīyaṃ kātuṃ, na ca pāpakammaṃ kātuṃ, puññañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjituṃ.
MN 97
MN 2, 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 7. dhanañjānisuttaṃ MN 97.1, para. 21 ⇒
“taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, yo vā rañño hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, yo vā rañño hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa; katamaṃ seyyo”ti? “yo hi, bho sāriputta, rañño hetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, na taṃ seyyo; yo ca kho, bho sāriputta, rañño hetu dhammacārī samacārī assa, tadevettha seyyo. adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhi, bho sāriputta, dhammacariyāsamacariyā seyyo”ti. “atthi kho, dhanañjāni, aññesaṃ hetukā dhammikā kammantā, yehi sakkā rañño ceva rājakaraṇīyaṃ kātuṃ, na ca pāpakammaṃ kātuṃ, puññañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjituṃ.
MN 97
MN 2, 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 7. dhanañjānisuttaṃ MN 97.1, para. 22 ⇒
“taṃ kiṃ maññasi, dhanañjāni, yo vā kāyassa pīṇanāhetu brūhanāhetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, yo vā kāyassa pīṇanāhetu brūhanāhetu dhammacārī samacārī assa; katamaṃ seyyo”ti? “yo hi, bho sāriputta, kāyassa pīṇanāhetu brūhanāhetu adhammacārī visamacārī assa, na taṃ seyyo; yo ca kho, bho sāriputta, kāyassa pīṇanāhetu brūhanāhetu dhammacārī samacārī assa, tadevettha seyyo. adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhi, bho sāriputta, dhammacariyāsamacariyā seyyo”ti. “atthi kho, dhanañjāni, aññesaṃ hetukā dhammikā kammantā, yehi sakkā kāyañceva pīṇetuṃ brūhetuṃ, na ca pāpakammaṃ kātuṃ, puññañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjitun”ti.
MN 98
MN 2, 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 8. vāseṭṭhasuttaṃ MN 98.1, para. 96 ⇒
“yodhapuññañca pāpañca, ubho saṅgaṃ upaccagā.
MN 99
MN 2, 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 9. subhasuttaṃ MN 99.1, para. 6 ⇒
“brāhmaṇā, bho gotama, pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya, kusalassa ārādhanāyā”ti. “ye te, māṇava, brāhmaṇā pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya, kusalassa ārādhanāya — sace te agaru — sādhu te pañca dhamme imasmiṃ parisati bhāsassū”ti. “na kho me, bho gotama, garu yatthassu bhavanto vā nisinno bhavantarūpo vā”ti . “tena hi, māṇava, bhāsassū”ti. “saccaṃ kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya, kusalassa ārādhanāya. tapaṃ kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā dutiyaṃ dhammaṃ paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya, kusalassa ārādhanāya. brahmacariyaṃ kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā tatiyaṃ dhammaṃ paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya, kusalassa ārādhanāya. ajjhenaṃ kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā catutthaṃ dhammaṃ paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya, kusalassa ārādhanāya. cāgaṃ kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā pañcamaṃ dhammaṃ paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya, kusalassa ārādhanāya. brāhmaṇā, bho gotama, ime pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya, kusalassa ārādhanāyāti. idha bhavaṃ gotamo kimāhā”ti?
MN 99
MN 2, 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 9. subhasuttaṃ MN 99.1, para. 27 ⇒
469. “ye te, māṇava, brāhmaṇā pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāya, katamettha brāhmaṇā dhammaṃ mahapphalataraṃ paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāyā”ti? “yeme, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāya, cāgamettha brāhmaṇā dhammaṃ mahapphalataraṃ paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāyā”ti.
MN 99
MN 2, 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 9. subhasuttaṃ MN 99.1, para. 28 ⇒
“taṃ ki maññasi, māṇava, idha aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito assa. atha dve brāhmaṇā āgaccheyyuṃ — ‘itthannāmassa brāhmaṇassa mahāyaññaṃ anubhavissāmā’ti. tatrekassa brāhmaṇassa evamassa — ‘aho vata! ahameva labheyyaṃ bhattagge aggāsanaṃ aggodakaṃ aggapiṇḍaṃ, na añño brāhmaṇo labheyya bhattagge aggāsanaṃ aggodakaṃ aggapiṇḍan’ti. ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, māṇava, vijjati yaṃ añño brāhmaṇo labheyya bhattagge aggāsanaṃ aggodakaṃ aggapiṇḍaṃ, na so brāhmaṇo labheyya bhattagge aggāsanaṃ aggodakaṃ aggapiṇḍaṃ. ‘añño brāhmaṇo labhati bhattagge aggāsanaṃ aggodakaṃ aggapiṇḍaṃ, nāhaṃ labhāmi bhattagge aggāsanaṃ aggodakaṃ aggapiṇḍan’ti — iti so kupito hoti anattamano. imassa pana, māṇava, brāhmaṇā kiṃ vipākaṃ paññapentī”ti? “na khvettha, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā evaṃ dānaṃ denti — ‘iminā paro kupito hotu anattamano’ti. atha khvettha brāhmaṇā anukampājātikaṃyeva dānaṃ dentī”ti. “evaṃ sante, kho, māṇava, brāhmaṇānaṃ idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ puññakiriyavatthu hoti — yadidaṃ anukampājātikan”ti. “evaṃ sante, bho gotama, brāhmaṇānaṃ idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ puññakiriyavatthu hoti — yadidaṃ anukampājātikan”ti.
MN 99
MN 2, 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 9. subhasuttaṃ MN 99.1, para. 29 ⇒
“ye te, māṇava, brāhmaṇā pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāya, ime tvaṃ pañca dhamme kattha bahulaṃ samanupassasi — gahaṭṭhesu vā pabbajitesu vā”ti? “yeme, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāya, imāhaṃ pañca dhamme pabbajitesu bahulaṃ samanupassāmi appaṃ gahaṭṭhesu. gahaṭṭho hi, bho gotama, mahaṭṭho mahākicco mahādhikaraṇo mahāsamārambho, na satataṃ samitaṃ saccavādī hoti; pabbajito kho pana, bho gotama, appaṭṭho appakicco appādhikaraṇo appasamārambho, satataṃ samitaṃ saccavādī hoti. gahaṭṭho hi, bho gotama, mahaṭṭho mahākicco mahādhikaraṇo mahāsamārambho na satataṃ samitaṃ tapassī hoti. brahmacārī hoti. sajjhāyabahulo hoti. cāgabahulo hoti; pabbajito kho pana, bho gotama, appaṭṭho appakicco appādhikaraṇo appasamārambho satataṃ samitaṃ tapassī hoti. brahmacārī hoti. sajjhāyabahulo hoti. cāgabahulo hoti. yeme, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāya, imāhaṃ pañca dhamme pabbajitesu bahulaṃ samanupassāmi appaṃ gahaṭṭhesū”ti.
MN 99
MN 2, 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 9. subhasuttaṃ MN 99.1, para. 30 ⇒
“ye te, māṇava, brāhmaṇā pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāya cittassāhaṃ ete parikkhāre vadāmi — yadidaṃ cittaṃ averaṃ abyābajjhaṃ tassa bhāvanāya. idha, māṇava, bhikkhu saccavādī hoti. so ‘saccavādīmhī’ti labhati atthavedaṃ, labhati dhammavedaṃ, labhati dhammūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmojjaṃ. yaṃ taṃ kusalūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmojjaṃ, cittassāhaṃ etaṃ parikkhāraṃ vadāmi — yadidaṃ cittaṃ averaṃ abyābajjhaṃ tassa bhāvanāya. idha, māṇava, bhikkhu tapassī hoti . pe . brahmacārī hoti . pe . sajjhāyabahulo hoti . pe . cāgabahulo hoti. so ‘cāgabahulomhī’ti labhati atthavedaṃ, labhati dhammavedaṃ, labhati dhammūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmojjaṃ. yaṃ taṃ kusalūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmojjaṃ, cittassāhaṃ etaṃ parikkhāraṃ vadāmi — yadidaṃ cittaṃ averaṃ abyābajjhaṃ tassa bhāvanāya. ye te māṇava, brāhmaṇā, pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāya, cittassāhaṃ ete parikkhāre vadāmi — yadidaṃ cittaṃ averaṃ abyābajjhaṃ tassa bhāvanāyā”ti.
MN 99
MN 2, 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 9. subhasuttaṃ MN 99.1, para. 42 ⇒
tena kho pana samayena jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo sabbasetena vaḷavābhirathena sāvatthiyā niyyāti divā divassa. addasā kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo subhaṃ māṇavaṃ todeyyaputtaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. disvāna subhaṃ māṇavaṃ todeyyaputtaṃ etadavoca — “handa, kuto nu bhavaṃ bhāradvājo āgacchati divā divassā”ti? “ito hi kho ahaṃ, bho, āgacchāmi samaṇassa gotamassa santikā”ti. “taṃ kiṃ maññasi, bhavaṃ bhāradvājo, samaṇassa gotamassa paññāveyyattiyaṃ paṇḍito maññeti”? “ko cāhaṃ, bho, ko ca samaṇassa gotamassa paññāveyyattiyaṃ jānissāmi? sopi nūnassa tādisova yo samaṇassa gotamassa paññāveyyattiyaṃ jāneyyā”ti. “uḷārāya khalu, bhavaṃ bhāradvājo, samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pasaṃsāya pasaṃsatī”ti. “ko cāhaṃ, bho, ko ca samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pasaṃsissāmi? pasatthapasatthova so bhavaṃ gotamo seṭṭho devamanussānaṃ. ye cime, bho, brāhmaṇā pañca dhamme paññapenti puññassa kiriyāya kusalassa ārādhanāya; cittassete samaṇo gotamo parikkhāre vadeti — yadidaṃ cittaṃ averaṃ abyābajjhaṃ tassa bhāvanāyā”ti.
MN 117
MN 3, 2. anupadavaggo, 7. mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ MN 117.1, para. 4 ⇒
“katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi? sammādiṭṭhiṃpahaṃ, bhikkhave, dvāyaṃ vadāmi — atthi, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi sāsavā puññabhāgiyā upadhivepakkā; atthi, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi ariyā anāsavā lokuttarā maggaṅgā. katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi sāsavā puññabhāgiyā upadhivepakkā ? ‘atthi dinnaṃ, atthi yiṭṭhaṃ, atthi hutaṃ, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko, atthi ayaṃ loko, atthi paro loko, atthi mātā, atthi pitā, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṃ parañca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti — ayaṃ, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi sāsavā puññabhāgiyā upadhivepakkā.
MN 117
MN 3, 2. anupadavaggo, 7. mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ MN 117.1, para. 8 ⇒
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsaṅkappo? sammāsaṅkappaṃpahaṃ, bhikkhave, dvāyaṃ vadāmi — atthi, bhikkhave, sammāsaṅkappo sāsavo puññabhāgiyo upadhivepakko; atthi, bhikkhave, sammāsaṅkappo ariyo anāsavo lokuttaro maggaṅgo. katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsaṅkappo sāsavo puññabhāgiyo upadhivepakko? nekkhammasaṅkappo, abyāpādasaṅkappo, avihiṃsāsaṅkappo — ‘ayaṃ, bhikkhave, sammāsaṅkappo sāsavo puññabhāgiyo upadhivepakko”’.
MN 117
MN 3, 2. anupadavaggo, 7. mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ MN 117.1, para. 10 ⇒
138. “tatra, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi pubbaṅgamā hoti. kathañca, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi pubbaṅgamā hoti? micchāvācaṃ ‘micchāvācā’ti pajānāti, sammāvācaṃ ‘sammāvācā’ti pajānāti; sāssa hoti sammādiṭṭhi. katamā ca, bhikkhave, micchāvācā? musāvādo, pisuṇā vācā, pharusā vācā, samphappalāpo — ayaṃ, bhikkhave, micchāvācā. katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāvācā? sammāvācaṃpahaṃ, bhikkhave, dvāyaṃ vadāmi — atthi, bhikkhave, sammāvācā sāsavā puññabhāgiyā upadhivepakkā; atthi, bhikkhave, sammāvācā ariyā anāsavā lokuttarā maggaṅgā. katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāvācā sāsavā puññabhāgiyā upadhivepakkā? musāvādā veramaṇī, pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇī, pharusāya vācāya veramaṇī, samphappalāpā veramaṇī — ayaṃ, bhikkhave, sammāvācā sāsavā puññabhāgiyā upadhivepakkā. katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāvācā ariyā anāsavā lokuttarā maggaṅgā? yā kho, bhikkhave, ariyacittassa anāsavacittassa ariyamaggasamaṅgino ariyamaggaṃ bhāvayato catūhi vacīduccaritehi ārati virati paṭivirati veramaṇī — ayaṃ, bhikkhave, sammāvācā ariyā anāsavā lokuttarā maggaṅgā. so micchāvācāya pahānāya vāyamati, sammāvācāya upasampadāya; svāssa hoti sammāvāyāmo. so sato micchāvācaṃ pajahati, sato sammāvācaṃ upasampajja viharati; sāssa hoti sammāsati. itiyime tayo dhammā sammāvācaṃ anuparidhāvanti anuparivattanti, seyyathidaṃ — sammādiṭṭhi, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati.
MN 117
MN 3, 2. anupadavaggo, 7. mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ MN 117.1, para. 11 ⇒
139. “tatra, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi pubbaṅgamā hoti. kathañca, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi pubbaṅgamā hoti? micchākammantaṃ ‘micchākammanto’ti pajānāti, sammākammantaṃ ‘sammākammanto’ti pajānāti; sāssa hoti sammādiṭṭhi. katamo ca, bhikkhave, micchākammanto? pāṇātipāto, adinnādānaṃ, kāmesumicchācāro — ayaṃ, bhikkhave, micchākammanto. katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammākammanto? sammākammantaṃpahaṃ, bhikkhave, dvāyaṃ vadāmi — atthi, bhikkhave, sammākammanto sāsavo puññabhāgiyo upadhivepakko; atthi, bhikkhave, sammākammanto ariyo anāsavo lokuttaro maggaṅgo. katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammākammanto sāsavo puññabhāgiyo upadhivepakko? pāṇātipātā veramaṇī, adinnādānā veramaṇī, kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇī — ayaṃ, bhikkhave, sammākammanto sāsavo puññabhāgiyo upadhivepakko. katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammākammanto ariyo anāsavo lokuttaro maggaṅgo? yā kho, bhikkhave, ariyacittassa anāsavacittassa ariyamaggasamaṅgino ariyamaggaṃ bhāvayato tīhi kāyaduccaritehi ārati virati paṭivirati veramaṇī — ayaṃ, bhikkhave, sammākammanto ariyo anāsavo lokuttaro maggaṅgo. so micchākammantassa pahānāya vāyamati, sammākammantassa upasampadāya; svāssa hoti sammāvāyāmo. so sato micchākammantaṃ pajahati, sato sammākammantaṃ upasampajja viharati; sāssa hoti sammāsati. itiyime tayo dhammā sammākammantaṃ anuparidhāvanti anuparivattanti, seyyathidaṃ — sammādiṭṭhi, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati.
MN 117
MN 3, 2. anupadavaggo, 7. mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ MN 117.1, para. 12 ⇒
14.. “tatra, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi pubbaṅgamā hoti. kathañca, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi pubbaṅgamā hoti? micchāājīvaṃ ‘micchāājīvo’ti pajānāti, sammāājīvaṃ ‘sammāājīvo’ti pajānāti; sāssa hoti sammādiṭṭhi. katamo ca, bhikkhave, micchāājīvo? kuhanā, lapanā, nemittikatā, nippesikatā, lābhena lābhaṃ nijigīsanatā — ayaṃ, bhikkhave, micchāājīvo. katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāājīvo? sammāājīvaṃpahaṃ, bhikkhave, dvāyaṃ vadāmi — atthi, bhikkhave, sammāājīvo sāsavo puññabhāgiyo upadhivepakko; atthi, bhikkhave, sammāājīvo ariyo anāsavo lokuttaro maggaṅgo. katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāājīvo sāsavo puññabhāgiyo upadhivepakko? idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako micchāājīvaṃ pahāya sammāājīvena jīvikaṃ kappeti — ayaṃ, bhikkhave, sammāājīvo sāsavo puññabhāgiyo upadhivepakko. katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāājīvo ariyo anāsavo lokuttaro maggaṅgo? yā kho, bhikkhave, ariyacittassa anāsavacittassa ariyamaggasamaṅgino ariyamaggaṃ bhāvayato micchāājīvā ārati virati paṭivirati veramaṇī — ayaṃ, bhikkhave, sammāājīvo ariyo anāsavo lokuttaro maggaṅgo. so micchāājīvassa pahānāya vāyamati, sammāājīvassa upasampadāya; svāssa hoti sammāvāyāmo. so sato micchāājīvaṃ pajahati, sato sammāājīvaṃ upasampajja viharati; sāssa hoti sammāsati. itiyime tayo dhammā sammāājīvaṃ anuparidhāvanti anuparivattanti, seyyathidaṃ — sammādiṭṭhi, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati.
MN 118
MN 3, 2. anupadavaggo, 8. ānāpānassatisuttaṃ MN 118.1, para. 4 ⇒
146. tena kho pana samayena bhagavā tadahuposathe pannarase komudiyā cātumāsiniyā puṇṇāya puṇṇamāya rattiyā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto abbhokāse nisinno hoti. atha kho bhagavā tuṇhībhūtaṃ tuṇhībhūtaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ anuviloketvā bhikkhū āmantesi — “apalāpāyaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā; nippalāpāyaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā; suddhā sāre patiṭṭhitā. tathārūpo ayaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhusaṅgho; tathārūpā ayaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā yathārūpā parisā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. tathārūpo ayaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhusaṅgho; tathārūpā ayaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā yathārūpāya parisāya appaṃ dinnaṃ bahu hoti, bahu dinnaṃ bahutaraṃ. tathārūpo ayaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhusaṅgho; tathārūpā ayaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā yathārūpā parisā dullabhā dassanāya lokassa. tathārūpo ayaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhusaṅgho; tathārūpā ayaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā yathārūpaṃ parisaṃ alaṃ yojanagaṇanāni dassanāya gantuṃ puṭosenāpi” .
MN 125
MN 3, 3. suññatavaggo, 5. dantabhūmisuttaṃ MN 125.1, para. 22 ⇒
“so hoti bhikkhu khamo sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ, uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātiko hoti sabbarāgadosamohanihitaninnītakasāvo āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa.
MN 129
MN 3, 3. suññatavaggo, 9. bālapaṇḍitasuttaṃ MN 129.1, para. 20 ⇒
252. “seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso ekacchiggalaṃ yugaṃ mahāsamudde pakkhipeyya. tamenaṃ puratthimo vāto pacchimena saṃhareyya, pacchimo vāto puratthimena saṃhareyya, uttaro vāto dakkhiṇena saṃhareyya, dakkhiṇo vāto uttarena saṃhareyya. tatrāssa kāṇo kacchapo, so vassasatassa vassasatassa accayena sakiṃ ummujjeyya. taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu so kāṇo kacchapo amusmiṃ ekacchiggale yuge gīvaṃ paveseyyā”ti? (“no hetaṃ, bhante”.) “yadi pana, bhante, kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayenā”ti. “khippataraṃ kho so, bhikkhave, kāṇo kacchapo amusmiṃ ekacchiggale yuge gīvaṃ paveseyya, ato dullabhatarāhaṃ, bhikkhave, manussattaṃ vadāmi sakiṃ vinipātagatena bālena. taṃ kissa hetu? na hettha, bhikkhave, atthi dhammacariyā samacariyā kusalakiriyā puññakiriyā. aññamaññakhādikā ettha, bhikkhave, vattati dubbalakhādikā”.
SN
SN 1.3
SN 1, 1. devatāsaṃyuttaṃ, 1. naḷavaggo, 3. upanīyasuttaṃ SN 1.3, para. 5 ⇒
puññāni kayirātha sukhāvahānī”ti.
SN 1.4
SN 1, 1. devatāsaṃyuttaṃ, 1. naḷavaggo, 4. accentisuttaṃ SN 1.4, para. 5 ⇒
puññāni kayirātha sukhāvahānī”ti.
SN 1.32
SN 1, 1. devatāsaṃyuttaṃ, 4. satullapakāyikavaggo, 2. maccharisuttaṃ SN 1.32, para. 3 ⇒
puññaṃ ākaṅkhamānena, deyyaṃ hoti vijānatā”ti.
SN 1.32
SN 1, 1. devatāsaṃyuttaṃ, 4. satullapakāyikavaggo, 2. maccharisuttaṃ SN 1.32, para. 9 ⇒
puññāni paralokasmiṃ, patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan”ti.
SN 1.33
SN 1, 1. devatāsaṃyuttaṃ, 4. satullapakāyikavaggo, 3. sādhusuttaṃ SN 1.33, para. 4 ⇒
puññaṃ ākaṅkhamānena, deyyaṃ hoti vijānatā”ti.
SN 1.43
SN 1, 1. devatāsaṃyuttaṃ, 5. ādittavaggo, 3. annasuttaṃ SN 1.43, para. 7 ⇒
puññāni paralokasmiṃ, patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan”ti.
SN 1.47
SN 1, 1. devatāsaṃyuttaṃ, 5. ādittavaggo, 7. vanaropasuttaṃ SN 1.47, para. 2 ⇒
“kesaṃ divā ca ratto ca, sadā puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati.
SN 1.47
SN 1, 1. devatāsaṃyuttaṃ, 5. ādittavaggo, 7. vanaropasuttaṃ SN 1.47, para. 6 ⇒
“tesaṃ divā ca ratto ca, sadā puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati.
SN 1.51
SN 1, 1. devatāsaṃyuttaṃ, 6. jarāvaggo, 1. jarāsuttaṃ SN 1.51, para. 5 ⇒
paññā narānaṃ ratanaṃ, puññaṃ corehi dūharan”ti.
SN 1.52
SN 1, 1. devatāsaṃyuttaṃ, 6. jarāvaggo, 2. ajarasāsuttaṃ SN 1.52, para. 5 ⇒
paññā narānaṃ ratanaṃ, puññaṃ corehyahāriyan”ti.
SN 1.53
SN 1, 1. devatāsaṃyuttaṃ, 6. jarāvaggo, 3. mittasuttaṃ SN 1.53, para. 6 ⇒
sayaṃkatāni puññāni, taṃ mittaṃ samparāyikan”ti.
SN 2.19
SN 1, 2. devaputtasaṃyuttaṃ, 2. anāthapiṇḍikavaggo, 9. uttarasuttaṃ SN 2.19, para. 5 ⇒
puññāni kayirātha sukhāvahānī”ti.
SN 2.23
SN 1, 2. devaputtasaṃyuttaṃ, 3. nānātitthiyavaggo, 3. serīsuttaṃ SN 2.23, para. 7 ⇒
puññāni paralokasmiṃ, patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan”ti.
SN 2.23
SN 1, 2. devaputtasaṃyuttaṃ, 3. nānātitthiyavaggo, 3. serīsuttaṃ SN 2.23, para. 12 ⇒
puññāni paralokasmiṃ, patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan”ti.
SN 2.23
SN 1, 2. devaputtasaṃyuttaṃ, 3. nānātitthiyavaggo, 3. serīsuttaṃ SN 2.23, para. 13 ⇒
“bhūtapubbāhaṃ, bhante, sirī nāma rājā ahosiṃ dāyako dānapati dānassa vaṇṇavādī. tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, catūsu dvāresu dānaṃ dīyittha samaṇa-brāhmaṇa-kapaṇaddhika-vanibbakayācakānaṃ. atha kho maṃ, bhante, itthāgāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca — ‘devassa kho dānaṃ dīyati; amhākaṃ dānaṃ na dīyati. sādhu mayampi devaṃ nissāya dānāni dadeyyāma, puññāni kareyyāmā’ti. tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, etadahosi — ‘ahaṃ khosmi dāyako dānapati dānassa vaṇṇavādī. dānaṃ dassāmāti vadante kinti vadeyyan’ti? so khvāhaṃ, bhante, paṭhamaṃ dvāraṃ itthāgārassa adāsiṃ. tattha itthāgārassa dānaṃ dīyittha; mama dānaṃ paṭikkami.
SN 2.23
SN 1, 2. devaputtasaṃyuttaṃ, 3. nānātitthiyavaggo, 3. serīsuttaṃ SN 2.23, para. 14 ⇒
“atha kho maṃ, bhante, khattiyā anuyantā upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ — ‘devassa kho dānaṃ dīyati; itthāgārassa dānaṃ dīyati; amhākaṃ dānaṃ na dīyati. sādhu mayampi devaṃ nissāya dānāni dadeyyāma, puññāni kareyyāmā’ti . tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, etadahosi — ‘ahaṃ khosmi dāyako dānapati dānassa vaṇṇavādī. dānaṃ dassāmāti vadante kinti vadeyyan’ti ? so khvāhaṃ, bhante, dutiyaṃ dvāraṃ khattiyānaṃ anuyantānaṃ adāsiṃ. tattha khattiyānaṃ anuyantānaṃ dānaṃ dīyittha, mama dānaṃ paṭikkami.
SN 2.23
SN 1, 2. devaputtasaṃyuttaṃ, 3. nānātitthiyavaggo, 3. serīsuttaṃ SN 2.23, para. 15 ⇒
“atha kho maṃ, bhante, balakāyo upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca — ‘devassa kho dānaṃ dīyati; itthāgārassa dānaṃ dīyati; khattiyānaṃ anuyantānaṃ dānaṃ dīyati; amhākaṃ dānaṃ na dīyati. sādhu mayampi devaṃ nissāya dānāni dadeyyāma, puññāni kareyyāmā’ti. tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, etadahosi — ‘ahaṃ khosmi dāyako dānapati dānassa vaṇṇavādī. dānaṃ dassāmāti vadante kinti vadeyyan’ti? so khvāhaṃ bhante, tatiyaṃ dvāraṃ balakāyassa adāsiṃ. tattha balakāyassa dānaṃ dīyittha, mama dānaṃ paṭikkami.
SN 2.23
SN 1, 2. devaputtasaṃyuttaṃ, 3. nānātitthiyavaggo, 3. serīsuttaṃ SN 2.23, para. 16 ⇒
“atha kho maṃ, bhante, brāhmaṇagahapatikā upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ — ‘devassa kho dānaṃ dīyati; itthāgārassa dānaṃ dīyati; khattiyānaṃ anuyantānaṃ dānaṃ dīyati; balakāyassa dānaṃ dīyati; amhākaṃ dānaṃ na dīyati. sādhu mayampi devaṃ nissāya dānāni dadeyyāma, puññāni kareyyāmā’ti. tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, etadahosi — ‘ahaṃ khosmi dāyako dānapati dānassa vaṇṇavādī. dānaṃ dassāmāti vadante kinti vadeyyan’ti? so khvāhaṃ, bhante, catutthaṃ dvāraṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ adāsiṃ. tattha brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ dānaṃ dīyittha, mama dānaṃ paṭikkami.
SN 2.23
SN 1, 2. devaputtasaṃyuttaṃ, 3. nānātitthiyavaggo, 3. serīsuttaṃ SN 2.23, para. 17 ⇒
“atha kho maṃ, bhante, purisā upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ — ‘na kho dāni devassa koci dānaṃ dīyatī’ti. evaṃ vuttāhaṃ, bhante, te purise etadavocaṃ — ‘tena hi, bhaṇe, yo bāhiresu janapadesu āyo sañjāyati tato upaḍḍhaṃ antepure pavesetha, upaḍḍhaṃ tattheva dānaṃ detha samaṇa-brāhmaṇa-kapaṇaddhika-vanibbaka-yācakānan’ti . so khvāhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ dīgharattaṃ katānaṃ puññānaṃ evaṃ dīgharattaṃ katānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pariyantaṃ nādhigacchāmi — ettakaṃ puññanti vā ettako puññavipākoti vā ettakaṃ sagge ṭhātabbanti vāti. acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante! yāvasubhāsitamidaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā —
SN 2.23
SN 1, 2. devaputtasaṃyuttaṃ, 3. nānātitthiyavaggo, 3. serīsuttaṃ SN 2.23, para. 21 ⇒
puññāni paralokasmiṃ, patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan”ti.
SN 2.27
SN 1, 2. devaputtasaṃyuttaṃ, 3. nānātitthiyavaggo, 7. nandasuttaṃ SN 2.27, para. 5 ⇒
puññāni kayirātha sukhāvahānī”ti.
SN 2.30
SN 1, 2. devaputtasaṃyuttaṃ, 3. nānātitthiyavaggo, 10. nānātitthiyasāvakasuttaṃ SN 2.30, para. 3 ⇒
na pāpaṃ samanupassati, puññaṃ vā pana attano.
SN 3.4
SN 1, 3. kosalasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. paṭhamavaggo, 4. piyasuttaṃ SN 3.4, para. 8 ⇒
“ubho puññañca pāpañca, yaṃ macco kurute idha.
SN 3.4
SN 1, 3. kosalasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. paṭhamavaggo, 4. piyasuttaṃ SN 3.4, para. 12 ⇒
puññāni paralokasmiṃ, patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan”ti.
SN 3.17
SN 1, 3. kosalasaṃyuttaṃ, 2. dutiyavaggo, 7. appamādasuttaṃ SN 3.17, para. 7 ⇒
“appamādaṃ pasaṃsanti, puññakiriyāsu paṇḍitā.
SN 3.18
SN 1, 3. kosalasaṃyuttaṃ, 2. dutiyavaggo, 8. kalyāṇamittasuttaṃ SN 3.18, para. 15 ⇒
appamādaṃ pasaṃsanti, puññakiriyāsu paṇḍitā.
SN 3.20
SN 1, 3. kosalasaṃyuttaṃ, 2. dutiyavaggo, 10. dutiyāputtakasuttaṃ SN 3.20, para. 4 ⇒
“yaṃ kho so, mahārāja, seṭṭhi gahapati taggarasikhiṃ paccekasambuddhaṃ piṇḍapātena paṭipādesi, tassa kammassa vipākena sattakkhattuṃ sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajji. tasseva kammassa vipākāvasesena imissāyeva sāvatthiyā sattakkhattuṃ seṭṭhittaṃ kāresi. yaṃ kho so, mahārāja, seṭṭhi gahapati datvā pacchā vippaṭisārī ahosi — ‘varametaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ dāsā vā kammakarā vā bhuñjeyyun’ti, tassa kammassa vipākena nāssuḷārāya bhattabhogāya cittaṃ namati, nāssuḷārāya vatthabhogāya cittaṃ namati, nāssuḷārāya yānabhogāya cittaṃ namati, nāssuḷārānaṃ pañcannaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ bhogāya cittaṃ namati. yaṃ kho so, mahārāja, seṭṭhi gahapati bhātu ca pana ekaputtakaṃ sāpateyyassa kāraṇā jīvitā voropesi, tassa kammassa vipākena bahūni vassāni bahūni vassasatāni bahūni vassasahassāni bahūni vassasatasahassāni niraye paccittha. tasseva kammassa vipākāvasesena idaṃ sattamaṃ aputtakaṃ sāpateyyaṃ rājakosaṃ paveseti. tassa kho, mahārāja, seṭṭhissa gahapatissa purāṇañca puññaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ, navañca puññaṃ anupacitaṃ. ajja pana, mahārāja, seṭṭhi gahapati mahāroruve niraye paccatī”ti . “evaṃ, bhante, seṭṭhi gahapati mahāroruvaṃ nirayaṃ upapanno”ti. “evaṃ, mahārāja, seṭṭhi gahapati mahāroruvaṃ nirayaṃ upapanno”ti. idamavoca . pe .
SN 3.20
SN 1, 3. kosalasaṃyuttaṃ, 2. dutiyavaggo, 10. dutiyāputtakasuttaṃ SN 3.20, para. 12 ⇒
puññāni paralokasmiṃ, patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan”ti.
SN 3.22
SN 1, 3. kosalasaṃyuttaṃ, 3. tatiyavaggo, 2. ayyikāsuttaṃ SN 3.22, para. 5 ⇒
yathākammaṃ gamissanti, puññapāpaphalūpagā.
SN 3.22
SN 1, 3. kosalasaṃyuttaṃ, 3. tatiyavaggo, 2. ayyikāsuttaṃ SN 3.22, para. 6 ⇒
nirayaṃ pāpakammantā, puññakammā ca suggatiṃ.
SN 3.22
SN 1, 3. kosalasaṃyuttaṃ, 3. tatiyavaggo, 2. ayyikāsuttaṃ SN 3.22, para. 8 ⇒
puññāni paralokasmiṃ, patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan”ti.
SN 3.24
SN 1, 3. kosalasaṃyuttaṃ, 3. tatiyavaggo, 4. issattasuttaṃ SN 3.24, para. 18 ⇒
sā puññadhārā vipulā, dātāraṃ abhivassatī”ti.
SN 3.25
SN 1, 3. kosalasaṃyuttaṃ, 3. tatiyavaggo, 5. pabbatūpamasuttaṃ SN 3.25, para. 3 ⇒
“evarūpe me, bhante, mahati mahabbhaye samuppanne dāruṇe manussakkhaye dullabhe manussatte kimassa karaṇīyaṃ aññatra dhammacariyāya aññatra samacariyāya aññatra kusalakiriyāya aññatra puññakiriyāyā””ti?
SN 3.25
SN 1, 3. kosalasaṃyuttaṃ, 3. tatiyavaggo, 5. pabbatūpamasuttaṃ SN 3.25, para. 4 ⇒
“ārocemi kho te, mahārāja, paṭivedemi kho te, mahārāja, adhivattati kho taṃ, mahārāja, jarāmaraṇaṃ. adhivattamāne ce te, mahārāja, jarāmaraṇe kimassa karaṇīyan”ti? “adhivattamāne ca me, bhante, jarāmaraṇe kimassa karaṇīyaṃ aññatra dhammacariyāya samacariyāya kusalakiriyāya puññakiriyāya? yāni tāni, bhante, raññaṃ khattiyānaṃ muddhāvasittānaṃ issariyamadamattānaṃ kāmagedhapariyuṭṭhitānaṃ janapadatthāvariyappattānaṃ mahantaṃ pathavimaṇḍalaṃ abhivijiya ajjhāvasantānaṃ hatthiyuddhāni bhavanti; tesampi, bhante, hatthiyuddhānaṃ natthi gati natthi visayo adhivattamāne jarāmaraṇe. yānipi tāni, bhante, raññaṃ khattiyānaṃ muddhāvasittānaṃ . pe . ajjhāvasantānaṃ assayuddhāni bhavanti . pe . rathayuddhāni bhavanti . pe . pattiyuddhāni bhavanti; tesampi, bhante, pattiyuddhānaṃ natthi gati natthi visayo adhivattamāne jarāmaraṇe. santi kho pana, bhante, imasmiṃ rājakule mantino mahāmattā, ye pahonti āgate paccatthike mantehi bhedayituṃ. tesampi, bhante, mantayuddhānaṃ natthi gati natthi visayo adhivattamāne jarāmaraṇe. saṃvijjati kho pana, bhante, imasmiṃ rājakule pahūtaṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ bhūmigatañceva vehāsaṭṭhañca, yena mayaṃ pahoma āgate paccatthike dhanena upalāpetuṃ. tesampi, bhante, dhanayuddhānaṃ natthi gati natthi visayo adhivattamāne jarāmaraṇe. adhivattamāne ca me, bhante, jarāmaraṇe kimassa karaṇīyaṃ aññatra dhammacariyāya samacariyāya kusalakiriyāya puññakiriyāyā””ti?
SN 3.25
SN 1, 3. kosalasaṃyuttaṃ, 3. tatiyavaggo, 5. pabbatūpamasuttaṃ SN 3.25, para. 5 ⇒
“evametaṃ, mahārāja, evametaṃ, mahārāja! adhivattamāne jarāmaraṇe kimassa karaṇīyaṃ aññatra dhammacariyāya samacariyāya kusalakiriyāya puññakiriyāyā””ti? idamavoca bhagavā . pe . satthā —
SN 4.18
SN 1, 4. mārasaṃyuttaṃ, 2. dutiyavaggo, 8. piṇḍasuttaṃ SN 4.18, para. 3 ⇒
“apuññaṃ pasavi māro, āsajja naṃ tathāgataṃ.
SN 6.3
SN 1, 6. brahmasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. paṭhamavaggo, 3. brahmadevasuttaṃ SN 6.3, para. 26 ⇒
karohi puññaṃ sukhamāyatikaṃ,
SN 6.3
SN 1, 6. brahmasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. paṭhamavaggo, 3. brahmadevasuttaṃ SN 6.3, para. 30 ⇒
akāsi puññaṃ sukhamāyatikaṃ,
SN 6.4
SN 1, 6. brahmasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. paṭhamavaggo, 4. bakabrahmasuttaṃ SN 6.4, para. 4 ⇒
“dvāsattati gotama puññakammā,
SN 6.13
SN 1, 6. brahmasaṃyuttaṃ, 2. dutiyavaggo, 3. andhakavindasuttaṃ SN 6.13, para. 18 ⇒
“athāyaṃ itarā pajā, puññabhāgāti me mano.
SN 7.8
SN 1, 7. brāhmaṇasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. arahantavaggo, 8. aggikasuttaṃ SN 7.8, para. 19 ⇒
khettañhi taṃ puññapekkhassa hotī”ti.
SN 7.9
SN 1, 7. brāhmaṇasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. arahantavaggo, 9. sundarikasuttaṃ SN 7.9, para. 23 ⇒
khettañhi taṃ puññapekkhassa hotī”ti.
SN 7.11
SN 1, 7. brāhmaṇasaṃyuttaṃ, 2. upāsakavaggo, 1. kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ SN 7.11, para. 21 ⇒
khettañhi taṃ puññapekkhassa hotī”ti.
SN 7.19
SN 1, 7. brāhmaṇasaṃyuttaṃ, 2. upāsakavaggo, 9. mātuposakasuttaṃ SN 7.19, para. 1 ⇒
2.5. sāvatthinidānaṃ. atha kho mātuposako brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mātuposako brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca — “ahañhi, bho gotama, dhammena bhikkhaṃ pariyesāmi, dhammena bhikkhaṃ pariyesitvā mātāpitaro posemi. kaccāhaṃ, bho gotama, evaṃkārī kiccakārī homī”ti? “taggha tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, evaṃkārī kiccakārī hosi. yo kho, brāhmaṇa, dhammena bhikkhaṃ pariyesati, dhammena bhikkhaṃ pariyesitvā mātāpitaro poseti, bahuṃ so puññaṃ pasavatī”ti.
SN 7.20
SN 1, 7. brāhmaṇasaṃyuttaṃ, 2. upāsakavaggo, 10. bhikkhakasuttaṃ SN 7.20, para. 4 ⇒
“yodha puññañca pāpañca, bāhitvā brahmacariyaṃ.
SN 10.10
SN 1, 10. yakkhasaṃyuttaṃ, 10. dutiyasukkāsuttaṃ SN 10.10, para. 2 ⇒
“puññaṃ vata pasavi bahuṃ, sappañño vatāyaṃ upāsako.
SN 10.11
SN 1, 10. yakkhasaṃyuttaṃ, 11. cīrāsuttaṃ SN 10.11, para. 2 ⇒
“puññaṃ vata pasavi bahuṃ, sappañño vatāyaṃ upāsako.
SN 11.1
SN 1, 11. sakkasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. paṭhamavaggo, 1. suvīrasuttaṃ SN 11.1, para. 14 ⇒
“so hi nāma, bhikkhave, sakko devānamindo sakaṃ puññaphalaṃ upajīvamāno devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ issariyādhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ kārento uṭṭhānavīriyassa vaṇṇavādī bhavissati. idha kho taṃ, bhikkhave, sobhetha, yaṃ tumhe evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitā samānā uṭṭhaheyyātha ghaṭeyyātha vāyameyyātha appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya, asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti.
SN 11.2
SN 1, 11. sakkasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. paṭhamavaggo, 2. susīmasuttaṃ SN 11.2, para. 14 ⇒
“so hi nāma, bhikkhave, sakko devānamindo sakaṃ puññaphalaṃ upajīvamāno devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ issariyādhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ kārento uṭṭhānavīriyassa vaṇṇavādī bhavissati. idha kho taṃ, bhikkhave, sobhetha, yaṃ tumhe evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitā samānā uṭṭhaheyyātha ghaṭeyyātha vāyameyyātha appattassa pattiyā, anadhigatassa adhigamāya, asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti.
SN 11.3
SN 1, 11. sakkasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. paṭhamavaggo, 3. dhajaggasuttaṃ SN 11.3, para. 11 ⇒
“no ce dhammaṃ anussareyyātha, atha saṅghaṃ anussareyyātha — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. saṅghañhi vo, bhikkhave, anussarataṃ yaṃ bhavissati bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā, so pahīyissati.
SN 11.3
SN 1, 11. sakkasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. paṭhamavaggo, 3. dhajaggasuttaṃ SN 11.3, para. 18 ⇒
atha saṅghaṃ sareyyātha, puññakkhettaṃ anuttaraṃ.
SN 11.4
SN 1, 11. sakkasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. paṭhamavaggo, 4. vepacittisuttaṃ SN 11.4, para. 25 ⇒
“so hi nāma, bhikkhave, sakko devānamindo sakaṃ puññaphalaṃ upajīvamāno devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ issariyādhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ kārento khantisoraccassa vaṇṇavādī bhavissati. idha kho taṃ, bhikkhave, sobhetha yaṃ tumhe evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitā samānā khamā ca bhaveyyātha soratā cā”ti.
SN 11.16
SN 1, 11. sakkasaṃyuttaṃ, 2. dutiyavaggo, 6. yajamānasuttaṃ SN 11.16, para. 2 ⇒
“yajamānānaṃ manussānaṃ, puññapekkhāna pāṇinaṃ.
SN 11.16
SN 1, 11. sakkasaṃyuttaṃ, 2. dutiyavaggo, 6. yajamānasuttaṃ SN 11.16, para. 3 ⇒
karotaṃ opadhikaṃ puññaṃ, kattha dinnaṃ mahapphalan”ti.
SN 11.16
SN 1, 11. sakkasaṃyuttaṃ, 2. dutiyavaggo, 6. yajamānasuttaṃ SN 11.16, para. 6 ⇒
“yajamānānaṃ manussānaṃ, puññapekkhāna pāṇinaṃ.
SN 11.16
SN 1, 11. sakkasaṃyuttaṃ, 2. dutiyavaggo, 6. yajamānasuttaṃ SN 11.16, para. 7 ⇒
karotaṃ opadhikaṃ puññaṃ, saṅghe dinnaṃ mahapphalan”ti.
SN 11.18
SN 1, 11. sakkasaṃyuttaṃ, 2. dutiyavaggo, 8. gahaṭṭhavandanāsuttaṃ SN 11.18, para. 9 ⇒
“ye gahaṭṭhā puññakarā, sīlavanto upāsakā.
SN 12.41
SN 2, 1. nidānasaṃyuttaṃ, 5. gahapativaggo, 1. pañcaverabhayasuttaṃ SN 12.41, para. 10 ⇒
“saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’”ti.
SN 12.51
SN 2, 1. nidānasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. dukkhavaggo, 1. parivīmaṃsanasuttaṃ SN 12.51, para. 9 ⇒
“avijjāgato yaṃ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo puññaṃ ce saṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, puññūpagaṃ hoti viññāṇaṃ. apuññaṃ ce saṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, apuññūpagaṃ hoti viññāṇaṃ. āneñjaṃ ce saṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti āneñjūpagaṃ hoti viññāṇaṃ. yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno avijjā pahīnā hoti vijjā uppannā, so avijjāvirāgā vijjuppādā neva puññābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti na apuññābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti na āneñjābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti. anabhisaṅkharonto anabhisañcetayanto na kiñci loke upādiyati; anupādiyaṃ na paritassati, aparitassaṃ paccattaññeva parinibbāyati. ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti.
SN 12.51
SN 2, 1. nidānasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. dukkhavaggo, 1. parivīmaṃsanasuttaṃ SN 12.51, para. 13 ⇒
“taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu kho khīṇāsavo bhikkhu puññābhisaṅkhāraṃ vā abhisaṅkhareyya apuññābhisaṅkhāraṃ vā abhisaṅkhareyya āneñjābhisaṅkhāraṃ vā abhisaṅkhareyyā”ti? “no hetaṃ, bhante”. “sabbaso vā pana saṅkhāresu asati, saṅkhāranirodhā api nu kho viññāṇaṃ paññāyethā”ti? “no hetaṃ, bhante”. “sabbaso vā pana viññāṇe asati, viññāṇanirodhā api nu kho nāmarūpaṃ paññāyethā”ti? “no hetaṃ, bhante”. “sabbaso vā pana nāmarūpe asati, nāmarūpanirodhā api nu kho saḷāyatanaṃ paññāyethā”ti? “no hetaṃ, bhante”. “sabbaso vā pana saḷāyatane asati, saḷāyatananirodhā api nu kho phasso paññāyethā”ti? “no hetaṃ, bhante”. “sabbaso vā pana phasse asati, phassanirodhā api nu kho vedanā paññāyethā”ti? “no hetaṃ, bhante”. “sabbaso vā pana vedanāya asati, vedanānirodhā api nu kho taṇhā paññāyethā”ti? “no hetaṃ, bhante”. “sabbaso vā pana taṇhāya asati, taṇhānirodhā api nu kho upādānaṃ paññāyethā”ti? “no hetaṃ, bhante”. “sabbaso vā pana upādāne asati, upādānanirodhā api nu kho bhavo paññāyethā”ti. “no hetaṃ, bhante”. “sabbaso vā pana bhave asati, bhavanirodhā api nu kho jāti paññāyethā”ti? “no hetaṃ, bhante”. “sabbaso vā pana jātiyā asati, jātinirodhā api nu kho jarāmaraṇaṃ paññāyethā”ti? “no hetaṃ, bhante”.
SN 16.3
SN 2, 5. kassapasaṃyuttaṃ, 3. candūpamasuttaṃ SN 16.3, para. 3 ⇒
atha kho bhagavā ākāse pāṇiṃ cālesi. “seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ayaṃ ākāse pāṇi na sajjati na gayhati na bajjhati; evameva kho, bhikkhave, yassa kassaci bhikkhuno kulāni upasaṅkamato kulesu cittaṃ na sajjati na gayhati na bajjhati — ‘labhantu lābhakāmā, puññakāmā karontu puññānī’’ti; yathāsakena lābhena attamano hoti sumano, evaṃ paresaṃ lābhena attamano hoti sumano; evarūpo kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahati kulāni upasaṅkamituṃ.
SN 16.3
SN 2, 5. kassapasaṃyuttaṃ, 3. candūpamasuttaṃ SN 16.3, para. 4 ⇒
“kassapassa, bhikkhave, kulāni upasaṅkamato kulesu cittaṃ na sajjati na gayhati na bajjhati — ‘labhantu lābhakāmā, puññakāmā karontu puññānī’’ti; yathāsakena lābhena attamano hoti sumano; evaṃ paresaṃ lābhena attamano hoti sumano.
SN 17.5
SN 2, 6. lābhasakkārasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. paṭhamavaggo, 5. mīḷhakasuttaṃ SN 17.5, para. 1 ⇒
161. sāvatthiyaṃ viharati . pe . “dāruṇo, bhikkhave, lābhasakkārasiloko . pe . adhigamāya. seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mīḷhakā gūthādī gūthapūrā puṇṇā gūthassa. purato cassa mahāgūthapuñjo. sā tena aññā mīḷhakā atimaññeyya — ‘ahamhi gūthādī gūthapūrā puṇṇā gūthassa, purato ca myāyaṃ mahāgūthapuñjo’ti. evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhikkhu lābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūto pariyādiṇṇacitto pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati. so tattha bhuttāvī ca hoti yāvadattho, nimantito ca svātanāya, piṇḍapāto cassa pūro. so ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhugaṇassa majjhe vikatthati — ‘bhuttāvī camhi yāvadattho, nimantito camhi svātanāya, piṇḍapāto ca myāyaṃ pūro, lābhī camhi cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilānappaccaya-bhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ, ime panaññe bhikkhū appapuññā appesakkhā na lābhino cīvara-piṇḍapātasenāsana-gilānappaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārānan’ti. so tena lābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūto pariyādiṇṇacitto aññe pesale bhikkhū atimaññati. tañhi tassa, bhikkhave, moghapurisassa hoti dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya. evaṃ dāruṇo kho, bhikkhave, lābhasakkārasiloko . pe . evañhi vo bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. pañcamaṃ.
SN 24.6
SN 3, 3. diṭṭhisaṃyuttaṃ, 1. sotāpattivaggo, 6. karotosuttaṃ SN 24.6, para. 1 ⇒
211. sāvatthinidānaṃ. “kismiṃ nu kho, bhikkhave, sati, kiṃ upādāya, kiṃ abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati — ‘karoto kārayato chindato chedāpayato pacato pācāpayato socato socāpayato kilamato kilamāpayato phandato phandāpayato pāṇamatipātayato adinnaṃ ādiyato sandhiṃ chindato nillopaṃ harato ekāgārikaṃ karoto paripanthe tiṭṭhato paradāraṃ gacchato musā bhaṇato karoto na karīyati pāpaṃ. khurapariyantena cepi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā pāṇe ekamaṃsakhalaṃ ekamaṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya, natthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, natthi pāpassa āgamo. dakkhiṇaṃ cepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya; hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācento, natthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, natthi pāpassa āgamo. uttaraṃ cepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya; dadanto dāpento yajanto yajāpento, natthi tatonidānaṃ puññaṃ, natthi puññassa āgamo. dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena natthi puññaṃ natthi puññassa āgamo’”ti. bhagavaṃmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā . pe . “rūpe kho, bhikkhave, sati, rūpaṃ upādāya, rūpaṃ abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati — ‘karoto kārayato . pe . natthi puññaṃ natthi puññassa āgamo’ti. vedanāya sati . pe . saññāya sati. saṅkhāresu sati. viññāṇe sati, viññāṇaṃ upādāya, viññāṇaṃ abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati — ‘karoto kārayato . pe . natthi puññaṃ natthi puññassa āgamo’”ti.
SN 24.6
SN 3, 3. diṭṭhisaṃyuttaṃ, 1. sotāpattivaggo, 6. karotosuttaṃ SN 24.6, para. 2 ⇒
“taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā”ti? “aniccaṃ, bhante” . pe . api nu taṃ anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya — ‘karoto . pe . natthi puññaṃ natthi puññassa āgamo”ti? “no hetaṃ, bhante”. “vedanā. saññā. saṅkhārā. viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā”ti? “aniccaṃ, bhante . pe . api nu taṃ anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya — ‘karoto kārayato . pe . natthi puññaṃ natthi puññassa āgamo’”ti? “no hetaṃ, bhante”. “yampidaṃ diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ anuvicaritaṃ manasā tampi niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā”ti? “aniccaṃ, bhante . pe . api nu taṃ anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya — ‘karoto kārayato . pe . natthi puññaṃ natthi puññassa āgamo’”ti? “no hetaṃ, bhante”.
SN 35.197
SN 4, 1. saḷāyatanasaṃyuttaṃ, 19. āsīvisavaggo, 7. dukkhadhammasuttaṃ SN 35.197, para. 8 ⇒
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso divasaṃsantatte ayokaṭāhe dve vā tīṇi vā udakaphusitāni nipāteyya. dandho, bhikkhave, udakaphusitānaṃ nipāto, atha kho naṃ khippameva parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya. evameva kho, bhikkhave, tassa ce bhikkhuno evaṃ carato, evaṃ viharato kadāci karahaci satisammosā uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā sarasaṅkappā saṃyojaniyā, dandho, bhikkhave, satuppādo. atha kho naṃ khippameva pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cāro ca vihāro ca anubuddho hoti; yathā carantaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā nānussavanti. tañce, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ evaṃ carantaṃ evaṃ viharantaṃ rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā, bhogehi abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyuṃ — ‘ehi, bho purisa, kiṃ te ime kāsāvā anudahanti, kiṃ muṇḍo kapālamanucarasi, ehi hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjassu, puññāni ca karohī’ti. so vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ caranto evaṃ viharanto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
SN 35.197
SN 4, 1. saḷāyatanasaṃyuttaṃ, 19. āsīvisavaggo, 7. dukkhadhammasuttaṃ SN 35.197, para. 9 ⇒
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gaṅgā nadī pācīnaninnā pācīnapoṇā pācīnapabbhārā. atha mahājanakāyo āgaccheyya kuddāla-piṭakaṃ ādāya — ‘mayaṃ imaṃ gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ pacchāninnaṃ karissāma pacchāpoṇaṃ pacchāpabbhāran’ti. taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu kho so mahājanakāyo gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ pacchāninnaṃ kareyya pacchāpoṇaṃ pacchāpabbhāran”ti? “no hetaṃ, bhante”. “taṃ kissa hetu”? “gaṅgā, bhante, nadī pācīnaninnā pācīnapoṇā pācīnapabbhārā; sā na sukarā pacchāninnā kātuṃ pacchāpoṇā pacchāpabbhārā. yāvadeva ca pana so mahājanakāyo kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgī assā”ti. “evameva kho, bhikkhave, tañce bhikkhuṃ evaṃ carantaṃ evaṃ viharantaṃ rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā bhogehi abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyuṃ — ‘ehi, bho purisa, kiṃ te ime kāsāvā anudahanti, kiṃ muṇḍo kapālamanucarasi, ehi hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjassu, puññāni ca karohī’ti. so vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ caranto evaṃ viharanto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. taṃ kissa hetu? yañhi taṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ vivekaninnaṃ vivekapoṇaṃ vivekapabbhāraṃ, tathā hīnāyāvattissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī”ti. sattamaṃ.
SN 37.32
SN 4, 3. mātugāmasaṃyuttaṃ, 3. balavaggo, 8. ṭhānasuttaṃ SN 37.32, para. 1 ⇒
311. “pañcimāni, bhikkhave, ṭhānāni dullabhāni akatapuññena mātugāmena. katamāni pañca? patirūpe kule jāyeyyanti — idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ ṭhānaṃ dullabhaṃ akatapuññena mātugāmena. patirūpe kule jāyitvā patirūpaṃ kulaṃ gaccheyyanti — idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ ṭhānaṃ dullabhaṃ akatapuññena mātugāmena. patirūpe kule jāyitvā, patirūpaṃ kulaṃ gantvā, asapatti agāraṃ ajjhāvaseyyanti — idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ ṭhānaṃ dullabhaṃ akatapuññena mātugāmena. patirūpe kule jāyitvā, patirūpaṃ kulaṃ gantvā, asapatti agāraṃ ajjhāvasantī puttavatī assanti — idaṃ, bhikkhave, catutthaṃ ṭhānaṃ dullabhaṃ akatapuññena mātugāmena. patirūpe kule jāyitvā, patirūpaṃ kulaṃ gantvā, asapatti agāraṃ ajjhāvasantī puttavatī samānā sāmikaṃ abhibhuyya vatteyyanti — idaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcamaṃ ṭhānaṃ dullabhaṃ akatapuññena mātugāmena . imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca ṭhānāni dullabhāni akatapuññena mātugāmenāti.
SN 37.32
SN 4, 3. mātugāmasaṃyuttaṃ, 3. balavaggo, 8. ṭhānasuttaṃ SN 37.32, para. 2 ⇒
“pañcimāni, bhikkhave, ṭhānāni sulabhāni katapuññena mātugāmena. katamāni pañca? patirūpe kule jāyeyyanti — idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ ṭhānaṃ sulabhaṃ katapuññena mātugāmena. patirūpe kule jāyitvā patirūpaṃ kulaṃ gaccheyyanti — idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ ṭhānaṃ sulabhaṃ katapuññena mātugāmena. patirūpe kule jāyitvā patirūpaṃ kulaṃ gantvā asapatti agāraṃ ajjhāvaseyyanti — idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ ṭhānaṃ sulabhaṃ katapuññena mātugāmena. patirūpe kule jāyitvā patirūpaṃ kulaṃ gantvā asapatti agāraṃ ajjhāvasantī puttavatī assanti — idaṃ, bhikkhave, catutthaṃ ṭhānaṃ sulabhaṃ katapuññena mātugāmena. patirūpe kule jāyitvā patirūpaṃ kulaṃ gantvā asapatti agāraṃ ajjhāvasantī puttavatī samānā sāmikaṃ abhibhuyya vatteyyanti — idaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcamaṃ ṭhānaṃ sulabhaṃ katapuññena mātugāmena. imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca ṭhānāni sulabhāni katapuññena mātugāmenā”ti. aṭṭhamaṃ.
SN 40.10
SN 4, 6. moggallānasaṃyuttaṃ, 10. sakkasuttaṃ SN 40.10, para. 10 ⇒
“sādhu kho, devānaminda, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti.
SN 40.10
SN 4, 6. moggallānasaṃyuttaṃ, 10. sakkasuttaṃ SN 40.10, para. 14 ⇒
“sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti.
SN 40.10
SN 4, 6. moggallānasaṃyuttaṃ, 10. sakkasuttaṃ SN 40.10, para. 19 ⇒
“sādhu kho, devānaminda, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti .
SN 40.10
SN 4, 6. moggallānasaṃyuttaṃ, 10. sakkasuttaṃ SN 40.10, para. 23 ⇒
“sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti.
SN 40.10
SN 4, 6. moggallānasaṃyuttaṃ, 10. sakkasuttaṃ SN 40.10, para. 49 ⇒
“sādhu kho, devānaminda, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti — dibbena āyunā . pe . dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi.
SN 40.10
SN 4, 6. moggallānasaṃyuttaṃ, 10. sakkasuttaṃ SN 40.10, para. 53 ⇒
“sādhu kho, mārisa moggallāna, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti — dibbena āyunā . pe . dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi.
SN 41.10
SN 4, 7. cittasaṃyuttaṃ, 10. gilānadassanasuttaṃ SN 41.10, para. 3 ⇒
“tena hi, ayyaputta, amhepi ovadāhī”ti. “tasmā hi vo evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ — buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā bhavissāma — ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgatā bhavissāma — ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti. saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgatā bhavissāma — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. yaṃ kho pana kiñci kule deyyadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ appaṭivibhattaṃ bhavissati sīlavantehi kalyāṇadhammehīti evañhi vo sikkhitabban”ti. atha kho citto gahapati mittāmacce ñātisālohite buddhe ca dhamme ca saṅghe ca cāge ca samādapetvā kālamakāsīti. dasamaṃ.
SN 42.12
SN 4, 8. gāmaṇisaṃyuttaṃ, 12. rāsiyasuttaṃ SN 42.12, para. 3 ⇒
“tayo kho me, gāmaṇi, kāmabhogino santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. katame tayo? idha, gāmaṇi, ekacco kāmabhogī adhammena bhoge pariyesati, sāhasena adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena na attānaṃ sukheti na pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karoti. idha pana, gāmaṇi, ekacco kāmabhogī adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena. adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti, na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karoti. idha pana, gāmaṇi, ekacco kāmabhogī adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena. adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti.
SN 42.12
SN 4, 8. gāmaṇisaṃyuttaṃ, 12. rāsiyasuttaṃ SN 42.12, para. 4 ⇒
“idha pana, gāmaṇi, ekacco kāmabhogī dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenapi asāhasenapi. dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasenapi asāhasenapi na attānaṃ sukheti, na pīṇeti, na saṃvibhajati, na puññāni karoti. idha pana, gāmaṇi, ekacco kāmabhogī dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenapi asāhasenapi. dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasenapi asāhasenapi attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti, na saṃvibhajati, na puññāni karoti. idha pana, gāmaṇi, ekacco kāmabhogī dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati, sāhasenapi asāhasenapi . dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasenapi asāhasenapi attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti.
SN 42.12
SN 4, 8. gāmaṇisaṃyuttaṃ, 12. rāsiyasuttaṃ SN 42.12, para. 5 ⇒
“idha pana, gāmaṇi, ekacco kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena. dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena na attānaṃ sukheti, na pīṇeti, na saṃvibhajati, na puññāni karoti. idha pana, gāmaṇi, ekacco kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena. dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti, na saṃvibhajati, na puññāni karoti. idha pana, gāmaṇi, ekacco kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena. dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti. te ca bhoge gadhito mucchito ajjhopanno anādīnavadassāvī anissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. idha pana, gāmaṇi, ekacco kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena. dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti. te ca bhoge agadhito amucchito anajjhopanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati.
SN 42.12
SN 4, 8. gāmaṇisaṃyuttaṃ, 12. rāsiyasuttaṃ SN 42.12, para. 6 ⇒
“tatra, gāmaṇi, yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena, adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena na attānaṃ sukheti, na pīṇeti, na saṃvibhajati, na puññāni karoti. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, kāmabhogī tīhi ṭhānehi gārayho. katamehi tīhi ṭhānehi gārayho? adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena gārayho. na attānaṃ sukheti na pīṇetīti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena gārayho. na saṃvibhajati, na puññāni karotīti, iminā tatiyena ṭhānena gārayho. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, kāmabhogī imehi tīhi ṭhānehi gārayho.
SN 42.12
SN 4, 8. gāmaṇisaṃyuttaṃ, 12. rāsiyasuttaṃ SN 42.12, para. 7 ⇒
“tatra, gāmaṇi, yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena, adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti, na saṃvibhajati, na puññāni karoti. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, kāmabhogī dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho, ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. katamehi dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho? adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena gārayho. na saṃvibhajati, na puññāni karotīti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena gārayho. katamena ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso? attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetīti, iminā ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, kāmabhogī imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho, iminā ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso.
SN 42.12
SN 4, 8. gāmaṇisaṃyuttaṃ, 12. rāsiyasuttaṃ SN 42.12, para. 8 ⇒
“tatra, gāmaṇi, yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena, adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, kāmabhogī ekena ṭhānena gārayho, dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso. katamena ekena ṭhānena gārayho? adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti, iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho. katamehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso? attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetīti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. saṃvibhajati puññāni karotīti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, kāmabhogī, iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho, imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso.
SN 42.12
SN 4, 8. gāmaṇisaṃyuttaṃ, 12. rāsiyasuttaṃ SN 42.12, para. 9 ⇒
“tatra, gāmaṇi, yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenapi asāhasenapi, dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasenapi asāhasenapi na attānaṃ sukheti, na pīṇeti, na saṃvibhajati, na puññāni karoti. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, kāmabhogī ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso, tīhi ṭhānehi gārayho. katamena ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso? dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenāti, iminā ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. katamehi tīhi ṭhānehi gārayho? adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena gārayho. na attānaṃ sukheti, na pīṇetīti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena gārayho. na saṃvibhajati, na puññāni karotīti, iminā tatiyena ṭhānena gārayho. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, kāmabhogī iminā ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso, imehi tīhi ṭhānehi gārayho.
SN 42.12
SN 4, 8. gāmaṇisaṃyuttaṃ, 12. rāsiyasuttaṃ SN 42.12, para. 10 ⇒
“tatra, gāmaṇi, yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenapi asāhasenapi, dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasenapi asāhasenapi attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti, na saṃvibhajati, na puññāni karoti. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, kāmabhogī dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso, dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho. katamehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso? dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenāti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetīti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso . katamehi dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho? adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena gārayho. na saṃvibhajati, na puññāni karotīti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena gārayho. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, kāmabhogī imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso, imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho.
SN 42.12
SN 4, 8. gāmaṇisaṃyuttaṃ, 12. rāsiyasuttaṃ SN 42.12, para. 11 ⇒
“tatra, gāmaṇi, yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenapi asāhasenapi, dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasenapi asāhasenapi attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, kāmabhogī tīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso, ekena ṭhānena gārayho. katamehi tīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso? dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenāti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetīti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. saṃvibhajati puññāni karotīti, iminā tatiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. katamena ekena ṭhānena gārayho? adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti, iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, kāmabhogī imehi tīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso, iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho.
SN 42.12
SN 4, 8. gāmaṇisaṃyuttaṃ, 12. rāsiyasuttaṃ SN 42.12, para. 12 ⇒
“tatra, gāmaṇi, yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena, dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena, na attānaṃ sukheti, na pīṇeti, na saṃvibhajati, na puññāni karoti. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, kāmabhogī ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso, dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho. katamena ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso? dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenāti, iminā ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. katamehi dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho? na attānaṃ sukheti, na pīṇetīti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena gārayho. na saṃvibhajati, na puññāni karotīti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena gārayho. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, kāmabhogī iminā ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso, imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho.
SN 42.12
SN 4, 8. gāmaṇisaṃyuttaṃ, 12. rāsiyasuttaṃ SN 42.12, para. 13 ⇒
“tatra, gāmaṇi, yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena, dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti, na saṃvibhajati, na puññāni karoti. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, kāmabhogī dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso, ekena ṭhānena gārayho. katamehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso? dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenāti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetīti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. katamena ekena ṭhānena gārayho ? na saṃvibhajati, na puññāni karotīti, iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, kāmabhogī imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso, iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho.
SN 42.12
SN 4, 8. gāmaṇisaṃyuttaṃ, 12. rāsiyasuttaṃ SN 42.12, para. 14 ⇒
“tatra, gāmaṇi, yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena, dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti, te ca bhoge gadhito mucchito ajjhopanno anādīnavadassāvī anissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, kāmabhogī tīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso, ekena ṭhānena gārayho. katamehi tīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso? dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenāti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetīti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. saṃvibhajati puññāni karotīti, iminā tatiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso . katamena ekena ṭhānena gārayho? te ca bhoge gadhito mucchito ajjhopanno anādīnavadassāvī anissaraṇapañño paribhuñjatīti, iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, kāmabhogī imehi tīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso, iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho.
SN 42.12
SN 4, 8. gāmaṇisaṃyuttaṃ, 12. rāsiyasuttaṃ SN 42.12, para. 15 ⇒
“tatra, gāmaṇi, yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena, dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti. te ca bhoge agadhito amucchito anajjhopanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, kāmabhogī catūhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso. katamehi catūhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso? dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenāti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetīti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. saṃvibhajati puññāni karotīti, iminā tatiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. te ca bhoge agadhito amucchito anajjhopanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjatīti, iminā catutthena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ayaṃ, gāmaṇi, kāmabhogī imehi catūhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso.
SN 42.13
SN 4, 8. gāmaṇisaṃyuttaṃ, 13. pāṭaliyasuttaṃ SN 42.13, para. 17 ⇒
“eko satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi — ‘karoto kārayato, chindato chedāpayato, pacato pācāpayato, socayato socāpayato, kilamato kilamāpayato, phandato phandāpayato, pāṇamatipātayato, adinnaṃ ādiyato, sandhiṃ chindato, nillopaṃ harato, ekāgārikaṃ karoto, paripanthe tiṭṭhato, paradāraṃ gacchato, musā bhaṇato, karoto na karīyati pāpaṃ. khurapariyantena cepi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā pāṇe ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ ekaṃ maṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya, natthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, natthi pāpassa āgamo. dakkhiṇaṃ cepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācāpento, natthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, natthi pāpassa āgamo. uttaraṃ cepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya dadanto dāpento yajanto yajāpento, natthi tatonidānaṃ puññaṃ, natthi puññassa āgamo. dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena natthi puññaṃ, natthi puññassa āgamo’”ti.
SN 42.13
SN 4, 8. gāmaṇisaṃyuttaṃ, 13. pāṭaliyasuttaṃ SN 42.13, para. 18 ⇒
“eko satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi — ‘karoto kārayato, chindato chedāpayato, pacato pācāpayato, socayato socāpayato, kilamato kilamāpayato, phandato phandāpayato, pāṇamatipātayato, adinnaṃ ādiyato, sandhiṃ chindato, nillopaṃ harato, ekāgārikaṃ karoto, paripanthe tiṭṭhato, paradāraṃ gacchato, musā bhaṇato, karoto karīyati pāpaṃ. khurapariyantena cepi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā pāṇe ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ ekaṃ maṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya, atthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, atthi pāpassa āgamo. dakkhiṇaṃ cepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācāpento, atthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, atthi pāpassa āgamo. uttaraṃ cepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya dadanto dāpento, yajanto yajāpento, atthi tatonidānaṃ puññaṃ, atthi puññassa āgamo. dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena atthi puññaṃ, atthi puññassa āgamo’”ti.
SN 42.13
SN 4, 8. gāmaṇisaṃyuttaṃ, 13. pāṭaliyasuttaṃ SN 42.13, para. 24 ⇒
“sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. so iti paṭisañcikkhati — ‘yvāyaṃ satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi — karoto kārayato, chindato chedāpayato, pacato pācāpayato, socayato socāpayato, kilamato kilamāpayato, phandato phandāpayato, pāṇamatipātayato, adinnaṃ ādiyato, sandhiṃ chindato, nillopaṃ harato, ekāgārikaṃ karoto, paripanthe tiṭṭhato, paradāraṃ gacchato, musā bhaṇato, karoto na karīyati pāpaṃ. khurapariyantena cepi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā pāṇe ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ ekaṃ maṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya, natthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, natthi pāpassa āgamo. dakkhiṇañcepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācāpento, natthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, natthi pāpassa āgamo. uttarañcepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya dadanto dāpento, yajanto yajāpento, natthi tatonidānaṃ puññaṃ, natthi puññassa āgamo. dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena natthi puññaṃ, natthi puññassa āgamo’ti. ‘sace tassa bhoto satthuno saccaṃ vacanaṃ, apaṇṇakatāya mayhaṃ, yvāhaṃ na kiñci byābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā? ubhayamettha kaṭaggāho, yaṃ camhi kāyena saṃvuto vācāya saṃvuto manasā saṃvuto, yañca kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissāmī’ti . tassa pāmojjaṃ jāyati. pamuditassa pīti jāyati. pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedayati. sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. ayaṃ kho, gāmaṇi, dhammasamādhi tatra ce tvaṃ cittasamādhiṃ paṭilabheyyāsi, evaṃ tvaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyyāsi.
SN 42.13
SN 4, 8. gāmaṇisaṃyuttaṃ, 13. pāṭaliyasuttaṃ SN 42.13, para. 25 ⇒
“sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato mettāsahagate cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. so iti paṭisañcikkhati — ‘yvāyaṃ satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi — karoto kārayato, chindato chedāpayato, pacato pācāpayato, socayato socāpayato, kilamato kilamāpayato, phandato phandāpayato, pāṇamatipātayato, adinnaṃ ādiyato, sandhiṃ chindato, nillopaṃ harato, ekāgārikaṃ karoto, paripanthe tiṭṭhato, paradāraṃ gacchato, musā bhaṇato, karoto karīyati pāpaṃ. khurapariyantena cepi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā pāṇe ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ ekaṃ maṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya, atthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, atthi pāpassa āgamo. dakkhiṇañcepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācāpento, atthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, atthi pāpassa āgamo. uttarañcepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya dadanto dāpento, yajanto yajāpento, atthi tatonidānaṃ puññaṃ, atthi puññassa āgamo. dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena atthi puññaṃ atthi puññassa āgamoti. sace tassa bhoto satthuno saccaṃ vacanaṃ, apaṇṇakatāya mayhaṃ, yvāhaṃ na kiñci byābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā? ubhayamettha kaṭaggāho, yaṃ camhi kāyena saṃvuto vācāya saṃvuto manasā saṃvuto, yañca kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissāmī’ti. tassa pāmojjaṃ jāyati. pamuditassa pīti jāyati. pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedayati. sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. ayaṃ kho, gāmaṇi, dhammasamādhi. tatra ce tvaṃ cittasamādhiṃ paṭilabheyyāsi, evaṃ tvaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyyāsi.
SN 42.13
SN 4, 8. gāmaṇisaṃyuttaṃ, 13. pāṭaliyasuttaṃ SN 42.13, para. 29 ⇒
“sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato upekkhāsahagate cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. so iti paṭisañcikkhati — ‘yvāyaṃ satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi — karoto kārayato, chedato chedāpayato, pacato pācāpayato, socayato socāpayato, kilamato kilamāpayato, phandato phandāpayato, pāṇamatipātayato, adinnaṃ ādiyato, sandhiṃ chindato, nillopaṃ harato, ekāgārikaṃ karoto, paripanthe tiṭṭhato, paradāraṃ gacchato, musā bhaṇato, karoto na karīyati pāpaṃ . khurapariyantena cepi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā pāṇe ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ ekaṃ maṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya, natthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, natthi pāpassa āgamo. dakkhiṇañcepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācāpento, natthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, natthi pāpassa āgamo. uttarañcepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya dadanto dāpento, yajanto yajāpento, natthi tatonidānaṃ puññaṃ, natthi puññassa āgamo. dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena natthi puññaṃ, natthi puññassa āgamo’ti. ‘sace tassa bhoto satthuno saccaṃ vacanaṃ, apaṇṇakatāya mayhaṃ, yvāhaṃ na kiñci byābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā? ubhayamettha kaṭaggāho, yaṃ camhi kāyena saṃvuto vācāya saṃvuto manasā saṃvuto, yañca kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissāmī’ti. tassa pāmojjaṃ jāyati. pamuditassa pīti jāyati. pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedayati. sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. ayaṃ kho, gāmaṇi, dhammasamādhi. tatra ce tvaṃ cittasamādhiṃ paṭilabheyyāsi, evaṃ tvaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyyāsi.
SN 42.13
SN 4, 8. gāmaṇisaṃyuttaṃ, 13. pāṭaliyasuttaṃ SN 42.13, para. 30 ⇒
“sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato upekkhāsahagate cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. so iti paṭisañcikkhati — ‘yvāyaṃ satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi — karoto kārayato, chindato chedāpayato, pacato pācāpayato, socayato socāpayato, kilamato kilamāpayato, phandato phandāpayato, pāṇamatipātayato, adinnaṃ ādiyato, sandhiṃ chindato, nillopaṃ harato, ekāgārikaṃ karoto, paripanthe tiṭṭhato, paradāraṃ gacchato, musā bhaṇato, karoto karīyati pāpaṃ. khurapariyantena cepi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā pāṇe ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ ekaṃ maṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya, atthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, atthi pāpassa āgamo. dakkhiṇañcepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācāpento, atthi tatonidānaṃ pāpaṃ, atthi pāpassa āgamo. uttarañcepi gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya dadanto dāpento, yajanto yajāpento, atthi tatonidānaṃ puññaṃ, atthi puññassa āgamo. dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena atthi puññaṃ, atthi puññassa āgamo’ti. ‘sace tassa bhoto satthuno saccaṃ vacanaṃ, apaṇṇakatāya mayhaṃ, yvāhaṃ na kiñci byābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā? ubhayamettha kaṭaggāho, yaṃ camhi kāyena saṃvuto vācāya saṃvuto manasā saṃvuto, yañca kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissāmī’ti. tassa pāmojjaṃ jāyati. pamuditassa pīti jāyati. pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedayati. sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. ayaṃ kho, gāmaṇi, dhammasamādhi. tatra ce tvaṃ cittasamādhiṃ paṭilabheyyāsi, evaṃ tvaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyyāsī”ti.
SN 45.94
SN 5, 1. maggasaṃyuttaṃ, 6. balakaraṇīyavaggo, 12. nadīsuttaṃ SN 45.94, para. 1 ⇒
16.. “seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gaṅgā nadī pācīnaninnā pācīnapoṇā pācīnapabbhārā. atha mahājanakāyo āgaccheyya kuddāla-piṭakaṃ ādāya — ‘mayaṃ imaṃ gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ pacchāninnaṃ karissāma pacchāpoṇaṃ pacchāpabbhāran’ti. taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu so mahājanakāyo gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ pacchāninnaṃ kareyya pacchāpoṇaṃ pacchāpabbhāran”ti? “no hetaṃ, bhante”. “taṃ kissa hetu”? “gaṅgā, bhante, nadī pācīnaninnā pācīnapoṇā pācīnapabbhārā. sā na sukarā pacchāninnaṃ kātuṃ pacchāpoṇaṃ pacchāpabbhāraṃ. yāvadeva pana so mahājanakāyo kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgī assā”ti. “evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāventaṃ ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bahulīkarontaṃ rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā ñātisālohitā vā bhogehi abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyuṃ — ‘ehambho purisa, kiṃ te ime kāsāvā anudahanti, kiṃ muṇḍo kapālamanusaṃcarasi! ehi, hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjassu, puññāni ca karohī’ti. so vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāvento ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bahulīkaronto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissatīti — netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. taṃ kissa hetu? yañhi taṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ dīgharattaṃ vivekaninnaṃ vivekapoṇaṃ vivekapabbhāraṃ taṃ vata hīnāyāvattissatīti — netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāveti ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bahulīkaroti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sammādiṭṭhiṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ . pe . sammāsamādhiṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ . pe . evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāveti, ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bahulīkarotī”ti. (yadapi balakaraṇīyaṃ, tadapi vitthāretabbaṃ.) dvādasamaṃ.
SN 47.6
SN 5, 3. satipaṭṭhānasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. ambapālivaggo, 6. sakuṇagghisuttaṃ SN 47.6, para. 1 ⇒
372. “bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, sakuṇagghi lāpaṃ sakuṇaṃ sahasā ajjhappattā aggahesi. atha kho, bhikkhave, lāpo sakuṇo sakuṇagghiyā hariyamāno evaṃ paridevasi — ‘mayamevamha alakkhikā, mayaṃ appapuññā, ye mayaṃ agocare carimha paravisaye. sacejja mayaṃ gocare careyyāma sake pettike visaye, na myāyaṃ, sakuṇagghi, alaṃ abhavissa, yadidaṃ — yuddhāyā’ti. ‘ko pana te, lāpa, gocaro sako pettiko visayo’ti? ‘yadidaṃ — naṅgalakaṭṭhakaraṇaṃ leḍḍuṭṭhāna’n”ti. “atha kho, bhikkhave, sakuṇagghi sake bale apatthaddhā sake bale asaṃvadamānā lāpaṃ sakuṇaṃ pamuñci — ‘gaccha kho tvaṃ, lāpa, tatrapi me gantvā na mokkhasī’”ti.
SN 52.8
SN 5, 8. anuruddhasaṃyuttaṃ, 1. rahogatavaggo, 8. salaḷāgārasuttaṃ SN 52.8, para. 2 ⇒
“evameva kho, āvuso, bhikkhuṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhāne bhāventaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhāne bahulīkarontaṃ rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā bhogehi abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyuṃ — ‘ehambho purisa, kiṃ te ime kāsāvā anudahanti? kiṃ muṇḍo kapālamanusañcarasi? ehi hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjassu puññāni ca karohī’”ti.
SN 55.1
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 1. veḷudvāravaggo, 1. cakkavattirājasuttaṃ SN 55.1, para. 2 ⇒
“katamehi catūhi? idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti . dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti. saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ — cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññuppasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi. imehi catūhi dhammehi samannāgato hoti. yo ca, bhikkhave, catunnaṃ dīpānaṃ paṭilābho, yo catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭilābho catunnaṃ dīpānaṃ paṭilābho catunnaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭilābhassa kalaṃ nāgghati soḷasin”ti. paṭhamaṃ.
SN 55.7
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 1. veḷudvāravaggo, 7. veḷudvāreyyasuttaṃ SN 55.7, para. 11 ⇒
“so buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — itipi so bhagavā . pe . satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti; dhamme . pe . saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi . pe . samādhisaṃvattanikehi. yato kho, gahapatayo, ariyasāvako imehi sattahi saddhammehi samannāgato hoti imehi catūhi ākaṅkhiyehi ṭhānehi, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya — ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’”ti.
SN 55.13
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 2. rājakārāmavaggo, 3. ānandattherasuttaṃ SN 55.13, para. 4 ⇒
“yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, saṅghe appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa saṅghe appasādo na hoti. yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato sutavā ariyasāvako kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati tathārūpassa saṅghe aveccappasādo hoti — suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti.
SN 55.23
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 3. saraṇānivaggo, 3. godhasakkasuttaṃ SN 55.23, para. 2 ⇒
“tīhi khvāhaṃ, mahānāma, dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ. katamehi tīhi? idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — itipi so bhagavā . pe . satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. dhamme . pe . saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. imehi khvāhaṃ, mahānāma, tīhi dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ.
SN 55.23
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 3. saraṇānivaggo, 3. godhasakkasuttaṃ SN 55.23, para. 6 ⇒
“tīhi khvāhaṃ, mahānāma, dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ. katamehi tīhi? idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — itipi so bhagavā . pe . satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. dhamme . pe . saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. imehi khvāhaṃ, mahānāma, tīhi dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāmi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇaṃ. tvaṃ pana, mahānāma, katamehi dhammehi samannāgataṃ sotāpannapuggalaṃ ājānāsi avinipātadhammaṃ niyataṃ sambodhiparāyaṇan”ti?
SN 55.26
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 3. saraṇānivaggo, 6. paṭhamānāthapiṇḍikasuttaṃ SN 55.26, para. 7 ⇒
“yathārūpena kho, gahapati, saṅghe appasādena samannāgato assutavā puthujjano kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tathārūpo te saṅghe appasādo natthi. atthi ca kho te, gahapati, saṅghe aveccappasādo — suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. tañca pana te saṅghe aveccappasādaṃ attani samanupassato ṭhānaso vedanā paṭippassambheyya.
SN 55.27
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 3. saraṇānivaggo, 7. dutiyānāthapiṇḍikasuttaṃ SN 55.27, para. 10 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, gahapati, sutavā ariyasāvako saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. tañca panassa saṅghe aveccappasādaṃ attani samanupassato na hoti uttāso, na hoti chambhitattaṃ, na hoti samparāyikaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ.
SN 55.27
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 3. saraṇānivaggo, 7. dutiyānāthapiṇḍikasuttaṃ SN 55.27, para. 12 ⇒
“nāhaṃ, bhante ānanda, bhāyāmi. kyāhaṃ bhāyissāmi! ahañhi, bhante, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato homi — itipi so bhagavā . pe . satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. dhamme . pe . saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato homi — suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. yāni cimāni, bhante, bhagavatā gihisāmīcikāni sikkhāpadāni desitāni, nāhaṃ tesaṃ kiñci attani khaṇḍaṃ samanupassāmī”ti . “lābhā te, gahapati, suladdhaṃ te, gahapati! sotāpattiphalaṃ tayā, gahapati, byākatan”ti. sattamaṃ.
SN 55.31
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 4. puññābhisandavaggo, 1. paṭhamapuññābhisandasuttaṃ SN 55.31, para. 1 ⇒
1.27. sāvatthinidānaṃ . “cattārome, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā. katame cattāro? idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — itipi so bhagavā . pe . satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.
SN 55.31
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 4. puññābhisandavaggo, 1. paṭhamapuññābhisandasuttaṃ SN 55.31, para. 2 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo . pe . paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti. ayaṃ dutiyo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.
SN 55.31
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 4. puññābhisandavaggo, 1. paṭhamapuññābhisandasuttaṃ SN 55.31, para. 3 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. ayaṃ tatiyo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.
SN 55.31
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 4. puññābhisandavaggo, 1. paṭhamapuññābhisandasuttaṃ SN 55.31, para. 4 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi . pe . samādhisaṃvattanikehi. ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro. ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā”ti. paṭhamaṃ.
SN 55.32
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 4. puññābhisandavaggo, 2. dutiyapuññābhisandasuttaṃ SN 55.32, para. 1 ⇒
1.28. “cattārome, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā. katame cattāro? idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — itipi so bhagavā . pe . satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.
SN 55.32
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 4. puññābhisandavaggo, 2. dutiyapuññābhisandasuttaṃ SN 55.32, para. 3 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro. ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā”ti. dutiyaṃ.
SN 55.33
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 4. puññābhisandavaggo, 3. tatiyapuññābhisandasuttaṃ SN 55.33, para. 1 ⇒
1.29. “cattārome, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā. katame cattāro? idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — itipi so bhagavā . pe . satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.
SN 55.33
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 4. puññābhisandavaggo, 3. tatiyapuññābhisandasuttaṃ SN 55.33, para. 3 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro. ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā”ti. tatiyaṃ.
SN 55.40
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 4. puññābhisandavaggo, 10. nandiyasakkasuttaṃ SN 55.40, para. 7 ⇒
puññābhisandavaggo catuttho.
SN 55.41
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 5. sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo, 1. paṭhamābhisandasuttaṃ SN 55.41, para. 1 ⇒
1.37. “cattārome, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā, kusalābhisandā, sukhassāhārā. katame cattāro? idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — itipi so bhagavā . pe . satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro.
SN 55.41
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 5. sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo, 1. paṭhamābhisandasuttaṃ SN 55.41, para. 3 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi . pe . samādhisaṃvattanikehi. ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro. ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā, kusalābhisandā, sukhassāhārā.
SN 55.41
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 5. sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo, 1. paṭhamābhisandasuttaṃ SN 55.41, para. 4 ⇒
“imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ — ‘ettako puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro’ti. atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati.
SN 55.41
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 5. sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo, 1. paṭhamābhisandasuttaṃ SN 55.41, para. 5 ⇒
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde na sukaraṃ udakassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ — ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakānī’ti vā ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakasatānī’ti vā ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakasahassānī’ti vā ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakasatasahassānī’ti vāti. atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāudakakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. evameva kho, bhikkhave, imehi catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ — ‘ettako puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro’ti. atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchatī”ti.
SN 55.41
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 5. sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo, 1. paṭhamābhisandasuttaṃ SN 55.41, para. 13 ⇒
puññassa dhārā upayanti paṇḍitaṃ,
SN 55.42
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 5. sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo, 2. dutiyābhisandasuttaṃ SN 55.42, para. 1 ⇒
1.38. “cattārome, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā, kusalābhisandā, sukhassāhārā. katame cattāro? idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — itipi so bhagavā . pe . satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro.
SN 55.42
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 5. sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo, 2. dutiyābhisandasuttaṃ SN 55.42, para. 3 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro . ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā, kusalābhisandā, sukhassāhārā.
SN 55.42
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 5. sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo, 2. dutiyābhisandasuttaṃ SN 55.42, para. 4 ⇒
“imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ — ‘ettako puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro’ti. atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati.
SN 55.42
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 5. sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo, 2. dutiyābhisandasuttaṃ SN 55.42, para. 5 ⇒
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yatthimā mahānadiyo saṃsandanti samenti, seyyathidaṃ — gaṅgā, yamunā, aciravatī, sarabhū, mahī, tattha na sukaraṃ udakassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ — ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakānī’ti vā ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakasatānī’ti vā ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakasahassānī’ti vā ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakasatasahassānī’ti vāti. atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāudakakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. evameva kho, bhikkhave, imehi catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ — ‘ettako puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro’ti. atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchatī”ti. idamavoca bhagavā . pe . satthā —
SN 55.42
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 5. sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo, 2. dutiyābhisandasuttaṃ SN 55.42, para. 12 ⇒
puññassa dhārā upayanti paṇḍitaṃ,
SN 55.43
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 5. sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo, 3. tatiyābhisandasuttaṃ SN 55.43, para. 1 ⇒
1.39. “cattārome, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā, kusalābhisandā, sukhassāhārā. katame cattāro? idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — itipi so bhagavā . pe . satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. ayaṃ paṭhamo puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro.
SN 55.43
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 5. sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo, 3. tatiyābhisandasuttaṃ SN 55.43, para. 3 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. ayaṃ catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro. ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā.
SN 55.43
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 5. sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo, 3. tatiyābhisandasuttaṃ SN 55.43, para. 4 ⇒
“imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gaṇetuṃ — ‘ettako puññābhisando, kusalābhisando, sukhassāhāro’ti. atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandho tveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchatī”ti. idamavoca bhagavā . pe . satthā —
SN 55.43
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 5. sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo, 3. tatiyābhisandasuttaṃ SN 55.43, para. 5 ⇒
“yo puññakāmo kusale patiṭṭhito,
SN 55.50
SN 5, 11. sotāpattisaṃyuttaṃ, 5. sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo, 10. aṅgasuttaṃ SN 55.50, para. 2 ⇒
sagāthakapuññābhisandavaggo pañcamo.
SN 56.47
SN 5, 12. saccasaṃyuttaṃ, 5. papātavaggo, 7. paṭhamachiggaḷayugasuttaṃ SN 56.47, para. 3 ⇒
taṃ kissa hetu? na hettha, bhikkhave, atthi dhammacariyā, samacariyā, kusalakiriyā, puññakiriyā. aññamaññakhādikā ettha, bhikkhave, vattati dubbalakhādikā. taṃ kissa hetu? adiṭṭhattā, bhikkhave, catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ. katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? dukkhassa ariyasaccassa . pe . dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ariyasaccassa.
AN
AN 1, 10. dutiyapamādādivaggo (AN 1.98-132-139), para. 16 ⇒
13.. “ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū adhammaṃ dhammoti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanāhitāya paṭipannā bahujanāsukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ . bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apuññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ antaradhāpentī”ti. tettiṃsatimaṃ.
AN 1, 10. dutiyapamādādivaggo (AN 1.98-132-139), para. 17 ⇒
131. “ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū dhammaṃ adhammoti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanāhitāya paṭipannā bahujanāsukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apuññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ antaradhāpentī”ti. catuttiṃsatimaṃ.
AN 1, 10. dutiyapamādādivaggo (AN 1.98-132-139), para. 18 ⇒
132-139. “ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū avinayaṃ vinayoti dīpenti . pe . vinayaṃ avinayoti dīpenti . pe . abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatena bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti . pe . bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatena abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti . pe . anāciṇṇaṃ tathāgatena āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti . pe . āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatena anāciṇṇaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti . pe . apaññattaṃ tathāgatena paññattaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti . pe . paññattaṃ tathāgatena apaññattaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanāhitāya paṭipannā bahujanāsukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apuññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ antaradhāpentī”ti. dvācattālīsatimaṃ.
AN 1, 11. adhammavaggo (AN 1.140-142-149), para. 1 ⇒
14.. “ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū adhammaṃ adhammoti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanahitāya paṭipannā bahujanasukhāya, bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū puññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ ṭhapentī”ti . paṭhamaṃ.
AN 1, 11. adhammavaggo (AN 1.140-142-149), para. 2 ⇒
141. “ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū dhammaṃ dhammoti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanahitāya paṭipannā bahujanasukhāya, bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū puññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ ṭhapentī”ti. dutiyaṃ.
AN 1, 11. adhammavaggo (AN 1.140-142-149), para. 3 ⇒
142-149. “ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū avinayaṃ avinayoti dīpenti . pe . vinayaṃ vinayoti dīpenti . pe . abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatena abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti . pe . bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatena bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti . pe . anāciṇṇaṃ tathāgatena anāciṇṇaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti . pe . āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatena āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti . pe . apaññattaṃ tathāgatena apaññattaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti . pe . paññattaṃ tathāgatena paññattaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanahitāya paṭipannā bahujanasukhāya, bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū puññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ ṭhapentī”ti. dasamaṃ.
AN 1, 12. anāpattivaggo (AN 1.150-162-169), para. 1 ⇒
15.. “ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū anāpattiṃ āpattīti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanāhitāya paṭipannā bahujanāsukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apuññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ antaradhāpentī”ti. paṭhamaṃ.
AN 1, 12. anāpattivaggo (AN 1.150-162-169), para. 2 ⇒
151. “ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū āpattiṃ anāpattīti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanāhitāya paṭipannā bahujanāsukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apuññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ antaradhāpentī”ti. dutiyaṃ.
AN 1, 12. anāpattivaggo (AN 1.150-162-169), para. 3 ⇒
152-159. “ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū lahukaṃ āpattiṃ garukā āpattīti dīpenti . pe . garukaṃ āpattiṃ lahukā āpattīti dīpenti . pe . duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ aduṭṭhullā āpattīti dīpenti . pe . aduṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ duṭṭhullā āpattīti dīpenti . pe . sāvasesaṃ āpattiṃ anavasesā āpattīti dīpenti . pe . anavasesaṃ āpattiṃ sāvasesā āpattīti dīpenti . pe . sappaṭikammaṃ āpattiṃ appaṭikammā āpattīti dīpenti . pe . appaṭikammaṃ āpattiṃ sappaṭikammā āpattīti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanāhitāya paṭipannā bahujanāsukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apuññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ antaradhāpentī”ti. dasamaṃ.
AN 1, 12. anāpattivaggo (AN 1.150-162-169), para. 4 ⇒
16.. “ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū anāpattiṃ anāpattīti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanahitāya paṭipannā bahujanasukhāya, bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū puññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ ṭhapentī”ti. ekādasamaṃ.
AN 1, 12. anāpattivaggo (AN 1.150-162-169), para. 5 ⇒
161. “ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū āpattiṃ āpattīti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanahitāya paṭipannā bahujanasukhāya, bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū puññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ ṭhapentī”ti. dvādasamaṃ.
AN 1, 12. anāpattivaggo (AN 1.150-162-169), para. 6 ⇒
162-169. “ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū lahukaṃ āpattiṃ lahukā āpattīti dīpenti. garukaṃ āpattiṃ garukā āpattīti dīpenti. duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ duṭṭhullā āpattīti dīpenti. aduṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ aduṭṭhullā āpattīti dīpenti. sāvasesaṃ āpattiṃ sāvasesā āpattīti dīpenti. anavasesaṃ āpattiṃ anavasesā āpattīti dīpenti. sappaṭikammaṃ āpattiṃ sappaṭikammā āpattīti dīpenti. appaṭikammaṃ āpattiṃ appaṭikammā āpattīti dīpenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanahitāya paṭipannā bahujanasukhāya, bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū puññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ ṭhapentī”ti. vīsatimaṃ.
AN 1, 16. ekadhammapāḷi, 3. tatiyavaggo (AN 1.308-321), para. 5 ⇒
312. “durakkhāte, bhikkhave, dhammavinaye yo ca samādapeti yañca samādapeti yo ca samādapito tathattāya paṭipajjati sabbe te bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavanti. taṃ kissa hetu? durakkhātattā, bhikkhave, dhammassā”ti.
AN 1, 16. ekadhammapāḷi, 3. tatiyavaggo (AN 1.308-321), para. 6 ⇒
313. “svākkhāte, bhikkhave, dhammavinaye yo ca samādapeti yañca samādapeti yo ca samādapito tathattāya paṭipajjati sabbe te bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavanti. taṃ kissa hetu? svākkhātattā, bhikkhave, dhammassā”ti.
AN 2, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. samacittavaggo (AN 2.33-42), para. 34 ⇒
42. “ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū duggahitehi suttantehi byañjanappatirūpakehi atthañca dhammañca paṭivāhanti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanāhitāya paṭipannā bahujanāsukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apuññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ antaradhāpenti.
AN 2, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. samacittavaggo (AN 2.33-42), para. 35 ⇒
“ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū suggahitehi suttantehi byañjanappatirūpakehi atthañca dhammañca anulomenti te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bahujanahitāya paṭipannā bahujanasukhāya, bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. bahuñca te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū puññaṃ pasavanti, te cimaṃ saddhammaṃ ṭhapentī”ti.
AN 2, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (12) 2. āyācanavaggo (AN 2.131-141), para. 5 ⇒
135. “dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. katamehi dvīhi? ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatīti.
AN 2, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (12) 2. āyācanavaggo (AN 2.131-141), para. 6 ⇒
“dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. katamehi dvīhi? anuvicca pariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, anuvicca pariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavatī”ti.
AN 2, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (12) 2. āyācanavaggo (AN 2.131-141), para. 7 ⇒
136. “dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. katamehi dvīhi? ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā appasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti, ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā pasādanīye ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti. imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatīti.
AN 2, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (12) 2. āyācanavaggo (AN 2.131-141), para. 8 ⇒
“dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. katamehi dvīhi? anuvicca pariyogāhetvā appasādanīye ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti, anuvicca pariyogāhetvā pasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti. imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavatī”ti.
AN 2, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (12) 2. āyācanavaggo (AN 2.131-141), para. 9 ⇒
137. “dvīsu, bhikkhave, micchāpaṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. katamesu dvīsu? mātari ca pitari ca. imesu kho, bhikkhave, dvīsu micchāpaṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatīti.
AN 2, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (12) 2. āyācanavaggo (AN 2.131-141), para. 10 ⇒
“dvīsu, bhikkhave, sammāpaṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. katamesu dvīsu? mātari ca pitari ca. imesu kho, bhikkhave, dvīsu sammāpaṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavatī”ti.
AN 2, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (12) 2. āyācanavaggo (AN 2.131-141), para. 11 ⇒
138. “dvīsu, bhikkhave, micchāpaṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. katamesu dvīsu? tathāgate ca tathāgatasāvake ca. imesu kho, bhikkhave, micchāpaṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatīti.
AN 2, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (12) 2. āyācanavaggo (AN 2.131-141), para. 12 ⇒
“dvīsu, bhikkhave, sammāpaṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. katamesu dvīsu? tathāgate ca tathāgatasāvake ca. imesu kho, bhikkhave, dvīsu sammāpaṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavatī”ti.
AN 3.9
AN 3, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. bālavaggo, 9. khatasuttaṃ AN 3.9, para. 1 ⇒
9. “tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. katamehi tīhi? kāyaduccaritena, vacīduccaritena, manoduccaritena. imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati.
AN 3.9
AN 3, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. bālavaggo, 9. khatasuttaṃ AN 3.9, para. 2 ⇒
“tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. katamehi tīhi? kāyasucaritena, vacīsucaritena, manosucaritena. imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavatī”ti. navamaṃ.
AN 3.29
AN 3, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 3. puggalavaggo, 9. andhasuttaṃ AN 3.29, para. 4 ⇒
“na ceva bhogā tathārūpā, na ca puññāni kubbati.
AN 3.37
AN 3, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. devadūtavaggo, 7. catumahārājasuttaṃ AN 3.37, para. 1 ⇒
37. “aṭṭhamiyaṃ, bhikkhave, pakkhassa catunnaṃ mahārājānaṃ amaccā pārisajjā imaṃ lokaṃ anuvicaranti — ‘kacci bahū manussā manussesu matteyyā petteyyā sāmaññā brahmaññā kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino uposathaṃ upavasanti paṭijāgaronti puññāni karontī’ti. cātuddasiṃ, bhikkhave, pakkhassa catunnaṃ mahārājānaṃ puttā imaṃ lokaṃ anuvicaranti — ‘kacci bahū manussā manussesu matteyyā petteyyā sāmaññā brahmaññā kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino uposathaṃ upavasanti paṭijāgaronti puññāni karontī’ti. tadahu, bhikkhave, uposathe pannarase cattāro mahārājāno sāmaññeva imaṃ lokaṃ anuvicaranti — ‘kacci bahū manussā manussesu matteyyā petteyyā sāmaññā brahmaññā kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino uposathaṃ upavasanti paṭijāgaronti puññāni karontī’”ti.
AN 3.37
AN 3, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. devadūtavaggo, 7. catumahārājasuttaṃ AN 3.37, para. 2 ⇒
“sace, bhikkhave, appakā honti manussā manussesu matteyyā petteyyā sāmaññā brahmaññā kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino uposathaṃ upavasanti paṭijāgaronti puññāni karonti. tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, cattāro mahārājāno devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sudhammāya sabhāya sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ārocenti — ‘appakā kho, mārisā, manussā manussesu matteyyā petteyyā sāmaññā brahmaññā kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino uposathaṃ upavasanti paṭijāgaronti puññāni karontī’ti. tena kho, bhikkhave, devā tāvatiṃsā anattamanā honti — ‘dibbā vata, bho, kāyā parihāyissanti, paripūrissanti asurakāyā’”ti.
AN 3.37
AN 3, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. devadūtavaggo, 7. catumahārājasuttaṃ AN 3.37, para. 3 ⇒
“sace pana, bhikkhave, bahū honti manussā manussesu matteyyā petteyyā sāmaññā brahmaññā kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino uposathaṃ upavasanti paṭijāgaronti puññāni karonti. tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, cattāro mahārājāno devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sudhammāya sabhāya sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ārocenti — ‘bahū kho, mārisā, manussā manussesu matteyyā petteyyā sāmaññā brahmaññā kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino uposathaṃ upavasanti paṭijāgaronti puññāni karontī’ti. tena, bhikkhave, devā tāvatiṃsā attamanā honti — ‘dibbā vata, bho, kāyā paripūrissanti, parihāyissanti asurakāyā’”ti.
AN 3.41
AN 3, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 5. cūḷavaggo, 1. sammukhībhāvasuttaṃ AN 3.41, para. 1 ⇒
41. “tiṇṇaṃ, bhikkhave, sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati. katamesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ? saddhāya, bhikkhave, sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati. deyyadhammassa, bhikkhave, sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati. dakkhiṇeyyānaṃ, bhikkhave, sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati. imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṃ sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavatī”ti. paṭhamaṃ.
AN 3.46
AN 3, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 5. cūḷavaggo, 6. sīlavantasuttaṃ AN 3.46, para. 1 ⇒
46. “yaṃ, bhikkhave, sīlavanto pabbajitā gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharanti. tattha manussā tīhi ṭhānehi bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavanti. katamehi tīhi? kāyena, vācāya, manasā. yaṃ, bhikkhave, sīlavanto pabbajitā gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharanti. tattha manussā imehi tīhi ṭhānehi bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavantī”ti. chaṭṭhaṃ.
AN 3.51
AN 3, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 5. cūḷavaggo, 11. mahācorasuttaṃ AN 3.51, para. 4 ⇒
“evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato pāpabhikkhu khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. katamehi tīhi? idha, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu visamanissito ca hoti gahananissito ca balavanissito ca.
AN 3.51
AN 3, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 5. cūḷavaggo, 11. mahācorasuttaṃ AN 3.51, para. 7 ⇒
“kathañca, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu balavanissito hoti? idha, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu rājānaṃ vā rājamahāmattānaṃ vā nissito hoti. tassa evaṃ hoti — ‘sace maṃ koci kiñci vakkhati, ime me rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā pariyodhāya atthaṃ bhaṇissantī’ti. sace naṃ koci kiñci āha, tyāssa rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā pariyodhāya atthaṃ bhaṇanti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu balavanissito hoti. imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato pāpabhikkhu khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatī”ti. ekādasamaṃ.
AN 3.52
AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. brāhmaṇavaggo, 1. paṭhamadvebrāhmaṇasuttaṃ AN 3.52, para. 6 ⇒
puññāni kayirātha sukhāvahāni.
AN 3.52
AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. brāhmaṇavaggo, 1. paṭhamadvebrāhmaṇasuttaṃ AN 3.52, para. 9 ⇒
yaṃ jīvamāno pakaroti puññan””ti. paṭhamaṃ.
AN 3.53
AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. brāhmaṇavaggo, 2. dutiyadvebrāhmaṇasuttaṃ AN 3.53, para. 9 ⇒
yaṃ jīvamāno pakaroti puññan””ti. dutiyaṃ.
AN 3.58
AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. brāhmaṇavaggo, 7. vacchagottasuttaṃ AN 3.58, para. 2 ⇒
“ye te, vaccha, evamāhaṃsu — ‘samaṇo gotamo evamāha — mayhameva dānaṃ dātabbaṃ . pe . nāññesaṃ sāvakānaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalan’ti na me te vuttavādino. abbhācikkhanti ca pana maṃ asatā abhūtena. yo kho, vaccha, paraṃ dānaṃ dadantaṃ vāreti so tiṇṇaṃ antarāyakaro hoti, tiṇṇaṃ pāripanthiko. katamesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ? dāyakassa puññantarāyakaro hoti, paṭiggāhakānaṃ lābhantarāyakaro hoti, pubbeva kho panassa attā khato ca hoti upahato ca. yo kho, vaccha, paraṃ dānaṃ dadantaṃ vāreti so imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ antarāyakaro hoti, tiṇṇaṃ pāripanthiko.
AN 3.58
AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. brāhmaṇavaggo, 7. vacchagottasuttaṃ AN 3.58, para. 3 ⇒
“ahaṃ kho pana, vaccha, evaṃ vadāmi — ye hi te candanikāya vā oligalle vā pāṇā, tatrapi yo thālidhovanaṃ vā sarāvadhovanaṃ vā chaḍḍeti — ye tattha pāṇā te tena yāpentūti, tato nidānampāhaṃ, vaccha, puññassa āgamaṃ vadāmi. ko pana vādo manussabhūte! api cāhaṃ, vaccha, sīlavato dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ vadāmi, no tathā dussīlassa, so ca hoti pañcaṅgavippahīno pañcaṅgasamannāgato.
AN 3.61
AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. brāhmaṇavaggo, 10. saṅgāravasuttaṃ AN 3.61, para. 1 ⇒
61. atha kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca — “mayamassu, bho gotama, brāhmaṇā nāma. yaññaṃ yajāmapi yajāpemapi. tatra, bho gotama, yo ceva yajati yo ca yajāpeti sabbe te anekasārīrikaṃ puññappaṭipadaṃ paṭipannā honti, yadidaṃ yaññādhikaraṇaṃ. yo panāyaṃ, bho gotama, yassa vā tassa vā kulā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito ekamattānaṃ dameti, ekamattānaṃ sameti, ekamattānaṃ parinibbāpeti, evamassāyaṃ ekasārīrikaṃ puññappaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno hoti, yadidaṃ pabbajjādhikaraṇan”ti.
AN 3.61
AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. brāhmaṇavaggo, 10. saṅgāravasuttaṃ AN 3.61, para. 3 ⇒
“taṃ kiṃ maññasi, brāhmaṇa, iccāyaṃ evaṃ sante ekasārīrikā vā puññappaṭipadā hoti anekasārīrikā vā, yadidaṃ pabbajjādhikaraṇan”ti? “iccāyampi, bho gotama, evaṃ sante anekasārīrikā puññappaṭipadā hoti, yadidaṃ pabbajjādhikaraṇan”ti.
AN 3.71
AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (7) 2. mahāvaggo, 10. uposathasuttaṃ AN 3.71, para. 10 ⇒
“upakkiliṭṭhassa, visākhe, cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti. kathañca, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti? idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako saṅghaṃ anussarati — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. tassa saṅghaṃ anussarato cittaṃ pasīdati, pāmojjaṃ uppajjati, ye cittassa upakkilesā te pahīyanti, seyyathāpi, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa vatthassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti.
AN 3.71
AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (7) 2. mahāvaggo, 10. uposathasuttaṃ AN 3.71, para. 12 ⇒
“kathañca, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti? idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako saṅghaṃ anussarati — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. tassa saṅghaṃ anussarato cittaṃ pasīdati, pāmojjaṃ uppajjati, ye cittassa upakkilesā te pahīyanti. ayaṃ vuccati, visākhe, ‘ariyasāvako saṅghuposathaṃ upavasati, saṅghena saddhiṃ saṃvasati, saṅghañcassa ārabbha cittaṃ pasīdati, pāmojjaṃ uppajjati, ye cittassa upakkilesā te pahīyanti’. evaṃ kho, visākhe, upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyodapanā hoti.
AN 3.71
AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (7) 2. mahāvaggo, 10. uposathasuttaṃ AN 3.71, para. 56 ⇒
puññāni katvāna sukhudrayāni,
AN 3.76
AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (8) 3. ānandavaggo, 5. nivesakasuttaṃ AN 3.76, para. 2 ⇒
“ye, ānanda, anukampeyyātha ye ca sotabbaṃ maññeyyuṃ mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā te vo, ānanda, tīsu ṭhānesu samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā. katamesu tīsu? buddhe aveccappasāde samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā — ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi; satthā devamanussānaṃ, buddho bhagavā’ti, dhamme aveccappasāde samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā — ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti, saṅghe aveccappasāde samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’”ti.
AN 3.96
AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. loṇakapallavaggo, 4. parisāsuttaṃ AN 3.96, para. 5 ⇒
“yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhū samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharanti, bahuṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū tasmiṃ samaye puññaṃ pasavanti. brahmaṃ, bhikkhave, vihāraṃ tasmiṃ samaye bhikkhū viharanti, yadidaṃ muditāya cetovimuttiyā. pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati.
AN 3.96
AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. loṇakapallavaggo, 4. parisāsuttaṃ AN 3.96, para. 7 ⇒
“evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yasmiṃ samaye bhikkhū samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharanti, bahuṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū tasmiṃ samaye puññaṃ pasavanti. brahmaṃ, bhikkhave, vihāraṃ tasmiṃ samaye bhikkhū viharanti, yadidaṃ muditāya cetovimuttiyā. pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. imā kho, bhikkhave, tisso parisā”ti. catutthaṃ.
AN 3.97
AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. loṇakapallavaggo, 5. paṭhamāajānīyasuttaṃ AN 3.97, para. 1 ⇒
97. “tīhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. katamehi tīhi? idha, bhikkhave, rañño bhadro assājānīyo vaṇṇasampanno ca hoti balasampanno ca javasampanno ca. imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi tīhi ? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇṇasampanno ca hoti balasampanno ca javasampanno ca.
AN 3.97
AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. loṇakapallavaggo, 5. paṭhamāajānīyasuttaṃ AN 3.97, para. 4 ⇒
“kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu javasampanno hoti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti; ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti; ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti; ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu javasampanno hoti. imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. pañcamaṃ.
AN 3.98
AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. loṇakapallavaggo, 6. dutiyāajānīyasuttaṃ AN 3.98, para. 1 ⇒
98. “tīhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhayaṃ gacchati. katamehi tīhi? idha, bhikkhave, rañño bhadro assājānīyo vaṇṇasampanno ca hoti balasampanno ca javasampanno ca. imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi tīhi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇṇasampanno ca hoti balasampanno ca javasampanno ca.
AN 3.98
AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. loṇakapallavaggo, 6. dutiyāajānīyasuttaṃ AN 3.98, para. 4 ⇒
“kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu javasampanno hoti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu javasampanno hoti. imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. chaṭṭhaṃ.
AN 3.99
AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. loṇakapallavaggo, 7. tatiyāajānīyasuttaṃ AN 3.99, para. 1 ⇒
99. “tīhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhayaṃ gacchati. katamehi tīhi? idha, bhikkhave, rañño bhadro assājānīyo vaṇṇasampanno ca hoti balasampanno ca javasampanno ca. imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi tīhi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇṇasampanno ca hoti balasampanno ca javasampanno ca.
AN 3.99
AN 3, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. loṇakapallavaggo, 7. tatiyāajānīyasuttaṃ AN 3.99, para. 4 ⇒
“kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu javasampanno hoti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu javasampanno hoti. imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. sattamaṃ.
AN 3.134
AN 3, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (14) 4. yodhājīvavaggo, 1. yodhājīvasuttaṃ AN 3.134, para. 1 ⇒
134. “tīhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato yodhājīvo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. katamehi tīhi ? idha, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo dūre pātī ca hoti akkhaṇavedhī ca mahato ca kāyassa padāletā. imehi, kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato yodhājīvo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi tīhi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dūre pātī ca hoti akkhaṇavedhī ca mahato ca kāyassa padāletā.
AN 3.134
AN 3, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (14) 4. yodhājīvavaggo, 1. yodhājīvasuttaṃ AN 3.134, para. 4 ⇒
“kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mahato kāyassa padāletā hoti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mahantaṃ avijjākkhandhaṃ padāleti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mahato kāyassa padāletā hoti. imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. paṭhamaṃ.
AN 3.151
AN 3, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (15) 5. maṅgalavaggo, 5. paṭhamakhatasuttaṃ AN 3.151, para. 1 ⇒
151. “tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. katamehi tīhi? akusalena kāyakammena, akusalena vacīkammena, akusalena manokammena — imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati.
AN 3.151
AN 3, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (15) 5. maṅgalavaggo, 5. paṭhamakhatasuttaṃ AN 3.151, para. 2 ⇒
“tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. katamehi tīhi? kusalena kāyakammena, kusalena vacīkammena, kusalena manokammena . pe . pañcamaṃ.
AN 3.154
AN 3, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (15) 5. maṅgalavaggo, 8. catutthakhatasuttaṃ AN 3.154, para. 2 ⇒
“tīhi, bhikkhave . pe . sucinā kāyakammena, sucinā vacīkammena, sucinā manokammena — imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavatī”ti. aṭṭhamaṃ.
AN 4.3
AN 4, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. bhaṇḍagāmavaggo, 3. paṭhamakhatasuttaṃ AN 4.3, para. 1 ⇒
3. “catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. katamehi catūhi? ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā appasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti, ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā pasādanīye ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti — imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati.
AN 4.3
AN 4, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. bhaṇḍagāmavaggo, 3. paṭhamakhatasuttaṃ AN 4.3, para. 2 ⇒
“catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. katamehi catūhi? anuvicca pariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, anuvicca pariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, anuvicca pariyogāhetvā appasādanīye ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti, anuvicca pariyogāhetvā pasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti — imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavatī”ti.
AN 4.4
AN 4, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. bhaṇḍagāmavaggo, 4. dutiyakhatasuttaṃ AN 4.4, para. 1 ⇒
4. “catūsu, bhikkhave, micchā paṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. katamesu catūsu? mātari, bhikkhave, micchā paṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. pitari, bhikkhave, micchā paṭipajjamāno . pe . tathāgate, bhikkhave, micchā paṭipajjamāno . pe . tathāgatasāvake, bhikkhave, micchā paṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. imesu kho, bhikkhave, catūsu micchā paṭipajjamāno bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati.
AN 4.4
AN 4, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. bhaṇḍagāmavaggo, 4. dutiyakhatasuttaṃ AN 4.4, para. 2 ⇒
“catūsu, bhikkhave, sammā paṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. katamesu catūsu? mātari, bhikkhave, sammā paṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. pitari, bhikkhave, sammā paṭipajjamāno . pe . tathāgate, bhikkhave, sammā paṭipajjamāno . pe . tathāgatasāvake, bhikkhave, sammā paṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. imesu kho, bhikkhave, catūsu sammā paṭipajjamāno paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavatī”ti.
AN 4.4
AN 4, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. bhaṇḍagāmavaggo, 4. dutiyakhatasuttaṃ AN 4.4, para. 5 ⇒
bahuñca so pasavati, apuññaṃ tādiso naro.
AN 4.4
AN 4, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. bhaṇḍagāmavaggo, 4. dutiyakhatasuttaṃ AN 4.4, para. 10 ⇒
bahuñca so pasavati, puññaṃ etādiso naro.
AN 4.31
AN 4, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. cakkavaggo, 1. cakkasuttaṃ AN 4.31, para. 1 ⇒
31. “cattārimāni, bhikkhave, cakkāni, yehi samannāgatānaṃ devamanussānaṃ catucakkaṃ vattati, yehi samannāgatā devamanussā nacirasseva mahantattaṃ vepullattaṃ pāpuṇanti bhogesu. katamāni cattāri? patirūpadesavāso, sappurisāvassayo, attasammāpaṇidhi, pubbe ca katapuññatā — imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri cakkāni, yehi samannāgatānaṃ devamanussānaṃ catucakkaṃ vattati, yehi samannāgatā devamanussā nacirasseva mahantattaṃ vepullattaṃ pāpuṇanti bhogesū”ti.
AN 4.31
AN 4, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. cakkavaggo, 1. cakkasuttaṃ AN 4.31, para. 3 ⇒
sammāpaṇidhisampanno, pubbe puññakato naro.
AN 4.34
AN 4, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. cakkavaggo, 4. aggappasādasuttaṃ AN 4.34, para. 4 ⇒
“yāvatā, bhikkhave, saṅghā vā gaṇā vā, tathāgatasāvakasaṅgho tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. ye, bhikkhave, saṅghe pasannā, agge te pasannā. agge kho pana pasannānaṃ aggo vipāko hoti. ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro aggappasādā”ti.
AN 4.34
AN 4, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. cakkavaggo, 4. aggappasādasuttaṃ AN 4.34, para. 8 ⇒
agge saṅghe pasannānaṃ, puññakkhette anuttare.
AN 4.34
AN 4, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. cakkavaggo, 4. aggappasādasuttaṃ AN 4.34, para. 9 ⇒
“aggasmiṃ dānaṃ dadataṃ, aggaṃ puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati.
AN 4.51
AN 4, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. puññābhisandavaggo, 1. paṭhamapuññābhisandasuttaṃ AN 4.51, para. 1 ⇒
51. sāvatthinidānaṃ . cattārome, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā sovaggikā sukhavipākā saggasaṃvattanikā iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti. katame cattāro? yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cīvaraṃ paribhuñjamāno appamāṇaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, appamāṇo tassa puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati.
AN 4.51
AN 4, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. puññābhisandavaggo, 1. paṭhamapuññābhisandasuttaṃ AN 4.51, para. 2 ⇒
“yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjamāno appamāṇaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, appamāṇo tassa puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati.
AN 4.51
AN 4, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. puññābhisandavaggo, 1. paṭhamapuññābhisandasuttaṃ AN 4.51, para. 3 ⇒
“yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu senāsanaṃ paribhuñjamāno appamāṇaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, appamāṇo tassa puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati.
AN 4.51
AN 4, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. puññābhisandavaggo, 1. paṭhamapuññābhisandasuttaṃ AN 4.51, para. 4 ⇒
“yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuñjamāno appamāṇaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, appamāṇo tassa puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati. ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā sovaggikā sukhavipākā saggasaṃvattanikā iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti.
AN 4.51
AN 4, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. puññābhisandavaggo, 1. paṭhamapuññābhisandasuttaṃ AN 4.51, para. 5 ⇒
“imehi ca pana, bhikkhave, catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ — ‘ettako puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattatī’ti. atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandhotveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati.
AN 4.51
AN 4, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. puññābhisandavaggo, 1. paṭhamapuññābhisandasuttaṃ AN 4.51, para. 6 ⇒
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde na sukaraṃ udakassa pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ — ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakānīti vā, ettakāni udakāḷhakasatānīti vā, ettakāni udakāḷhakasahassānīti vā, ettakāni udakāḷhakasatasahassānīti vā’, atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāudakakkhandhotveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, imehi catūhi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ — ‘ettako puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattatī’ti. atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandhotveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchatī”ti.
AN 4.51
AN 4, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. puññābhisandavaggo, 1. paṭhamapuññābhisandasuttaṃ AN 4.51, para. 13 ⇒
puññassa dhārā upayanti paṇḍitaṃ,
AN 4.52
AN 4, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. puññābhisandavaggo, 2. dutiyapuññābhisandasuttaṃ AN 4.52, para. 1 ⇒
52. “cattārome, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā sovaggikā sukhavipākā saggasaṃvattanikā iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti. katame cattāro? idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati.
AN 4.52
AN 4, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. puññābhisandavaggo, 2. dutiyapuññābhisandasuttaṃ AN 4.52, para. 2 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati.
AN 4.52
AN 4, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. puññābhisandavaggo, 2. dutiyapuññābhisandasuttaṃ AN 4.52, para. 3 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati.
AN 4.52
AN 4, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. puññābhisandavaggo, 2. dutiyapuññābhisandasuttaṃ AN 4.52, para. 4 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññuppasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati . ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā sovaggikā sukhavipākā saggasaṃvattanikā iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattantī”ti.
AN 4.57
AN 4, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. puññābhisandavaggo, 7. suppavāsāsuttaṃ AN 4.57, para. 7 ⇒
puññena puññaṃ saṃsandamānā,
AN 4.60
AN 4, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. puññābhisandavaggo, 10. gihisāmīcisuttaṃ AN 4.60, para. 6 ⇒
tesaṃ divā ca ratto ca, sadā puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati.
AN 4.60
AN 4, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. puññābhisandavaggo, 10. gihisāmīcisuttaṃ AN 4.60, para. 8 ⇒
puññābhisandavaggo paṭhamo.
AN 4.60
AN 4, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. puññābhisandavaggo, 10. gihisāmīcisuttaṃ AN 4.60, para. 10 ⇒
dve puññābhisandā dve ca, saṃvāsā samajīvino.
AN 4.62
AN 4, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (7) 2. pattakammavaggo, 2. ānaṇyasuttaṃ AN 4.62, para. 4 ⇒
“katamañca, gahapati, bhogasukhaṃ? idha, gahapati, kulaputto uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi paribhuñjati puññāni ca karoti. so ‘uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi paribhuñjāmi puññāni ca karomī’ti adhigacchati sukhaṃ, adhigacchati somanassaṃ. idaṃ vuccati, gahapati, bhogasukhaṃ .
AN 4.112
AN 4, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (12) 2. kesivaggo, 2. javasuttaṃ AN 4.112, para. 2 ⇒
“evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi catūhi? ajjavena, javena, khantiyā, soraccena — imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. dutiyaṃ.
AN 4.114
AN 4, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (12) 2. kesivaggo, 4. nāgasuttaṃ AN 4.114, para. 6 ⇒
“evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi catūhi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sotā ca hoti, hantā ca, khantā ca, gantā ca.
AN 4.114
AN 4, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (12) 2. kesivaggo, 4. nāgasuttaṃ AN 4.114, para. 10 ⇒
“kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gantā hoti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yāyaṃ disā agatapubbā iminā dīghena addhunā yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ, taṃ khippaññeva gantā hoti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gantā hoti. imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. catutthaṃ.
AN 4.122
AN 4, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (13) 3. bhayavaggo, 2. ūmibhayasuttaṃ AN 4.122, para. 4 ⇒
“katamañca, bhikkhave, āvaṭṭabhayaṃ? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco kulaputto saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti — ‘otiṇṇomhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi, dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapareto; appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethā’ti! so evaṃ pabbajito samāno pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhiteneva kāyena arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṃvutehi indriyehi. so tattha passati gahapatiṃ vā gahapatiputtaṃ vā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitaṃ samaṅgībhūtaṃ paricārayamānaṃ. tassa evaṃ hoti — ‘mayaṃ kho pubbe agāriyabhūtā samānā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgībhūtā paricārimhā; saṃvijjanti kho pana me kule bhogā. sakkā bhoge ca bhuñjituṃ puññāni ca kātuṃ. yaṃnūnāhaṃ sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjeyyaṃ puññāni ca kareyyan’ti ! so sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati . ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āvaṭṭabhayassa bhīto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvatto. āvaṭṭabhayanti kho, bhikkhave, pañcannetaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, āvaṭṭabhayaṃ.
AN 4.181
AN 4, 4. catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (19) 4. brāhmaṇavaggo, 1. yodhājīvasuttaṃ AN 4.181, para. 1 ⇒
181. “catūhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato yodhājīvo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. katamehi catūhi? idha, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo ṭhānakusalo ca hoti, dūrepātī ca, akkhaṇavedhī ca, mahato ca kāyassa padāletā. imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi aṅgehi samannāgato yodhājīvo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi catūhi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ṭhānakusalo ca hoti, dūrepātī ca, akkhaṇavedhī ca, mahato ca kāyassa padāletā.
AN 4.181
AN 4, 4. catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (19) 4. brāhmaṇavaggo, 1. yodhājīvasuttaṃ AN 4.181, para. 5 ⇒
“kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mahato kāyassa padāletā hoti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mahantaṃ avijjākkhandhaṃ padāletā. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mahato kāyassa padāletā hoti. imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. paṭhamaṃ.
AN 4.190
AN 4, 4. catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (19) 4. brāhmaṇavaggo, 10. uposathasuttaṃ AN 4.190, para. 2 ⇒
“apalāpāyaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā nippalāpāyaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā suddhā sāre patiṭṭhitā. tathārūpo ayaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhusaṅgho, tathārūpāyaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā. yathārūpā parisā dullabhā dassanāyapi lokasmiṃ, tathārūpo ayaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhusaṅgho, tathārūpāyaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā. yathārūpā parisā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa, tathārūpo ayaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhusaṅgho, tathārūpāyaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā . yathārūpāya parisāya appaṃ dinnaṃ bahu hoti bahu dinnaṃ bahutaraṃ, tathārūpo ayaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhusaṅgho, tathārūpāyaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā. yathārūpaṃ parisaṃ alaṃ yojanagaṇanānipi dassanāya gantuṃ api puṭosenāpi, tathārūpo ayaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhusaṅgho, (tathārūpāyaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā) .
AN 4.222
AN 4, 5. pañcamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (23) 3. duccaritavaggo, 2. diṭṭhisuttaṃ AN 4.222, para. 1 ⇒
222. “catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ; bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. katamehi catūhi? kāyaduccaritena, vacīduccaritena, manoduccaritena, micchādiṭṭhiyā — imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati.
AN 4.222
AN 4, 5. pañcamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (23) 3. duccaritavaggo, 2. diṭṭhisuttaṃ AN 4.222, para. 2 ⇒
“catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. katamehi catūhi? kāyasucaritena, vacīsucaritena, manosucaritena, sammādiṭṭhiyā — imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo viññūnaṃ; bahuñca puññaṃ pasavatī”ti. dutiyaṃ.
AN 4.223
AN 4, 5. pañcamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (23) 3. duccaritavaggo, 3. akataññutāsuttaṃ AN 4.223, para. 1 ⇒
223. “catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. katamehi catūhi? kāyaduccaritena, vacīduccaritena, manoduccaritena, akataññutā akataveditā — imehi . pe . paṇḍito. kāyasucaritena, vacīsucaritena, manosucaritena kataññutākataveditā . pe . tatiyaṃ.
AN 4.230
AN 4, 5. pañcamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (23) 3. duccaritavaggo, 10. duppaññasuttaṃ AN 4.230, para. 1 ⇒
23... assaddho hoti, dussīlo hoti, kusīto hoti, duppañño hoti . pe . saddho hoti, sīlavā hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, paññavā hoti — imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavatī”ti. dasamaṃ.
AN 4.259
AN 4, 5. pañcamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (26) 6. abhiññāvaggo, 6. paṭhamāajānīyasuttaṃ AN 4.259, para. 2 ⇒
“evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi catūhi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇṇasampanno ca hoti balasampanno ca javasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca.
AN 4.259
AN 4, 5. pañcamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (26) 6. abhiññāvaggo, 6. paṭhamāajānīyasuttaṃ AN 4.259, para. 7 ⇒
“imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. chaṭṭhaṃ.
AN 4.260
AN 4, 5. pañcamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (26) 6. abhiññāvaggo, 7. dutiyāajānīyasuttaṃ AN 4.260, para. 2 ⇒
“evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi catūhi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇṇasampanno ca hoti, balasampanno ca, javasampanno ca, ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca.
AN 4.260
AN 4, 5. pañcamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (26) 6. abhiññāvaggo, 7. dutiyāajānīyasuttaṃ AN 4.260, para. 7 ⇒
“imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. sattamaṃ.
AN 4.263
AN 4, 5. pañcamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (26) 6. abhiññāvaggo, 10. kammasuttaṃ AN 4.263, para. 1 ⇒
263. “catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. katamehi catūhi? sāvajjena kāyakammena, sāvajjena vacīkammena, sāvajjena manokammena, sāvajjāya diṭṭhiyā — imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo abyatto asappuriso khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati.
AN 4.263
AN 4, 5. pañcamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (26) 6. abhiññāvaggo, 10. kammasuttaṃ AN 4.263, para. 2 ⇒
“catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavati. katamehi catūhi? anavajjena kāyakammena, anavajjena vacīkammena, anavajjena manokammena, anavajjāya diṭṭhiyā — imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo viññūnaṃ, bahuñca puññaṃ pasavatī”ti. dasamaṃ.
AN 5.31
AN 5, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. sumanavaggo, 1. sumanasuttaṃ AN 5.31, para. 7 ⇒
“acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante! yāvañcidaṃ, bhante, alameva dānāni dātuṃ alaṃ puññāni kātuṃ; yatra hi nāma devabhūtassāpi upakārāni puññāni, manussabhūtassāpi upakārāni puññāni, pabbajitassāpi upakārāni puññānī””ti. “evametaṃ, sumane! alañhi, sumane, dānāni dātuṃ alaṃ puññāni kātuṃ! devabhūtassāpi upakārāni puññāni, manussabhūtassāpi upakārāni puññāni, pabbajitassāpi upakārāni puññānī””ti .
AN 5.32
AN 5, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. sumanavaggo, 2. cundīsuttaṃ AN 5.32, para. 6 ⇒
“yāvatā, cundi, saṅghā vā gaṇā vā, tathāgatasāvakasaṅgho tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṃ — cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. ye kho, cundi, saṅghe pasannā, agge te pasannā. agge kho pana pasannānaṃ aggo vipāko hoti.
AN 5.32
AN 5, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. sumanavaggo, 2. cundīsuttaṃ AN 5.32, para. 11 ⇒
agge saṅghe pasannānaṃ, puññakkhette anuttare.
AN 5.32
AN 5, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. sumanavaggo, 2. cundīsuttaṃ AN 5.32, para. 12 ⇒
“aggasmiṃ dānaṃ dadataṃ, aggaṃ puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati.
AN 5.36
AN 5, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. sumanavaggo, 6. kāladānasuttaṃ AN 5.36, para. 6 ⇒
na tena dakkhiṇā ūnā, tepi puññassa bhāgino.
AN 5.36
AN 5, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. sumanavaggo, 6. kāladānasuttaṃ AN 5.36, para. 8 ⇒
puññāni paralokasmiṃ, patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan”ti. chaṭṭhaṃ.
AN 5.38
AN 5, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. sumanavaggo, 8. saddhasuttaṃ AN 5.38, para. 10 ⇒
puññakkhettāni lokasmiṃ, sevanti tādisaṃ naraṃ.
AN 5.43
AN 5, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 5. muṇḍarājavaggo, 3. iṭṭhasuttaṃ AN 5.43, para. 11 ⇒
“appamādaṃ pasaṃsanti, puññakiriyāsu paṇḍitā.
AN 5.45
AN 5, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 5. muṇḍarājavaggo, 5. puññābhisandasuttaṃ AN 5.45, para. 1 ⇒
45. “pañcime, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā sovaggikā sukhavipākā saggasaṃvattanikā iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti.
AN 5.45
AN 5, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 5. muṇḍarājavaggo, 5. puññābhisandasuttaṃ AN 5.45, para. 2 ⇒
“katame pañca? yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cīvaraṃ paribhuñjamāno appamāṇaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, appamāṇo tassa puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati.
AN 5.45
AN 5, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 5. muṇḍarājavaggo, 5. puññābhisandasuttaṃ AN 5.45, para. 4 ⇒
“yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuñjamāno appamāṇaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, appamāṇo tassa puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati. ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā sovaggikā sukhavipākā saggasaṃvattanikā iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti.
AN 5.45
AN 5, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 5. muṇḍarājavaggo, 5. puññābhisandasuttaṃ AN 5.45, para. 5 ⇒
“imehi ca pana, bhikkhave, pañcahi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ — ‘ettako puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattatī’ti. atha kho asaṅkheyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandhotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati.
AN 5.45
AN 5, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 5. muṇḍarājavaggo, 5. puññābhisandasuttaṃ AN 5.45, para. 6 ⇒
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde na sukaraṃ udakassa pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ — ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakānīti vā ettakāni udakāḷhakasatānīti vā ettakāni udakāḷhakasahassānīti vā ettakāni udakāḷhakasatasahassānīti vā; atha kho asaṅkheyyo appameyyo mahāudakakkhandhotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati’. evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, imehi pañcahi puññābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ — ‘ettako puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattatī’ti. atha kho asaṅkheyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandhotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchatī”ti.
AN 5.45
AN 5, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 5. muṇḍarājavaggo, 5. puññābhisandasuttaṃ AN 5.45, para. 13 ⇒
puññassa dhārā upayanti paṇḍitaṃ,
AN 5.103
AN 5, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (11) 1. phāsuvihāravaggo, 3. mahācorasuttaṃ AN 5.103, para. 8 ⇒
“evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato pāpabhikkhu khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati. katamehi pañcahi? idha, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu visamanissito ca hoti, gahananissito ca, balavanissito ca, bhogacāgī ca, ekacārī ca.
AN 5.103
AN 5, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (11) 1. phāsuvihāravaggo, 3. mahācorasuttaṃ AN 5.103, para. 14 ⇒
“imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato pāpabhikkhu khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo viññūnaṃ, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatī”ti. tatiyaṃ.
AN 5.107
AN 5, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (11) 1. phāsuvihāravaggo, 7. sīlasuttaṃ AN 5.107, para. 1 ⇒
1.7. “pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa.
AN 5.107
AN 5, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (11) 1. phāsuvihāravaggo, 7. sīlasuttaṃ AN 5.107, para. 3 ⇒
“imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. sattamaṃ.
AN 5.108
AN 5, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (11) 1. phāsuvihāravaggo, 8. asekhasuttaṃ AN 5.108, para. 1 ⇒
1.8. “pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa.
AN 5.108
AN 5, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (11) 1. phāsuvihāravaggo, 8. asekhasuttaṃ AN 5.108, para. 2 ⇒
“katamehi, pañcahi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti. imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. aṭṭhamaṃ.
AN 5.139
AN 5, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (14) 4. rājavaggo, 9. akkhamasuttaṃ AN 5.139, para. 8 ⇒
“evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi aṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu na āhuneyyo hoti na pāhuneyyo na dakkhiṇeyyo na añjalikaraṇīyo na anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi pañcahi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti rūpānaṃ, akkhamo saddānaṃ, akkhamo gandhānaṃ, akkhamo rasānaṃ, akkhamo phoṭṭhabbānaṃ.
AN 5.139
AN 5, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (14) 4. rājavaggo, 9. akkhamasuttaṃ AN 5.139, para. 14 ⇒
“imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu na āhuneyyo hoti na pāhuneyyo na dakkhiṇeyyo na añjalikaraṇīyo na anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa.
AN 5.139
AN 5, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (14) 4. rājavaggo, 9. akkhamasuttaṃ AN 5.139, para. 22 ⇒
“evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi pañcahi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti rūpānaṃ, khamo saddānaṃ, khamo gandhānaṃ, khamo rasānaṃ, khamo phoṭṭhabbānaṃ .
AN 5.139
AN 5, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (14) 4. rājavaggo, 9. akkhamasuttaṃ AN 5.139, para. 28 ⇒
“imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. navamaṃ.
AN 5.140
AN 5, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (14) 4. rājavaggo, 10. sotasuttaṃ AN 5.140, para. 8 ⇒
“evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi pañcahi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sotā ca hoti, hantā ca, rakkhitā ca, khantā ca, gantā ca.
AN 5.140
AN 5, 3. tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (14) 4. rājavaggo, 10. sotasuttaṃ AN 5.140, para. 14 ⇒
“imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. dasamaṃ.
AN 5.179
AN 5, 4. catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (18) 3. upāsakavaggo, 9. gihisuttaṃ AN 5.179, para. 5 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, sāriputta, ariyasāvako saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. ayamassa tatiyo ābhicetasiko diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāro adhigato hoti avisuddhassa cittassa visuddhiyā apariyodātassa cittassa pariyodapanāya.
AN 5.179
AN 5, 4. catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (18) 3. upāsakavaggo, 9. gihisuttaṃ AN 5.179, para. 16 ⇒
“upaṭṭhite deyyadhamme, puññatthassa jigīsato .
AN 5.199
AN 5, 4. catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (20) 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 9. kulasuttaṃ AN 5.199, para. 1 ⇒
199. “yaṃ, bhikkhave, sīlavanto pabbajitā kulaṃ upasaṅkamanti, tattha manussā pañcahi ṭhānehi bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavanti. katamehi pañcahi? yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye sīlavante pabbajite kulaṃ upasaṅkamante manussā disvā cittāni pasādenti, saggasaṃvattanikaṃ, bhikkhave, taṃ kulaṃ tasmiṃ samaye paṭipadaṃ paṭipannaṃ hoti.
AN 5.199
AN 5, 4. catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (20) 5. brāhmaṇavaggo, 9. kulasuttaṃ AN 5.199, para. 5 ⇒
“yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye sīlavante pabbajite kulaṃ upasaṅkamante manussā paripucchanti paripañhanti dhammaṃ suṇanti, mahāpaññāsaṃvattanikaṃ, bhikkhave, taṃ kulaṃ tasmiṃ samaye paṭipadaṃ paṭipannaṃ hoti. yaṃ, bhikkhave, sīlavanto pabbajitā kulaṃ upasaṅkamanti, tattha manussā imehi pañcahi ṭhānehi bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavantī”ti. navamaṃ.
AN 5.203
AN 5, 5. pañcamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (21) 1. kimilavaggo, 3. assājānīyasuttaṃ AN 5.203, para. 2 ⇒
“katamehi pañcahi? ajjavena, javena, maddavena, khantiyā, soraccena — imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅgantveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. “evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa.
AN 5.203
AN 5, 5. pañcamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (21) 1. kimilavaggo, 3. assājānīyasuttaṃ AN 5.203, para. 3 ⇒
“katamehi pañcahi? ajjavena, javena, maddavena, khantiyā, soraccena — imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. tatiyaṃ.
AN 5.234
AN 5, 5. pañcamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (24) 4. āvāsikavaggo, 4. bahūpakārasuttaṃ AN 5.234, para. 1 ⇒
234. “pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu āvāsassa bahūpakāro hoti. katamehi pañcahi? sīlavā hoti . pe . samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti . pe . diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; khaṇḍaphullaṃ paṭisaṅkharoti; mahā kho pana bhikkhusaṅgho abhikkanto nānāverajjakā bhikkhū gihīnaṃ upasaṅkamitvā āroceti — ‘mahā kho, āvuso, bhikkhusaṅgho abhikkanto nānāverajjakā bhikkhū, karotha puññāni, samayo puññāni kātun’ti; catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu āvāsassa bahūpakāro hotī”ti. catutthaṃ.
AN 5.235
AN 5, 5. pañcamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (24) 4. āvāsikavaggo, 5. anukampasuttaṃ AN 5.235, para. 1 ⇒
235. “pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu gihīnaṃ anukampati. katamehi pañcahi? adhisīle samādapeti; dhammadassane niveseti; gilānake upasaṅkamitvā satiṃ uppādeti — ‘arahaggataṃ āyasmanto satiṃ upaṭṭhāpethā’ti; mahā kho pana bhikkhusaṅgho abhikkanto nānāverajjakā bhikkhū gihīnaṃ upasaṅkamitvā āroceti — ‘mahā kho, āvuso, bhikkhusaṅgho abhikkanto nānāverajjakā bhikkhū, karotha puññāni, samayo puññāni kātun’ti; yaṃ kho panassa bhojanaṃ denti lūkhaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā taṃ attanā paribhuñjati, saddhādeyyaṃ na vinipāteti. imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu gihīnaṃ anukampatī”ti. pañcamaṃ.
AN 6.1
AN 6, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. āhuneyyavaggo, 1. paṭhamāahuneyyasuttaṃ AN 6.1, para. 2 ⇒
“chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi chahi ? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. sotena saddaṃ sutvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. jivhāya raṃ sāyitvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. manasā dhammaṃ viññā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti.
AN 6.2
AN 6, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. āhuneyyavaggo, 2. dutiyāahuneyyasuttaṃ AN 6.2, para. 1 ⇒
2. “chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi chahi ? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhoti — ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṃ tirobhāvaṃ; tirokuṭṭaṃ tiropākāraṃ tiropabbataṃ asajjamāno gacchati, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṃ karoti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṃ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṃ vatteti.
AN 6.2
AN 6, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. āhuneyyavaggo, 2. dutiyāahuneyyasuttaṃ AN 6.2, para. 7 ⇒
“imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. dutiyaṃ.
AN 6.3
AN 6, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. āhuneyyavaggo, 3. indriyasuttaṃ AN 6.3, para. 1 ⇒
3. “chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi chahi? saddhindriyena, vīriyindriyena, satindriyena, samādhindriyena, paññindriyena, āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. tatiyaṃ.
AN 6.4
AN 6, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. āhuneyyavaggo, 4. balasuttaṃ AN 6.4, para. 1 ⇒
4. “chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi chahi? saddhābalena, vīriyabalena, satibalena, samādhibalena, paññābalena, āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. catutthaṃ.
AN 6.5
AN 6, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. āhuneyyavaggo, 5. paṭhamāajānīyasuttaṃ AN 6.5, para. 3 ⇒
“evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi chahi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti rūpānaṃ, khamo saddānaṃ, khamo gandhānaṃ, khamo rasānaṃ, khamo phoṭṭhabbānaṃ, khamo dhammānaṃ. imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. pañcamaṃ.
AN 6.6
AN 6, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. āhuneyyavaggo, 6. dutiyāajānīyasuttaṃ AN 6.6, para. 2 ⇒
“evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi chahi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti rūpānaṃ . pe . khamo dhammānaṃ. imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. chaṭṭhaṃ.
AN 6.7
AN 6, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. āhuneyyavaggo, 7. tatiyāajānīyasuttaṃ AN 6.7, para. 2 ⇒
“evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi chahi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti rūpānaṃ . pe . khamo dhammānaṃ. imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. sattamaṃ.
AN 6.10
AN 6, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. āhuneyyavaggo, 10. mahānāmasuttaṃ AN 6.10, para. 4 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, mahānāma, ariyasāvako saṅghaṃ anussarati — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. yasmiṃ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako saṅghaṃ anussarati nevassa tasmiṃ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti; ujugatamevassa tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ hoti saṅghaṃ ārabbha. ujugatacitto kho pana, mahānāma, ariyasāvako labhati atthavedaṃ, labhati dhammavedaṃ, labhati dhammūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmojjaṃ. pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. ayaṃ vuccati, mahānāma — ‘ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotaṃ samāpanno saṅghānussatiṃ bhāveti”’.
AN 6.25
AN 6, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 3. anuttariyavaggo, 5. anussatiṭṭhānasuttaṃ AN 6.25, para. 3 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saṅghaṃ anussarati — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako saṅghaṃ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṃ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti; ujugatamevassa tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ hoti, nikkhantaṃ muttaṃ vuṭṭhitaṃ gedhamhā. ‘gedho’ti kho, bhikkhave, pañcannetaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ. idampi kho, bhikkhave, ārammaṇaṃ karitvā evamidhekacce sattā visujjhanti.
AN 6.26
AN 6, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 3. anuttariyavaggo, 6. mahākaccānasuttaṃ AN 6.26, para. 4 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, āvuso, ariyasāvako saṅghaṃ anussarati — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. yasmiṃ, āvuso, samaye ariyasāvako saṅghaṃ anussarati nevassa tasmiṃ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti; ujugatamevassa tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ hoti, nikkhantaṃ muttaṃ vuṭṭhitaṃ gedhamhā. ‘gedho’ti kho, āvuso, pañcannetaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ. sa kho so, āvuso, ariyasāvako sabbaso ākāsasamena cetasā viharati vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena. idampi kho, āvuso, ārammaṇaṃ karitvā evamidhekacce sattā visuddhidhammā bhavanti.
AN 6.37
AN 6, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. devatāvaggo, 7. chaḷaṅgadānasuttaṃ AN 6.37, para. 4 ⇒
“evaṃ chaḷaṅgasamannāgatāya, bhikkhave, dakkhiṇāya na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ — ‘ettako puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattatī’ti. atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandhotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati.
AN 6.37
AN 6, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. devatāvaggo, 7. chaḷaṅgadānasuttaṃ AN 6.37, para. 5 ⇒
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde na sukaraṃ udakassa pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ — ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakānīti vā ettakāni udakāḷhakasatānīti vā ettakāni udakāḷhakasahassānīti vā ettakāni udakāḷhakasatasahassānī’ti vā. atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāudakakkhandhotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, evaṃ chaḷaṅgasamannāgatāya dakkhiṇāya na sukaraṃ puññassa pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ — ‘ettako puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattatī’ti. atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandhotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchatī”ti.
AN 6.45
AN 6, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 5. dhammikavaggo, 3. iṇasuttaṃ AN 6.45, para. 28 ⇒
evametaṃ gahaṭṭhānaṃ, cāgo puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati.
AN 6.54
AN 6, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 5. dhammikavaggo, 12. dhammikasuttaṃ AN 6.54, para. 16 ⇒
“taṃ kiṃ maññasi, brāhmaṇa dhammika, yo ime cha satthāre titthakare kāmesu vītarāge, anekasataparivāre sasāvakasaṅghe paduṭṭhacitto akkoseyya paribhāseyya, bahuṃ so apuññaṃ pasaveyyā”ti? “evaṃ, bhante”. “yo kho, brāhmaṇa dhammika, ime cha satthāre titthakare kāmesu vītarāge anekasataparivāre sasāvakasaṅghe paduṭṭhacitto akkoseyya paribhāseyya, bahuṃ so apuññaṃ pasaveyya. yo ekaṃ diṭṭhisampannaṃ puggalaṃ paduṭṭhacitto akkosati paribhāsati, ayaṃ tato bahutaraṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. taṃ kissa hetu? nāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa dhammika, ito bahiddhā evarūpiṃ khantiṃ vadāmi, yathāmaṃ sabrahmacārīsu. tasmātiha, brāhmaṇa dhammika, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ — ‘na no samasabrahmacārīsu cittāni paduṭṭhāni bhavissantī’”ti. evañhi te, brāhmaṇa dhammika, sikkhitabbanti.
AN 6.54
AN 6, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 5. dhammikavaggo, 12. dhammikasuttaṃ AN 6.54, para. 28 ⇒
bahuñca so pasavati, apuññaṃ tādiso naro.
AN 6.54
AN 6, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 5. dhammikavaggo, 12. dhammikasuttaṃ AN 6.54, para. 31 ⇒
ayaṃ tato bahutaraṃ, apuññaṃ pasave naro.
AN 6.55
AN 6, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 6. mahāvaggo, 1. soṇasuttaṃ AN 6.55, para. 1 ⇒
55. evaṃ, me sutaṃ — ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā soṇo rājagahe viharati sītavanasmiṃ. atha kho āyasmato soṇassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi — “ye kho keci bhagavato sāvakā āraddhavīriyā viharanti, ahaṃ tesaṃ aññataro. atha ca pana me na anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccati, saṃvijjanti kho pana me kule bhogā, sakkā bhogā ca bhuñjituṃ puññāni ca kātuṃ. yaṃnūnāhaṃ sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjeyyaṃ puññāni ca kareyyan”ti.
AN 6.55
AN 6, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 6. mahāvaggo, 1. soṇasuttaṃ AN 6.55, para. 3 ⇒
“nanu te, soṇa, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi — ‘ye kho keci bhagavato sāvakā āraddhavīriyā viharanti, ahaṃ tesaṃ aññataro. atha ca pana me na anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccati, saṃvijjanti kho pana me kule bhogā, sakkā bhogā ca bhuñjituṃ puññāni ca kātuṃ. yaṃnūnāhaṃ sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjeyyaṃ puññāni ca kareyya’n”ti? “evaṃ, bhante”.
AN 6.58
AN 6, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 6. mahāvaggo, 4. āsavasuttaṃ AN 6.58, para. 1 ⇒
58. “chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa.
AN 6.58
AN 6, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 6. mahāvaggo, 4. āsavasuttaṃ AN 6.58, para. 9 ⇒
“imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. catutthaṃ.
AN 6.63
AN 6, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 6. mahāvaggo, 9. nibbedhikasuttaṃ AN 6.63, para. 16 ⇒
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, kāmānaṃ vipāko? yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, kāmayamāno tajjaṃ tajjaṃ attabhāvaṃ abhinibbatteti puññabhāgiyaṃ vā apuññabhāgiyaṃ vā, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kāmānaṃ vipāko.
AN 6.63
AN 6, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 6. mahāvaggo, 9. nibbedhikasuttaṃ AN 6.63, para. 22 ⇒
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, vedanānaṃ vipāko ? yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, vediyamāno tajjaṃ tajjaṃ attabhāvaṃ abhinibbatteti puññabhāgiyaṃ vā apuññabhāgiyaṃ vā, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, vedanānaṃ vipāko.
AN 6.63
AN 6, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 6. mahāvaggo, 9. nibbedhikasuttaṃ AN 6.63, para. 34 ⇒
“katamo ca, bhikkhave, āsavānaṃ vipāko? yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, avijjāgato tajjaṃ tajjaṃ attabhāvaṃ abhinibbatteti puññabhāgiyaṃ vā apuññabhāgiyaṃ vā, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, āsavānaṃ vipāko.
AN 7.14
AN 7, 2. anusayavaggo, 4. puggalasuttaṃ AN 7.14, para. 1 ⇒
14. “sattime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katame satta? ubhatobhāgavimutto, paññāvimutto, kāyasakkhī, diṭṭhippatto, saddhāvimutto, dhammānusārī, saddhānusārī. ime kho, bhikkhave, satta puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. catutthaṃ.
AN 7.16
AN 7, 2. anusayavaggo, 6. aniccānupassīsuttaṃ AN 7.16, para. 1 ⇒
16. “sattime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katame satta? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī viharati, aniccasaññī, aniccapaṭisaṃvedī satataṃ samitaṃ abbokiṇṇaṃ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. so āsavānaṃ khayā . pe . sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo puggalo āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa.
AN 7.16
AN 7, 2. anusayavaggo, 6. aniccānupassīsuttaṃ AN 7.16, para. 2 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī viharati, aniccasaññī, aniccapaṭisaṃvedī satataṃ samitaṃ abbokiṇṇaṃ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. tassa apubbaṃ acarimaṃ āsavapariyādānañca hoti jīvitapariyādānañca. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo puggalo āhuneyyo . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa.
AN 7.16
AN 7, 2. anusayavaggo, 6. aniccānupassīsuttaṃ AN 7.16, para. 3 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī viharati, aniccasaññī, aniccapaṭisaṃvedī satataṃ samitaṃ abbokiṇṇaṃ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. so pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti . pe . upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti . pe . asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti . pe . sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti . pe . uddhaṃsoto hoti akaniṭṭhagāmī. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, sattamo puggalo āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. ime kho, bhikkhave, satta puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. chaṭṭhaṃ.
AN 7.17
AN 7, 2. anusayavaggo, 7. dukkhānupassīsuttaṃ AN 7.17, para. 1 ⇒
17. sattime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katame satta? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sabbasaṅkhāresu dukkhānupassī viharati . pe . sattamaṃ.
AN 7.19
AN 7, 2. anusayavaggo, 9. nibbānasuttaṃ AN 7.19, para. 1 ⇒
19. “nibbāne sukhānupassī viharati sukhasaññī sukhapaṭisaṃvedī satataṃ samitaṃ abbokiṇṇaṃ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. so āsavānaṃ khayā . pe . sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. ayaṃ bhikkhave, paṭhamo puggalo āhuneyyo . pe . puññakkhettaṃ lokassa.
AN 7.19
AN 7, 2. anusayavaggo, 9. nibbānasuttaṃ AN 7.19, para. 2 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo nibbāne sukhānupassī viharati sukhasaññī sukhapaṭisaṃvedī satataṃ samitaṃ abbokiṇṇaṃ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. tassa apubbaṃ acarimaṃ āsavapariyādānañca hoti jīvitapariyādānañca. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo puggalo āhuneyyo . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa.
AN 7.19
AN 7, 2. anusayavaggo, 9. nibbānasuttaṃ AN 7.19, para. 3 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo nibbāne sukhānupassī viharati sukhasaññī sukhapaṭisaṃvedī satataṃ samitaṃ abbokiṇṇaṃ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. so pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti . pe . upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti . pe . asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti . pe . sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti . pe . uddhaṃsoto hoti akaniṭṭhagāmī. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, sattamo puggalo āhuneyyo . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa . ime kho, bhikkhave, satta puggalā āhuneyyā . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. navamaṃ.
AN 7.47
AN 7, 5. mahāyaññavaggo, 4. dutiyāggisuttaṃ AN 7.47, para. 5 ⇒
“aggiṃ, brāhmaṇa, ādento yūpaṃ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā tīṇi satthāni ussāpeti akusalāni dukkhudrayāni dukkhavipākāni. katamāni tīṇi ? kāyasatthaṃ, vacīsatthaṃ, manosatthaṃ. aggiṃ, brāhmaṇa, ādento yūpaṃ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā evaṃ cittaṃ uppādesi — ‘ettakā usabhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatarā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatariyo haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā ajā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā urabbhā haññantu yaññatthāyā’ti. so ‘puññaṃ karomī’ti apuññaṃ karoti, ‘kusalaṃ karomī’ti akusalaṃ karoti, ‘sugatiyā maggaṃ pariyesāmī’ti duggatiyā maggaṃ pariyesati. aggiṃ, brāhmaṇa, ādento yūpaṃ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā idaṃ paṭhamaṃ manosatthaṃ ussāpeti akusalaṃ dukkhudrayaṃ dukkhavipākaṃ.
AN 7.47
AN 7, 5. mahāyaññavaggo, 4. dutiyāggisuttaṃ AN 7.47, para. 6 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, aggiṃ ādento yūpaṃ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā evaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati — ‘ettakā usabhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatarā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatariyo haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā ajā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā urabbhā haññantu yaññatthāyā’ti. so ‘puññaṃ karomī’ti apuññaṃ karoti, ‘kusalaṃ karomī’ti akusalaṃ karoti, ‘sugatiyā maggaṃ pariyesāmī’ti duggatiyā maggaṃ pariyesati. aggiṃ, brāhmaṇa, ādento yūpaṃ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā idaṃ dutiyaṃ vacīsatthaṃ ussāpeti akusalaṃ dukkhudrayaṃ dukkhavipākaṃ.
AN 7.47
AN 7, 5. mahāyaññavaggo, 4. dutiyāggisuttaṃ AN 7.47, para. 7 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, aggiṃ ādento yūpaṃ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā sayaṃ paṭhamaṃ samārambhati usabhā hantuṃ yaññatthāya, sayaṃ paṭhamaṃ samārambhati vacchatarā hantuṃ yaññatthāya, sayaṃ paṭhamaṃ samārambhati vacchatariyo hantuṃ yaññatthāya, sayaṃ paṭhamaṃ samārambhati ajā hantuṃ yaññatthāya, sayaṃ paṭhamaṃ samārambhati urabbhā hantuṃ yaññatthāya . so ‘puññaṃ karomī’ti apuññaṃ karoti, ‘kusalaṃ karomī’ti akusalaṃ karoti, ‘sugatiyā maggaṃ pariyesāmī’ti duggatiyā maggaṃ pariyesati. aggiṃ, brāhmaṇa, ādento yūpaṃ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā idaṃ tatiyaṃ kāyasatthaṃ ussāpeti akusalaṃ dukkhudrayaṃ dukkhavipākaṃ. aggiṃ, brāhmaṇa, ādento yūpaṃ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā imāni tīṇi satthāni ussāpeti akusalāni dukkhudrayāni dukkhavipākāni.
AN 7.53
AN 7, 5. mahāyaññavaggo, 10. nandamātāsuttaṃ AN 7.53, para. 6 ⇒
“idhāhaṃ, bhante, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya pārāyanaṃ sarena bhāsitvā tuṇhī ahosiṃ. atha kho, bhante, vessavaṇo mahārājā mama kathāpariyosānaṃ viditvā abbhānumodi — ‘sādhu, bhagini, sādhu, bhaginī’ti! ‘ko paneso, bhadramukhā’ti? ‘ahaṃ te, bhagini, bhātā vessavaṇo, mahārājā’ti. ‘sādhu, bhadramukha, tena hi yo me ayaṃ dhammapariyāyo bhaṇito idaṃ te hotu ātitheyyan’ti. ‘sādhu, bhagini, etañceva me hotu ātitheyyaṃ. sveva sāriputtamoggallānappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho akatapātarāso veḷukaṇḍakaṃ āgamissati, tañca bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisitvā mama dakkhiṇaṃ ādiseyyāsi. etañceva me bhavissati ātitheyyan’ti. yadidaṃ, bhante, dāne puññañca puññamahī ca taṃ vessavaṇassa mahārājassa sukhāya hotū”ti.
AN 7.62
AN 7, 6. abyākatavaggo, 9. mettasuttaṃ AN 7.62, para. 1 ⇒
62. “mā, bhikkhave, puññānaṃ bhāyittha. sukhassetaṃ, bhikkhave, adhivacanaṃ yadidaṃ puññāni . abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dīgharattaṃ katānaṃ puññānaṃ dīgharattaṃ iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ manāpaṃ vipākaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ. satta vassāni mettaṃ cittaṃ bhāvesiṃ . satta vassāni mettaṃ cittaṃ bhāvetvā satta saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe nayimaṃ lokaṃ punāgamāsiṃ. saṃvaṭṭamāne sudāhaṃ, bhikkhave, loke ābhassarūpago homi, vivaṭṭamāne loke suññaṃ brahmavimānaṃ upapajjāmi.
AN 7.62
AN 7, 6. abyākatavaggo, 9. mettasuttaṃ AN 7.62, para. 3 ⇒
“passa puññānaṃ vipākaṃ, kusalānaṃ sukhesino .
AN 7.68
AN 7, 7. mahāvaggo, 4. dhammaññūsuttaṃ AN 7.68, para. 1 ⇒
68. “sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi sattahi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammaññū ca hoti atthaññū ca attaññū ca mattaññū ca kālaññū ca parisaññū ca puggalaparoparaññū ca.
AN 7.68
AN 7, 7. mahāvaggo, 4. dhammaññūsuttaṃ AN 7.68, para. 14 ⇒
“dve puggalā atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipannā — eko attahitāya paṭipanno no parahitāya, eko attahitāya ca paṭipanno parahitāya ca. yvāyaṃ puggalo attahitāya paṭipanno no parahitāya, evaṃ so tenaṅgena gārayho. yvāyaṃ puggalo atthahitāya ca paṭipanno parahitāya ca, evaṃ so tenaṅgena pāsaṃso. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno dvayena puggalā viditā honti. evaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu puggalaparoparaññū hoti. “imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. catutthaṃ.
AN 7.73
AN 7, 7. mahāvaggo, 9. sunettasuttaṃ AN 7.73, para. 3 ⇒
“taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, yo ime satta satthāre titthakare kāmesu vītarāge anekasataparivāre sasāvakasaṅghe paduṭṭhacitto akkoseyya paribhāseyya, bahuṃ so apuññaṃ pasaveyyā”ti? “evaṃ, bhante”. “yo, bhikkhave, ime satta satthāre titthakare kāmesu vītarāge anekasataparivāre sasāvakasaṅghe paduṭṭhacitto akkoseyya paribhāseyya, bahuṃ so apuññaṃ pasaveyya. yo ekaṃ diṭṭhisampannaṃ puggalaṃ paduṭṭhacitto akkosati paribhāsati, ayaṃ tato bahutaraṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. taṃ kissa hetu? nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ito bahiddhā evarūpiṃ khantiṃ vadāmi yathāmaṃ sabrahmacārīsu”.
AN 7, 10. āhuneyyavaggo (AN 7.95-96-622), para. 1 ⇒
95. “sattime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā . pe . dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katame satta? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo cakkhusmiṃ aniccānupassī viharati aniccasaññī aniccapaṭisaṃvedī satataṃ samitaṃ abbokiṇṇaṃ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. so āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, paṭhamo puggalo āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa.
AN 7, 10. āhuneyyavaggo (AN 7.95-96-622), para. 2 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo cakkhusmiṃ aniccānupassī viharati aniccasaññī aniccapaṭisaṃvedī satataṃ samitaṃ abbokiṇṇaṃ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. tassa apubbaṃ acarimaṃ āsavapariyādānañca hoti jīvitapariyādānañca. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo puggalo āhuneyyo . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa.
AN 7, 10. āhuneyyavaggo (AN 7.95-96-622), para. 3 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo cakkhusmiṃ aniccānupassī viharati aniccasaññī aniccapaṭisaṃvedī satataṃ samitaṃ abbokiṇṇaṃ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. so pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti . pe . upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti . pe . asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti . pe . sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti . pe . uddhaṃsoto hoti akaniṭṭhagāmī. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, sattamo puggalo āhuneyyo . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. ime kho, bhikkhave, satta puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti.
AN 7, 10. āhuneyyavaggo (AN 7.95-96-622), para. 4 ⇒
96-622. sattime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katame satta? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo cakkhusmiṃ dukkhānupassī viharati . pe . cakkhusmiṃ anattānupassī viharati . pe . cakkhusmiṃ khayānupassī viharati . pe . cakkhusmiṃ vayānupassī viharati . pe . cakkhusmiṃ virāgānupassī viharati . pe . cakkhusmiṃ nirodhānupassī viharati . pe . cakkhusmiṃ paṭinissaggānupassī viharati . pe .
AN 8.1
AN 8, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. mettāvaggo, 1. mettāsuttaṃ AN 8.1, para. 8 ⇒
pahūtamariyo pakaroti puññaṃ.
AN 8.13
AN 8, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 2. mahāvaggo, 3. assājānīyasuttaṃ AN 8.13, para. 2 ⇒
“evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi aṭṭhahi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. yaṃ kho panassa bhojanaṃ denti — lūkhaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā — taṃ sakkaccaṃyeva paribhuñjati avihaññamāno. jegucchī hoti kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena; jegucchī hoti anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā. sorato hoti sukhasaṃvāso, na aññe bhikkhū ubbejetā. yāni kho panassa honti sāṭheyyāni kūṭeyyāni jimheyyāni vaṅkeyyāni, tāni yathābhūtaṃ āvikattā hoti satthari vā viññūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu. tesamassa satthā vā viññū vā sabrahmacārī abhinimmadanāya vāyamati. sikkhitā kho pana hoti. ‘kāmaññe bhikkhū sikkhantu vā mā vā, ahamettha sikkhissāmī’ti cittaṃ uppādeti. gacchanto kho pana ujumaggeneva gacchati; tatrāyaṃ ujumaggo, seyyathidaṃ — sammādiṭṭhi . pe . sammāsamādhi. āraddhavīriyo viharati — ‘kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu, sarīre upasussatu maṃsalohitaṃ; yaṃ taṃ purisathāmena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṃ, na taṃ apāpuṇitvā vīriyassa saṇṭhānaṃ bhavissatī’ti. imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti . tatiyaṃ.
AN 8.21
AN 8, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 3. gahapativaggo, 1. paṭhamauggasuttaṃ AN 8.21, para. 5 ⇒
“tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, catasso komāriyo pajāpatiyo ahesuṃ. atha khvāhaṃ, bhante, yena tā pajāpatiyo tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā tā pajāpatiyo etadavacaṃ — ‘mayā kho, bhaginiyo, brahmacariyapañcamāni sikkhāpadāni samādinnāni . yā icchati sā idheva bhoge ca bhuñjatu puññāni ca karotu, sakāni vā ñātikulāni gacchatu. hoti vā pana purisādhippāyo, kassa vo dammī’ti? evaṃ vutte sā, bhante, jeṭṭhā pajāpati maṃ etadavoca — ‘itthannāmassa maṃ, ayyaputta, purisassa dehī’ti. atha kho ahaṃ, bhante, taṃ purisaṃ pakkosāpetvā vāmena hatthena pajāpatiṃ gahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena bhiṅgāraṃ gahetvā tassa purisassa oṇojesiṃ. komāriṃ kho panāhaṃ, bhante, dāraṃ pariccajanto nābhijānāmi cittassa aññathattaṃ. ayaṃ kho me, bhante, tatiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṃvijjati.
AN 8.22
AN 8, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 3. gahapativaggo, 2. dutiyauggasuttaṃ AN 8.22, para. 5 ⇒
“tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, catasso komāriyo pajāpatiyo ahesuṃ. atha khvāhaṃ, bhante, yena tā pajāpatiyo tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā tā pajāpatiyo etadavacaṃ — ‘mayā kho, bhaginiyo, brahmacariyapañcamāni sikkhāpadāni samādinnāni. yā icchati sā idheva bhoge ca bhuñjatu puññāni ca karotu, sakāni vā ñātikulāni gacchatu. hoti vā pana purisādhippāyo, kassa vo dammī’ti? evaṃ vutte sā, bhante, jeṭṭhā pajāpati maṃ etadavoca — ‘itthannāmassa maṃ, ayyaputta, purisassa dehī’ti. atha kho ahaṃ, bhante, taṃ purisaṃ pakkosāpetvā vāmena hatthena pajāpatiṃ gahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena bhiṅgāraṃ gahetvā tassa purisassa oṇojesiṃ. komāriṃ kho panāhaṃ, bhante, dāraṃ pariccajanto nābhijānāmi cittassa aññathattaṃ. ayaṃ kho me, bhante, tatiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṃvijjati.
AN 8.36
AN 8, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. dānavaggo, 6. puññakiriyavatthusuttaṃ AN 8.36, para. 1 ⇒
36. “tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, puññakiriyavatthūni. katamāni tīṇi? dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu. idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu parittaṃ kataṃ hoti, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu parittaṃ kataṃ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ nābhisambhoti. so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā manussadobhagyaṃ upapajjati.
AN 8.36
AN 8, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. dānavaggo, 6. puññakiriyavatthusuttaṃ AN 8.36, para. 2 ⇒
“idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu mattaso kataṃ hoti, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu mattaso kataṃ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ nābhisambhoti. so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā manussasobhagyaṃ upapajjati.
AN 8.36
AN 8, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. dānavaggo, 6. puññakiriyavatthusuttaṃ AN 8.36, para. 3 ⇒
“idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ nābhisambhoti. so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. tatra, bhikkhave, cattāro mahārājāno dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā, cātumahārājike deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti — dibbena āyunā, dibbena vaṇṇena, dibbena sukhena, dibbena yasena, dibbena ādhipateyyena, dibbehi rūpehi, dibbehi saddehi, dibbehi gandhehi, dibbehi rasehi, dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi.
AN 8.36
AN 8, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. dānavaggo, 6. puññakiriyavatthusuttaṃ AN 8.36, para. 4 ⇒
“idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ nābhisambhoti. so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā tāvatiṃsānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. tatra, bhikkhave, sakko devānamindo dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā tāvatiṃse deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti — dibbena āyunā . pe . dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi.
AN 8.36
AN 8, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. dānavaggo, 6. puññakiriyavatthusuttaṃ AN 8.36, para. 5 ⇒
“idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ nābhisambhoti. so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā yāmānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. tatra, bhikkhave, suyāmo devaputto dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā, yāme deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti — dibbena āyunā . pe . dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi.
AN 8.36
AN 8, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. dānavaggo, 6. puññakiriyavatthusuttaṃ AN 8.36, para. 6 ⇒
“idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ nābhisambhoti. so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā tusitānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. tatra, bhikkhave, santusito devaputto dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā, tusite deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti — dibbena āyunā . pe . dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi.
AN 8.36
AN 8, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. dānavaggo, 6. puññakiriyavatthusuttaṃ AN 8.36, para. 7 ⇒
“idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ nābhisambhoti. so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā nimmānaratīnaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. tatra, bhikkhave, sunimmito devaputto dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā, nimmānaratīdeve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti — dibbena āyunā . pe . dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi.
AN 8.36
AN 8, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. dānavaggo, 6. puññakiriyavatthusuttaṃ AN 8.36, para. 8 ⇒
“idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ nābhisambhoti. so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. tatra, bhikkhave, vasavattī devaputto dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā, paranimmitavasavattīdeve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti — dibbena āyunā, dibbena vaṇṇena, dibbena sukhena, dibbena yasena, dibbena ādhipateyyena, dibbehi rūpehi, dibbehi saddehi, dibbehi gandhehi, dibbehi rasehi, dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi. imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi puññakiriyavatthūnī””ti. chaṭṭhaṃ.
AN 8.39
AN 8, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. dānavaggo, 9. abhisandasuttaṃ AN 8.39, para. 1 ⇒
39. “aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā sovaggikā sukhavipākā saggasaṃvattanikā, iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti. katame aṭṭha? idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko, iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati.
AN 8.39
AN 8, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. dānavaggo, 9. abhisandasuttaṃ AN 8.39, para. 2 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo puññābhisando . pe . saṃvattati.
AN 8.39
AN 8, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. dānavaggo, 9. abhisandasuttaṃ AN 8.39, para. 3 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko, iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati.
AN 8.39
AN 8, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. dānavaggo, 9. abhisandasuttaṃ AN 8.39, para. 4 ⇒
“pañcimāni, bhikkhave, dānāni mahādānāni aggaññāni rattaññāni vaṃsaññāni porāṇāni asaṃkiṇṇāni asaṃkiṇṇapubbāni, na saṃkiyanti na saṃkiyissanti, appaṭikuṭṭhāni samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi. katamāni pañca? idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti. pāṇātipātā paṭivirato, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ abhayaṃ deti, averaṃ deti, abyābajjhaṃ deti. aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ abhayaṃ datvā averaṃ datvā abyābajjhaṃ datvā aparimāṇassa abhayassa averassa abyābajjhassa bhāgī hoti. idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ dānaṃ mahādānaṃ aggaññaṃ rattaññaṃ vaṃsaññaṃ porāṇaṃ asaṃkiṇṇaṃ asaṃkiṇṇapubbaṃ, na saṃkiyati na saṃkiyissati, appaṭikuṭṭhaṃ samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko, iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati.
AN 8.39
AN 8, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. dānavaggo, 9. abhisandasuttaṃ AN 8.39, para. 5 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti . pe . kāmesumicchācāraṃ pahāya kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti . pe . musāvādaṃ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti . pe . surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ pahāya surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ abhayaṃ deti averaṃ deti abyābajjhaṃ deti. aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ abhayaṃ datvā averaṃ datvā abyābajjhaṃ datvā, aparimāṇassa abhayassa averassa abyābajjhassa bhāgī hoti. idaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcamaṃ dānaṃ mahādānaṃ aggaññaṃ rattaññaṃ vaṃsaññaṃ porāṇaṃ asaṃkiṇṇaṃ asaṃkiṇṇapubbaṃ, na saṃkiyati na saṃkiyissati, appaṭikuṭṭhaṃ samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi. ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko, iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati. ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā sovaggikā sukhavipākā saggasaṃvattanikā, iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattantī”ti. navamaṃ.
AN 8.42
AN 8, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 5. uposathavaggo, 2. vitthatūposathasuttaṃ AN 8.42, para. 31 ⇒
puññāni katvāna sukhudrayāni,
AN 8.43
AN 8, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 5. uposathavaggo, 3. visākhāsuttaṃ AN 8.43, para. 28 ⇒
puññāni katvāna sukhudrayāni,
AN 8.45
AN 8, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 5. uposathavaggo, 5. bojjhasuttaṃ AN 8.45, para. 28 ⇒
puññāni katvāna sukhudrayāni,
AN 8.54
AN 8, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. gotamīvaggo, 4. dīghajāṇusuttaṃ AN 8.54, para. 19 ⇒
evametaṃ gahaṭṭhānaṃ, cāgo puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatī”ti. catutthaṃ.
AN 8.55
AN 8, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. gotamīvaggo, 5. ujjayasuttaṃ AN 8.55, para. 19 ⇒
evametaṃ gahaṭṭhānaṃ, cāgo puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatī”ti. pañcamaṃ.
AN 8.57
AN 8, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. gotamīvaggo, 7. paṭhamāahuneyyasuttaṃ AN 8.57, para. 1 ⇒
57. “aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi aṭṭhahi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti . pe . samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti . pe . diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; kalyāṇamitto hoti kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko; sammādiṭṭhiko hoti, sammādassanena samannāgato; catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī; anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ — ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo . pe . iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati; dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena . pe . yathākammūpage satte pajānāti; āsavānaṃ khayā . pe . sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. sattamaṃ.
AN 8.58
AN 8, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. gotamīvaggo, 8. dutiyāahuneyyasuttaṃ AN 8.58, para. 1 ⇒
58. “aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katamehi aṭṭhahi? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti . pe . samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti . pe . diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; āraddhavīriyo viharati thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu; āraññiko hoti pantasenāsano; aratiratisaho hoti, uppannaṃ aratiṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya viharati; bhayabheravasaho hoti, uppannaṃ bhayabheravaṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya viharati; catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī; āsavānaṃ khayā . pe . sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. aṭṭhamaṃ.
AN 8.59
AN 8, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. gotamīvaggo, 9. paṭhamapuggalasuttaṃ AN 8.59, para. 1 ⇒
59. “aṭṭhime bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa? katame aṭṭha? sotāpanno, sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, sakadāgāmī, sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, anāgāmī, anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, arahā, arahattāya paṭipanno. ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha puggalā āhuneyyā . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti.
AN 8.59
AN 8, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. gotamīvaggo, 9. paṭhamapuggalasuttaṃ AN 8.59, para. 4 ⇒
“yajamānānaṃ manussānaṃ, puññapekkhāna pāṇinaṃ.
AN 8.59
AN 8, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. gotamīvaggo, 9. paṭhamapuggalasuttaṃ AN 8.59, para. 5 ⇒
karotaṃ opadhikaṃ puññaṃ, saṅghe dinnaṃ mahapphalan”ti. navamaṃ.
AN 8.60
AN 8, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. gotamīvaggo, 10. dutiyapuggalasuttaṃ AN 8.60, para. 1 ⇒
6.. “aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katame aṭṭha? sotāpanno, sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno . pe . arahā, arahattāya paṭipanno. ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha puggalā āhuneyyā . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti.
AN 8.60
AN 8, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. gotamīvaggo, 10. dutiyapuggalasuttaṃ AN 8.60, para. 4 ⇒
“yajamānānaṃ manussānaṃ, puññapekkhāna pāṇinaṃ.
AN 8.60
AN 8, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (6) 1. gotamīvaggo, 10. dutiyapuggalasuttaṃ AN 8.60, para. 5 ⇒
karotaṃ opadhikaṃ puññaṃ, ettha dinnaṃ mahapphalan”ti. dasamaṃ.
AN 8.75
AN 8, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (8) 3. yamakavaggo, 5. paṭhamasampadāsuttaṃ AN 8.75, para. 9 ⇒
evametaṃ gahaṭṭhānaṃ, cāgo puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatī”ti. pañcamaṃ.
AN 8.76
AN 8, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (8) 3. yamakavaggo, 6. dutiyasampadāsuttaṃ AN 8.76, para. 16 ⇒
evametaṃ gahaṭṭhānaṃ, cāgo puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatī”ti. chaṭṭhaṃ.
AN 9.10
AN 9, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 1. sambodhivaggo, 10. āhuneyyasuttaṃ AN 9.10, para. 1 ⇒
1.. “navayime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katame nava? arahā, arahattāya paṭipanno, anāgāmī, anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, sakadāgāmī, sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, sotāpanno, sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, gotrabhū — ime kho, bhikkhave, nava puggalā āhuneyyā . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. dasamaṃ.
AN 9.27
AN 9, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 3. sattāvāsavaggo, 7. paṭhamaverasuttaṃ AN 9.27, para. 7 ⇒
saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho; yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti.
AN 10.16
AN 10, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 2. nāthavaggo, 6. āhuneyyasuttaṃ AN 10.16, para. 1 ⇒
16. “dasayime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. katame dasa? tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, paccekabuddho, ubhatobhāgavimutto, paññāvimutto, kāyasakkhī, diṭṭhippatto, saddhāvimutto, saddhānusārī, dhammānusārī, gotrabhū — ime kho, bhikkhave, dasa puggalā āhuneyyā . pe . anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. chaṭṭhaṃ.
AN 10.30
AN 10, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 3. mahāvaggo, 10. dutiyakosalasuttaṃ AN 10.30, para. 7 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhante, bhagavā santuṭṭho itarītaracīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena. yampi, bhante, bhagavā santuṭṭho itarītaracīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, idampi kho ahaṃ, bhante, atthavasaṃ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṃ paramanipaccakāraṃ karomi, mettūpahāraṃ upadaṃsemi. “puna caparaṃ, bhante, bhagavā āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. yampi, bhante, bhagavā āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa, idampi kho ahaṃ, bhante, atthavasaṃ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṃ paramanipaccakāraṃ karomi, mettūpahāraṃ upadaṃsemi.
AN 10.40
AN 10, 1. paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ, 4. upālivaggo, 10. dutiyāanandasuttaṃ AN 10.40, para. 2 ⇒
“bhinnaṃ pana, bhante, saṅghaṃ samaggaṃ katvā kiṃ so pasavatī”ti? “brahmaṃ, ānanda, puññaṃ pasavatī”ti. “kiṃ pana, bhante, brahmaṃ puññan””ti? “kappaṃ, ānanda, saggamhi modatīti —
AN 10.91
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 1. kāmabhogīsuttaṃ AN 10.91, para. 2 ⇒
“dasayime, gahapati, kāmabhogī santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. katame dasa? idha, gahapati, ekacco kāmabhogī adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena; adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena na attānaṃ sukheti na pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karoti.
AN 10.91
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 1. kāmabhogīsuttaṃ AN 10.91, para. 3 ⇒
“idha pana, gahapati, ekacco kāmabhogī adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena; adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti, na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karoti.
AN 10.91
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 1. kāmabhogīsuttaṃ AN 10.91, para. 4 ⇒
“idha pana, gahapati, ekacco kāmabhogī adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena; adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti.
AN 10.91
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 1. kāmabhogīsuttaṃ AN 10.91, para. 5 ⇒
“idha pana, gahapati, ekacco kāmabhogī dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenapi asāhasenapi; dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasenapi asāhasenapi na attānaṃ sukheti na pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karoti.
AN 10.91
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 1. kāmabhogīsuttaṃ AN 10.91, para. 6 ⇒
“idha pana, gahapati, ekacco kāmabhogī dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenapi asāhasenapi; dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasenapi asāhasenapi attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti, na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karoti.
AN 10.91
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 1. kāmabhogīsuttaṃ AN 10.91, para. 7 ⇒
“idha pana, gahapati, ekacco kāmabhogī dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenapi asāhasenapi; dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasenapi asāhasenapi attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti.
AN 10.91
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 1. kāmabhogīsuttaṃ AN 10.91, para. 8 ⇒
“idha pana, gahapati, ekacco kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena; dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena na attānaṃ sukheti na pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karoti.
AN 10.91
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 1. kāmabhogīsuttaṃ AN 10.91, para. 9 ⇒
“idha pana, gahapati, ekacco kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena; dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti, na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karoti.
AN 10.91
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 1. kāmabhogīsuttaṃ AN 10.91, para. 10 ⇒
“idha pana, gahapati, ekacco kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena; dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti. te ca bhoge gathito mucchito ajjhosanno anādīnavadassāvī anissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati.
AN 10.91
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 1. kāmabhogīsuttaṃ AN 10.91, para. 11 ⇒
“idha pana, gahapati, ekacco kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena; dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti. te ca bhoge agathito amucchito anajjhosanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati.
AN 10.91
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 1. kāmabhogīsuttaṃ AN 10.91, para. 12 ⇒
“tatra, gahapati, yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena, adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena na attānaṃ sukheti na pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karoti, ayaṃ, gahapati, kāmabhogī tīhi ṭhānehi gārayho. ‘adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenā’ti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena gārayho. ‘na attānaṃ sukheti na pīṇetī’ti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena gārayho. ‘na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karotī’ti, iminā tatiyena ṭhānena gārayho. ayaṃ, gahapati, kāmabhogī imehi tīhi ṭhānehi gārayho.
AN 10.91
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 1. kāmabhogīsuttaṃ AN 10.91, para. 13 ⇒
“tatra, gahapati, yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena, adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karoti, ayaṃ, gahapati, kāmabhogī dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ‘adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenā’ti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena gārayho. ‘attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetī’ti, iminā ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ‘na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karotī’ti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena gārayho. ayaṃ, gahapati, kāmabhogī imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho iminā ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso.
AN 10.91
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 1. kāmabhogīsuttaṃ AN 10.91, para. 14 ⇒
“tatra, gahapati, yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena, adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti, ayaṃ, gahapati, kāmabhogī ekena ṭhānena gārayho dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso. ‘adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenā’ti, iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho. ‘attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetī’ti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ‘saṃvibhajati puññāni karotī’ti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ayaṃ, gahapati, kāmabhogī iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho, imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso.
AN 10.91
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 1. kāmabhogīsuttaṃ AN 10.91, para. 15 ⇒
“tatra, gahapati, yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenapi asāhasenapi, dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasenapi asāhasenapi na attānaṃ sukheti na pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karoti, ayaṃ, gahapati, kāmabhogī ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso tīhi ṭhānehi gārayho. ‘dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenā’ti, iminā ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ‘adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenā’ti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena gārayho. ‘na attānaṃ sukheti na pīṇetī’ti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena gārayho. ‘na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karotī’ti, iminā tatiyena ṭhānena gārayho. ayaṃ, gahapati, kāmabhogī iminā ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso imehi tīhi ṭhānehi gārayho.
AN 10.91
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 1. kāmabhogīsuttaṃ AN 10.91, para. 16 ⇒
“tatra, gahapati, yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenapi asāhasenapi, dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasenapi asāhasenapi attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karoti, ayaṃ, gahapati, kāmabhogī dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho . ‘dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenā’ti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ‘adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenā’ti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena gārayho. ‘attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetī’ti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ‘na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karotī’ti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena gārayho. ayaṃ, gahapati, kāmabhogī imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho.
AN 10.91
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 1. kāmabhogīsuttaṃ AN 10.91, para. 17 ⇒
“tatra, gahapati, yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenapi asāhasenapi, dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasenapi asāhasenapi attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti, ayaṃ, gahapati, kāmabhogī tīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso ekena ṭhānena gārayho. ‘dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenā’ti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ‘adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenā’ti, iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho. ‘attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetī’ti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ‘saṃvibhajati puññāni karotī’ti, iminā tatiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ayaṃ, gahapati, kāmabhogī imehi tīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho.
AN 10.91
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 1. kāmabhogīsuttaṃ AN 10.91, para. 18 ⇒
“tatra, gahapati, yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena, dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena na attānaṃ sukheti na pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karoti, ayaṃ, gahapati, kāmabhogī ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho. dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenā’ti, iminā ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ‘na attānaṃ sukheti na pīṇetī’ti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena gārayho. ‘na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karotī’ti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena gārayho. ayaṃ, gahapati, kāmabhogī iminā ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho.
AN 10.91
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 1. kāmabhogīsuttaṃ AN 10.91, para. 19 ⇒
“tatra, gahapati, yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena, dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karoti, ayaṃ, gahapati, kāmabhogī dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso ekena ṭhānena gārayho. ‘dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenā’ti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ‘attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetī’ti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ‘na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karotī’ti iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho. ayaṃ, gahapati, kāmabhogī imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho.
AN 10.91
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 1. kāmabhogīsuttaṃ AN 10.91, para. 20 ⇒
“tatra, gahapati yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena, dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti, te ca bhoge gathito mucchito ajjhosanno anādīnavadassāvī anissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati, ayaṃ, gahapati, kāmabhogī tīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso ekena ṭhānena gārayho. ‘dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenā’ti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ‘attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetī’ti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ‘saṃvibhajati puññāni karotī’ti, iminā tatiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ‘te ca bhoge gathito mucchito ajjhosanno anādīnavadassāvī anissaraṇapañño paribhuñjatī’ti, iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho. ayaṃ, gahapati, kāmabhogī imehi tīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho.
AN 10.91
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 1. kāmabhogīsuttaṃ AN 10.91, para. 21 ⇒
“tatra, gahapati, yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena, dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti, te ca bhoge agathito amucchito anajjhosanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati, ayaṃ, gahapati, kāmabhogī catūhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso. ‘dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenā’ti, iminā paṭhamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ‘attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetī’ti, iminā dutiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ‘saṃvibhajati puññāni karotī’ti, iminā tatiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ‘te ca bhoge agathito amucchito anajjhosanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjatī’ti, iminā catutthena ṭhānena pāsaṃso. ayaṃ, gahapati, kāmabhogī imehi catūhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso.
AN 10.91
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 1. kāmabhogīsuttaṃ AN 10.91, para. 22 ⇒
“ime kho, gahapati, dasa kāmabhogī santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. imesaṃ kho, gahapati, dasannaṃ kāmabhogīnaṃ yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena, dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti, te ca bhoge agathito amucchito anajjhosanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati, ayaṃ imesaṃ dasannaṃ kāmabhogīnaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca pāmokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca. seyyathāpi, gahapati, gavā khīraṃ, khīramhā dadhi, dadhimhā navanītaṃ, navanītamhā sappi, sappimhā sappimaṇḍo. sappimaṇḍo tattha aggamakkhāyati.
AN 10.91
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 1. kāmabhogīsuttaṃ AN 10.91, para. 23 ⇒
evamevaṃ kho, gahapati, imesaṃ dasannaṃ kāmabhogīnaṃ yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena, dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti, te ca bhoge agathito amucchito anajjhosanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati, ayaṃ imesaṃ dasannaṃ kāmabhogīnaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca pāmokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro cā”ti. paṭhamaṃ.
AN 10.92
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 2. bhayasuttaṃ AN 10.92, para. 5 ⇒
“katamehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti? idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — ‘itipi so bhagavā . pe . buddho bhagavā’ti; dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti; saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti; ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti ‘akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññuppasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi’. imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti.
AN 10.97
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 7. āhuneyyasuttaṃ AN 10.97, para. 1 ⇒
97. “dasahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa.
AN 10.97
AN 10, 2. dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (10) 5. upālivaggo, 7. āhuneyyasuttaṃ AN 10.97, para. 11 ⇒
“āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. imehi kho, bhikkhave, dasahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti. sattamaṃ.
AN 10, 4. catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (16) 1. puggalavaggo, 2-12. bhajitabbādisuttāni (AN 10.156-166), para. 2 ⇒
“bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati. katamehi dasahi? sammādiṭṭhiko hoti, sammāsaṅkappo hoti, sammāvāco hoti, sammākammanto hoti, sammāājīvo hoti, sammāvāyāmo hoti, sammāsati hoti, sammāsamādhi hoti, sammāñāṇī hoti, sammāvimutti hoti — imehi kho, bhikkhave, dasahi dhammehi samannāgato puggalo bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavatī”ti.
AN 10, 4. catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ, (20) 5. aparapuggalavaggo (AN 10.199-210), para. 4 ⇒
21.. “dasahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato puggalo bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavati. bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati. katamehi dasahi? pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti, anabhijjhālu hoti, abyāpannacitto hoti, sammādiṭṭhiko hoti — imehi kho, bhikkhave, dasahi dhammehi samannāgato puggalo bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavatī”ti.
AN 11.11
AN 11, 2. anussativaggo, 1. paṭhamamahānāmasuttaṃ AN 11.11, para. 5 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ tvaṃ, mahānāma, saṅghaṃ anussareyyāsi — ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. yasmiṃ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako saṅghaṃ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṃ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti; ujugatamevassa tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ hoti saṅghaṃ ārabbha. ujugatacitto kho pana, mahānāma, ariyasāvako labhati atthavedaṃ, labhati dhammavedaṃ, labhati dhammūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmojjaṃ. pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. ayaṃ vuccati, mahānāma, ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotasamāpanno saṅghānussatiṃ bhāveti.
KN
KN 1.5
KN Khp, 5. maṅgalasuttaṃ KN 1.5, para. 9 ⇒
“patirūpadesavāso ca, pubbe ca katapuññatā.
KN 1.7
KN Khp, 7. tirokuṭṭasuttaṃ KN 1.7, para. 38 ⇒
balañca bhikkhūnamanuppadinnaṃ, tumhehi puññaṃ pasutaṃ anappakanti.
KN 1.8
KN Khp, 8. nidhikaṇḍasuttaṃ KN 1.8, para. 16 ⇒
yadā puññakkhayo hoti, sabbametaṃ vinassati.
KN 1.8
KN Khp, 8. nidhikaṇḍasuttaṃ KN 1.8, para. 28 ⇒
kayirātha dhīro puññāni, yo nidhi anugāmiko.
KN 1.8
KN Khp, 8. nidhikaṇḍasuttaṃ KN 1.8, para. 48 ⇒
evaṃ mahatthikā esā, yadidaṃ puññasampadā.
KN 1.8
KN Khp, 8. nidhikaṇḍasuttaṃ KN 1.8, para. 49 ⇒
tasmā dhīrā pasaṃsanti, paṇḍitā katapuññatanti.
KN 2.1
KN Dhp, 1. yamakavaggo KN 2.1, para. 51 ⇒
idha modati pecca modati, katapuñño ubhayattha modati.
KN 2.1
KN Dhp, 1. yamakavaggo KN 2.1, para. 57 ⇒
idha nandati pecca nandati, katapuñño ubhayattha nandati.
KN 2.1
KN Dhp, 1. yamakavaggo KN 2.1, para. 58 ⇒
“puññaṃ me katan”ti nandati, bhiyyo nandati suggatiṃ gato.
KN 2.3
KN Dhp, 3. cittavaggo KN 2.3, para. 21 ⇒
puññapāpapahīnassa, natthi jāgarato bhayaṃ.
KN 2.8
KN Dhp, 8. sahassavaggo KN 2.8, para. 28 ⇒
yaṃ kiñci yiṭṭhaṃ va hutaṃ va loke, saṃvaccharaṃ yajetha puññapekkho.
KN 2.9
KN Dhp, 9. pāpavaggo KN 2.9, para. 3 ⇒
dandhañhi karoto puññaṃ, pāpasmiṃ ramatī mano.
KN 2.9
KN Dhp, 9. pāpavaggo KN 2.9, para. 8 ⇒
puññañce puriso kayirā, kayirā naṃ punappunaṃ.
KN 2.9
KN Dhp, 9. pāpavaggo KN 2.9, para. 9 ⇒
tamhi chandaṃ kayirātha, sukho puññassa uccayo.
KN 2.9
KN Dhp, 9. pāpavaggo KN 2.9, para. 21 ⇒
māvamaññetha puññassa, na mantaṃ āgamissati.
KN 2.9
KN Dhp, 9. pāpavaggo KN 2.9, para. 23 ⇒
dhīro pūrati puññassa, thokaṃ thokampi ācinaṃ.
KN 2.14
KN Dhp, 14. buddhavaggo KN 2.14, para. 55 ⇒
na sakkā puññaṃ saṅkhātuṃ, imettamapi kenaci.
KN 2.16
KN Dhp, 16. piyavaggo KN 2.16, para. 35 ⇒
tatheva katapuññampi, asmā lokā paraṃ gataṃ.
KN 2.16
KN Dhp, 16. piyavaggo KN 2.16, para. 36 ⇒
puññāni paṭigaṇhanti, piyaṃ ñātīva āgataṃ.
KN 2.19
KN Dhp, 19. dhammaṭṭhavaggo KN 2.19, para. 36 ⇒
yodha puññañca pāpañca, bāhetvā brahmacariyavā .
KN 2.22
KN Dhp, 22. nirayavaggo KN 2.22, para. 12 ⇒
apuññalābhaṃ na nikāmaseyyaṃ, nindaṃ tatīyaṃ nirayaṃ catutthaṃ.
KN 2.22
KN Dhp, 22. nirayavaggo KN 2.22, para. 14 ⇒
apuññalābho ca gatī ca pāpikā, bhītassa bhītāya ratī ca thokikā.
KN 2.23
KN Dhp, 23. nāgavaggo KN 2.23, para. 36 ⇒
puññaṃ sukhaṃ jīvitasaṅkhayamhi, sabbassa dukkhassa sukhaṃ pahānaṃ.
KN 2.26
KN Dhp, 26. brāhmaṇavaggo KN 2.26, para. 91 ⇒
yodha puññañca pāpañca, ubho saṅgamupaccagā.
KN 3.27
KN Ud, 3. nandavaggo, 7. sakkudānasuttaṃ KN 3.27, para. 3 ⇒
tena kho pana samayena sakko devānamindo āyasmato mahākassapassa piṇḍapātaṃ dātukāmo hoti. pesakāravaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā tantaṃ vināti. sujā asurakaññā tasaraṃ pūreti. atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo rājagahe sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya caramāno yena sakkassa devānamindassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. addasā kho sakko devānamindo āyasmantaṃ mahākassapaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. disvāna gharā nikkhamitvā paccugantvā hatthato pattaṃ gahetvā gharaṃ pavisitvā ghaṭiyā odanaṃ uddharitvā pattaṃ pūretvā āyasmato mahākassapassa adāsi. so ahosi piṇḍapāto anekasūpo anekabyañjano anekarasabyañjano . atha kho āyasmato mahākassapassa etadahosi — “ko nu kho ayaṃ satto yassāyaṃ evarūpo iddhānubhāvo”ti ? atha kho āyasmato mahākassapassa etadahosi — “sakko kho ayaṃ devānamindo”ti. iti viditvā sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ etadavoca — “kataṃ kho te idaṃ, kosiya; mā punapi evarūpamakāsī”ti. “amhākampi, bhante kassapa, puññena attho; amhākampi puññena karaṇīyan”ti.
KN 3.75
KN Ud, 8. pāṭaligāmiyavaggo, 5. cundasuttaṃ KN 3.75, para. 34 ⇒
“dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati,
KN 4.22
KN It, 1. ekakanipāto, 3. tatiyavaggo, 2. mettasuttaṃ KN 4.22, para. 2 ⇒
“mā, bhikkhave, puññānaṃ bhāyittha . sukhassetaṃ, bhikkhave, adhivacanaṃ iṭṭhassa kantassa piyassa manāpassa yadidaṃ puññāni . abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dīgharattaṃ katānaṃ puññānaṃ iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ piyaṃ manāpaṃ vipākaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ. satta vassāni mettacittaṃ bhāvetvā satta saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe nayimaṃ lokaṃ punarāgamāsiṃ. saṃvaṭṭamāne sudaṃ, bhikkhave, kappe ābhassarūpago homi; vivaṭṭamāne kappe suññaṃ brahmavimānaṃ upapajjāmi.
KN 4.22
KN It, 1. ekakanipāto, 3. tatiyavaggo, 2. mettasuttaṃ KN 4.22, para. 5 ⇒
“puññameva so sikkheyya, āyataggaṃ sukhudrayaṃ.
KN 4.23
KN It, 1. ekakanipāto, 3. tatiyavaggo, 3. ubhayatthasuttaṃ KN 4.23, para. 3 ⇒
“appamādaṃ pasaṃsanti, puññakiriyāsu paṇḍitā.
KN 4.27
KN It, 1. ekakanipāto, 3. tatiyavaggo, 7. mettābhāvanāsuttaṃ KN 4.27, para. 2 ⇒
“yāni kānici, bhikkhave, opadhikāni puññakiriyavatthūni sabbāni tāni mettāya cetovimuttiyā kalaṃ nāgghanti soḷasiṃ. mettāyeva tāni cetovimutti adhiggahetvā bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca.
KN 4.27
KN It, 1. ekakanipāto, 3. tatiyavaggo, 7. mettābhāvanāsuttaṃ KN 4.27, para. 3 ⇒
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yā kāci tārakarūpānaṃ pabhā sabbā tā candiyā pabhāya kalaṃ nāgghanti soḷasiṃ, candapabhāyeva tā adhiggahetvā bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca; evameva kho, bhikkhave, yāni kānici opadhikāni puññakiriyavatthūni sabbāni tāni mettāya cetovimuttiyā kalaṃ nāgghanti soḷasiṃ, mettāyeva tāni cetovimutti adhiggahetvā bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca.
KN 4.27
KN It, 1. ekakanipāto, 3. tatiyavaggo, 7. mettābhāvanāsuttaṃ KN 4.27, para. 4 ⇒
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, vassānaṃ pacchime māse saradasamaye viddhe vigatavalāhake deve ādicco nabhaṃ abbhussakkamāno sabbaṃ ākāsagataṃ tamagataṃ abhivihacca bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca; evameva kho, bhikkhave, yāni kānici opadhikāni puññakiriyavatthūni sabbāni tāni mettāya cetovimuttiyā kalaṃ nāgghanti soḷasiṃ, mettāyeva tāni cetovimutti adhiggahetvā bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca.
KN 4.27
KN It, 1. ekakanipāto, 3. tatiyavaggo, 7. mettābhāvanāsuttaṃ KN 4.27, para. 5 ⇒
“seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ osadhitārakā bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca; evameva kho, bhikkhave, yāni kānici opadhikāni puññakiriyavatthūni sabbāni tāni mettāya cetovimuttiyā kalaṃ nāgghanti soḷasiṃ, mettāyeva tāni cetovimutti adhiggahetvā bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati cā”ti. etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca. tatthetaṃ iti vuccati —
KN 4.27
KN It, 1. ekakanipāto, 3. tatiyavaggo, 7. mettābhāvanāsuttaṃ KN 4.27, para. 9 ⇒
sabbe ca pāṇe manasānukampaṃ, pahūtamariyo pakaroti puññaṃ.
KN 4.60
KN It, 3. tikanipāto, 2. dutiyavaggo, 1. puññakiriyavatthusuttaṃ KN 4.60, para. 2 ⇒
“tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, puññakiriyavatthūni. katamāni tīṇi? dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu — imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi puññakiriyavatthūnī””ti. etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca. tatthetaṃ iti vuccati —
KN 4.60
KN It, 3. tikanipāto, 2. dutiyavaggo, 1. puññakiriyavatthusuttaṃ KN 4.60, para. 3 ⇒
“puññameva so sikkheyya, āyataggaṃ sukhudrayaṃ.
KN 4.69
KN It, 3. tikanipāto, 2. dutiyavaggo, 10. dutiyarāgasuttaṃ KN 4.69, para. 10 ⇒
puññaṃ cakkhu atha indriyāni, addhā ca caritaṃ duve soci .
KN 4.70
KN It, 3. tikanipāto, 3. tatiyavaggo, 1. micchādiṭṭhikasuttaṃ KN 4.70, para. 7 ⇒
“appassutāpuññakaro, appasmiṃ idha jīvite.
KN 4.71
KN It, 3. tikanipāto, 3. tatiyavaggo, 2. sammādiṭṭhikasuttaṃ KN 4.71, para. 7 ⇒
“bahussuto puññakaro, appasmiṃ idha jīvite.
KN 4.83
KN It, 3. tikanipāto, 4. catutthavaggo, 4. pañcapubbanimittasuttaṃ KN 4.83, para. 15 ⇒
“‘tato opadhikaṃ puññaṃ, katvā dānena taṃ bahuṃ.
KN 4.90
KN It, 3. tikanipāto, 5. pañcamavaggo, 1. aggappasādasuttaṃ KN 4.90, para. 4 ⇒
“yāvatā, bhikkhave, saṅghā vā gaṇā vā, tathāgatasāvakasaṅgho tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. ye, bhikkhave, saṅghe pasannā, agge te pasannā. agge kho pana pasannānaṃ aggo vipāko hoti. ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo aggappasādā”ti. etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca. tatthetaṃ iti vuccati —
KN 4.90
KN It, 3. tikanipāto, 5. pañcamavaggo, 1. aggappasādasuttaṃ KN 4.90, para. 8 ⇒
agge saṅghe pasannānaṃ, puññakkhette anuttare.
KN 4.90
KN It, 3. tikanipāto, 5. pañcamavaggo, 1. aggappasādasuttaṃ KN 4.90, para. 9 ⇒
“aggasmiṃ dānaṃ dadataṃ, aggaṃ puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati.
KN 5.4
KN Sn, 1. uragavaggo, 4. kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ KN 5.4, para. 26 ⇒
annena pānena upaṭṭhahassu, khettaṃ hi taṃ puññapekkhassa hotī”ti.
KN 5.16
KN Sn, 2. cūḷavaggo, 4. maṅgalasuttaṃ KN 5.16, para. 9 ⇒
“patirūpadesavāso ca, pubbe ca katapuññatā.
KN 5.26
KN Sn, 2. cūḷavaggo, 14. dhammikasuttaṃ KN 5.26, para. 73 ⇒
etaṃ apuññāyatanaṃ vivajjaye, ummādanaṃ mohanaṃ bālakantaṃ.
KN 5.28
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 2. padhānasuttaṃ KN 5.28, para. 9 ⇒
jīva bho jīvitaṃ seyyo, jīvaṃ puññāni kāhasi.
KN 5.28
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 2. padhānasuttaṃ KN 5.28, para. 12 ⇒
pahūtaṃ cīyate puññaṃ, kiṃ padhānena kāhasi.
KN 5.28
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 2. padhānasuttaṃ KN 5.28, para. 20 ⇒
“aṇumattopi puññena, attho mayhaṃ na vijjati.
KN 5.28
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 2. padhānasuttaṃ KN 5.28, para. 21 ⇒
yesañca attho puññena, te māro vattumarahati.
KN 5.30
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 4. sundarikabhāradvājasuttaṃ KN 5.30, para. 36 ⇒
kālena tamhi habyaṃ pavecche, yo brāhmaṇo puññapekkho yajetha.
KN 5.30
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 4. sundarikabhāradvājasuttaṃ KN 5.30, para. 39 ⇒
kālena tesu habyaṃ pavecche, yo brāhmaṇo puññapekkho yajetha.
KN 5.30
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 4. sundarikabhāradvājasuttaṃ KN 5.30, para. 42 ⇒
kālena tesu habyaṃ pavecche, yo brāhmaṇo puññapekkho yajetha.
KN 5.30
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 4. sundarikabhāradvājasuttaṃ KN 5.30, para. 45 ⇒
kālena tesu habyaṃ pavecche, yo brāhmaṇo puññapekkho yajetha.
KN 5.30
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 4. sundarikabhāradvājasuttaṃ KN 5.30, para. 92 ⇒
annena pānena upaṭṭhahassu, khettañhi taṃ puññapekkhassa hoti”.
KN 5.30
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 4. sundarikabhāradvājasuttaṃ KN 5.30, para. 106 ⇒
“buddho bhavaṃ arahati pūraḷāsaṃ, puññakhettamanuttaraṃ.
KN 5.31
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 5. māghasuttaṃ KN 5.31, para. 2 ⇒
“ahañhi, bho gotama, dāyako dānapati vadaññū yācayogo; dhammena bhoge pariyesāmi; dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā dhammaladdhehi bhogehi dhammādhigatehi ekassapi dadāmi dvinnampi tiṇṇampi catunnampi pañcannampi channampi sattannampi aṭṭhannampi navannampi dasannampi dadāmi, vīsāyapi tiṃsāyapi cattālīsāyapi paññāsāyapi dadāmi, satassapi dadāmi, bhiyyopi dadāmi. kaccāhaṃ, bho gotama, evaṃ dadanto evaṃ yajanto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavāmī”ti ?
KN 5.31
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 5. māghasuttaṃ KN 5.31, para. 3 ⇒
“taggha tvaṃ, māṇava, evaṃ dadanto evaṃ yajanto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavasi. yo kho, māṇava, dāyako dānapati vadaññū yācayogo; dhammena bhoge pariyesati; dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā dhammaladdhehi bhogehi dhammādhigatehi ekassapi dadāti . pe . satassapi dadāti, bhiyyopi dadāti, bahuṃ so puññaṃ pasavatī”ti. atha kho māgho māṇavo bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi —
KN 5.31
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 5. māghasuttaṃ KN 5.31, para. 7 ⇒
yo yācayogo dānapati gahaṭṭho, puññatthiko yajati puññapekkho.
KN 5.31
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 5. māghasuttaṃ KN 5.31, para. 11 ⇒
puññatthiko yajati puññapekkho.
KN 5.31
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 5. māghasuttaṃ KN 5.31, para. 15 ⇒
puññatthiko yajati puññapekkho.
KN 5.31
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 5. māghasuttaṃ KN 5.31, para. 19 ⇒
kālena tesu habyaṃ pavecche, yo brāhmaṇo puññapekkho yajetha.
KN 5.31
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 5. māghasuttaṃ KN 5.31, para. 22 ⇒
kālena tesu habyaṃ pavecche, yo brāhmaṇo puññapekkho yajetha.
KN 5.31
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 5. māghasuttaṃ KN 5.31, para. 25 ⇒
kālena tesu habyaṃ pavecche, yo brāhmaṇo puññapekkho yajetha.
KN 5.31
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 5. māghasuttaṃ KN 5.31, para. 28 ⇒
kālena tesu habyaṃ pavecche, yo brāhmaṇo puññapekkho yajetha.
KN 5.31
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 5. māghasuttaṃ KN 5.31, para. 31 ⇒
kālena tesu habyaṃ pavecche, yo brāhmaṇo puññapekkho yajetha.
KN 5.31
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 5. māghasuttaṃ KN 5.31, para. 34 ⇒
kālena tesu habyaṃ pavecche, yo brāhmaṇo puññapekkho yajetha.
KN 5.31
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 5. māghasuttaṃ KN 5.31, para. 37 ⇒
kālena tesu habyaṃ pavecche, yo brāhmaṇo puññapekkho yajetha.
KN 5.31
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 5. māghasuttaṃ KN 5.31, para. 40 ⇒
kālena tesu habyaṃ pavecche, yo brāhmaṇo puññapekkho yajetha.
KN 5.31
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 5. māghasuttaṃ KN 5.31, para. 43 ⇒
kālena tesu habyaṃ pavecche, yo brāhmaṇo puññapekkho yajetha.
KN 5.31
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 5. māghasuttaṃ KN 5.31, para. 46 ⇒
kālena tesu habyaṃ pavecche, yo brāhmaṇo puññapekkho yajetha.
KN 5.31
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 5. māghasuttaṃ KN 5.31, para. 49 ⇒
kālena tesu habyaṃ pavecche, yo brāhmaṇo puññapekkho yajetha.
KN 5.31
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 5. māghasuttaṃ KN 5.31, para. 52 ⇒
kālena tesu habyaṃ pavecche, yo brāhmaṇo puññapekkho yajetha.
KN 5.31
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 5. māghasuttaṃ KN 5.31, para. 55 ⇒
kālena tesu habyaṃ pavecche, yo brāhmaṇo puññapekkho yajetha.
KN 5.31
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 5. māghasuttaṃ KN 5.31, para. 58 ⇒
kālena tesu habyaṃ pavecche, yo brāhmaṇo puññapekkho yajetha.
KN 5.31
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 5. māghasuttaṃ KN 5.31, para. 61 ⇒
kālena tamhi habyaṃ pavecche, yo brāhmaṇo puññapekkho yajetha”.
KN 5.31
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 5. māghasuttaṃ KN 5.31, para. 67 ⇒
puññatthiko yajati puññapekkho.
KN 5.32
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 6. sabhiyasuttaṃ KN 5.32, para. 53 ⇒
“samitāvi pahāya puññapāpaṃ, virajo ñatvā imaṃ parañca lokaṃ.
KN 5.32
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 6. sabhiyasuttaṃ KN 5.32, para. 152 ⇒
evaṃ puññe ca pāpe ca, ubhaye tvaṃ na limpasi.
KN 5.33
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 7. selasuttaṃ KN 5.33, para. 80 ⇒
puññaṃ ākaṅkhamānānaṃ, saṅgho ve yajataṃ mukhan”ti.
KN 5.35
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 9. vāseṭṭhasuttaṃ KN 5.35, para. 137 ⇒
“yodha puññañca pāpañca, ubho saṅgamupaccagā.
KN 5.37
KN Sn, 3. mahāvaggo, 11. nālakasuttaṃ KN 5.37, para. 58 ⇒
so nālako upacitapuññasañcayo, jinaṃ patikkhaṃ parivasi rakkhitindriyo.
KN 5.42
KN Sn, 4. aṭṭhakavaggo, 4. suddhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ KN 5.42, para. 9 ⇒
puññe ca pāpe ca anūpalitto, attañjaho nayidha pakubbamāno.
KN 5.73
KN Sn, 5. pārāyanavaggo, pārāyanānugītigāthā KN 5.73, para. 89 ⇒
magadhe janapade ramaṇīye, desavare katapuññanivese.
KN 6.1
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 1. paṭhamapīṭhavimānavatthu KN 6.1, para. 8 ⇒
“pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.1
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 1. paṭhamapīṭhavimānavatthu KN 6.1, para. 20 ⇒
“akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.2
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 2. dutiyapīṭhavimānavatthu KN 6.2, para. 8 ⇒
“pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.2
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 2. dutiyapīṭhavimānavatthu KN 6.2, para. 20 ⇒
“akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.3
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 3. tatiyapīṭhavimānavatthu KN 6.3, para. 8 ⇒
“pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.3
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 3. tatiyapīṭhavimānavatthu KN 6.3, para. 23 ⇒
“akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.4
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 4. catutthapīṭhavimānavatthu KN 6.4, para. 8 ⇒
“pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.4
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 4. catutthapīṭhavimānavatthu KN 6.4, para. 23 ⇒
“akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.6
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 6. paṭhamanāvāvimānavatthu KN 6.6, para. 8 ⇒
“pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.6
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 6. paṭhamanāvāvimānavatthu KN 6.6, para. 24 ⇒
tassīdha kammassa ayaṃ vipāko, etādisaṃ puññakatā labhanti.
KN 6.6
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 6. paṭhamanāvāvimānavatthu KN 6.6, para. 29 ⇒
“akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.7
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 7. dutiyanāvāvimānavatthu KN 6.7, para. 8 ⇒
“pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhutā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.7
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 7. dutiyanāvāvimānavatthu KN 6.7, para. 24 ⇒
tassīdha kammassa ayaṃ vipāko, etādisaṃ puññakatā labhanti.
KN 6.7
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 7. dutiyanāvāvimānavatthu KN 6.7, para. 29 ⇒
“akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.8
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 8. tatiyanāvāvimānavatthu KN 6.8, para. 11 ⇒
“pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.8
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 8. tatiyanāvāvimānavatthu KN 6.8, para. 27 ⇒
tassīdha kammassa ayaṃ vipāko, etādisaṃ puññakatā labhanti.
KN 6.8
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 8. tatiyanāvāvimānavatthu KN 6.8, para. 35 ⇒
“akkhāmi te buddha mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.9
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 9. dīpavimānavatthu KN 6.9, para. 11 ⇒
“pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.9
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 9. dīpavimānavatthu KN 6.9, para. 29 ⇒
“akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.10
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 10. tiladakkhiṇavimānavatthu KN 6.10, para. 8 ⇒
“pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.10
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 10. tiladakkhiṇavimānavatthu KN 6.10, para. 23 ⇒
“akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.11
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 11. paṭhamapatibbatāvimānavatthu KN 6.11, para. 8 ⇒
“deviddhipattāsi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.11
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 11. paṭhamapatibbatāvimānavatthu KN 6.11, para. 23 ⇒
“akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.12
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 12. dutiyapatibbatāvimānavatthu KN 6.12, para. 6 ⇒
“deviddhipattāsi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.12
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 12. dutiyapatibbatāvimānavatthu KN 6.12, para. 21 ⇒
“akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.13
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 13. paṭhamasuṇisāvimānavatthu KN 6.13, para. 8 ⇒
“pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.13
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 13. paṭhamasuṇisāvimānavatthu KN 6.13, para. 23 ⇒
“akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.14
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 14. dutiyasuṇisāvimānavatthu KN 6.14, para. 8 ⇒
“pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.14
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 14. dutiyasuṇisāvimānavatthu KN 6.14, para. 23 ⇒
“akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.15
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 15. uttarāvimānavatthu KN 6.15, para. 8 ⇒
“pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.15
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 1. pīṭhavaggo, 15. uttarāvimānavatthu KN 6.15, para. 30 ⇒
anubhomi sakaṃ puññaṃ, sukhitā camhināmayā.
KN 6.18
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 2. cittalatāvaggo, 1. dāsivimānavatthu KN 6.18, para. 9 ⇒
“pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.18
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 2. cittalatāvaggo, 1. dāsivimānavatthu KN 6.18, para. 41 ⇒
“nayidaṃ akatapuññānaṃ, katapuññānamevidaṃ.
KN 6.18
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 2. cittalatāvaggo, 1. dāsivimānavatthu KN 6.18, para. 44 ⇒
“sukhaṃ akatapuññānaṃ, idha natthi parattha ca.
KN 6.18
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 2. cittalatāvaggo, 1. dāsivimānavatthu KN 6.18, para. 45 ⇒
sukhañca katapuññānaṃ, idha ceva parattha ca.
KN 6.18
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 2. cittalatāvaggo, 1. dāsivimānavatthu KN 6.18, para. 48 ⇒
katapuññā hi modanti, sagge bhogasamaṅgino”ti.
KN 6.19
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 2. cittalatāvaggo, 2. lakhumāvimānavatthu KN 6.19, para. 8 ⇒
“pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.23
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 2. cittalatāvaggo, 6. soṇadinnāvimānavatthu KN 6.23, para. 8 ⇒
“pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.30
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 3. pāricchattakavaggo, 2. ucchudāyikāvimānavatthu KN 6.30, para. 27 ⇒
“etādisaṃ puññaphalaṃ anappakaṃ, mahāvipākā mama ucchudakkhiṇā.
KN 6.30
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 3. pāricchattakavaggo, 2. ucchudāyikāvimānavatthu KN 6.30, para. 30 ⇒
“etādisaṃ puññaphalaṃ anappakaṃ, mahājutikā mama ucchudakkhiṇā.
KN 6.31
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 3. pāricchattakavaggo, 3. pallaṅkavimānavatthu KN 6.31, para. 6 ⇒
deviddhipattāsi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.33
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 3. pāricchattakavaggo, 5. guttilavimānaṃ KN 6.33, para. 15 ⇒
“pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.33
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 3. pāricchattakavaggo, 5. guttilavimānaṃ KN 6.33, para. 25 ⇒
accharāsahassassāhaṃ, pavarā passa puññānaṃ vipākaṃ.
KN 6.33
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 3. pāricchattakavaggo, 5. guttilavimānaṃ KN 6.33, para. 30 ⇒
“akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūtā yamakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.33
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 3. pāricchattakavaggo, 5. guttilavimānaṃ KN 6.33, para. 48 ⇒
accharāsahassassāhaṃ, pavarā passa puññānaṃ vipākaṃ.
KN 6.33
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 3. pāricchattakavaggo, 5. guttilavimānaṃ KN 6.33, para. 67 ⇒
accharāsahassassāhaṃ, pavarā passa puññānaṃ vipākaṃ.
KN 6.33
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 3. pāricchattakavaggo, 5. guttilavimānaṃ KN 6.33, para. 86 ⇒
accharāsahassassāhaṃ, pavarā passa puññānaṃ vipākaṃ.
KN 6.33
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 3. pāricchattakavaggo, 5. guttilavimānaṃ KN 6.33, para. 104 ⇒
accharāsahassassāhaṃ, pavarā passa puññānaṃ vipākaṃ.
KN 6.33
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 3. pāricchattakavaggo, 5. guttilavimānaṃ KN 6.33, para. 121 ⇒
accharāsahassassāhaṃ, pavarā passa puññānaṃ vipākaṃ.
KN 6.33
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 3. pāricchattakavaggo, 5. guttilavimānaṃ KN 6.33, para. 135 ⇒
accharāsahassassāhaṃ, pavarā passa puññānaṃ vipākaṃ.
KN 6.33
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 3. pāricchattakavaggo, 5. guttilavimānaṃ KN 6.33, para. 148 ⇒
accharāsahassassāhaṃ, pavarā passa puññānaṃ vipākaṃ.
KN 6.33
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 3. pāricchattakavaggo, 5. guttilavimānaṃ KN 6.33, para. 161 ⇒
accharāsahassassāhaṃ, pavarā passa puññānaṃ vipākaṃ.
KN 6.33
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 3. pāricchattakavaggo, 5. guttilavimānaṃ KN 6.33, para. 174 ⇒
accharāsahassassāhaṃ, pavarā passa puññānaṃ vipākaṃ.
KN 6.33
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 3. pāricchattakavaggo, 5. guttilavimānaṃ KN 6.33, para. 189 ⇒
accharāsahassassāhaṃ, pavarā passa puññānaṃ vipākaṃ.
KN 6.33
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 3. pāricchattakavaggo, 5. guttilavimānaṃ KN 6.33, para. 274 ⇒
accharāsahassassāhaṃ, pavarā passa puññānaṃ vipākaṃ.
KN 6.34
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 3. pāricchattakavaggo, 6. daddallavimānavatthu KN 6.34, para. 53 ⇒
saṅghe dānāni datvāna, katapuññā virocatī”ti.
KN 6.34
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 3. pāricchattakavaggo, 6. daddallavimānavatthu KN 6.34, para. 61 ⇒
“yajamānānaṃ manussānaṃ, puññapekkhāna pāṇinaṃ.
KN 6.34
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 3. pāricchattakavaggo, 6. daddallavimānavatthu KN 6.34, para. 62 ⇒
karotaṃ opadhikaṃ puññaṃ, yattha dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ.
KN 6.34
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 3. pāricchattakavaggo, 6. daddallavimānavatthu KN 6.34, para. 70 ⇒
“yajamānānaṃ manussānaṃ, puññapekkhāna pāṇinaṃ.
KN 6.34
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 3. pāricchattakavaggo, 6. daddallavimānavatthu KN 6.34, para. 71 ⇒
karotaṃ opadhikaṃ puññaṃ, saṅghe dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ.
KN 6.41
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 4. mañjiṭṭhakavaggo, 3. nāgavimānavatthu KN 6.41, para. 8 ⇒
“deviddhipattāsi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.42
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 4. mañjiṭṭhakavaggo, 4. alomavimānavatthu KN 6.42, para. 14 ⇒
alomaṃ sukhitaṃ disvā, ko puññaṃ na karissati.
KN 6.44
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 4. mañjiṭṭhakavaggo, 6. vihāravimānavatthu KN 6.44, para. 45 ⇒
mama kammehi nibbattaṃ, alaṃ puññāni kātave”ti.
KN 6.44
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 4. mañjiṭṭhakavaggo, 6. vihāravimānavatthu KN 6.44, para. 68 ⇒
“yajamānānaṃ manussānaṃ, puññapekkhāna pāṇinaṃ.
KN 6.44
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 4. mañjiṭṭhakavaggo, 6. vihāravimānavatthu KN 6.44, para. 69 ⇒
karotaṃ opadhikaṃ puññaṃ, saṅghe dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ.
KN 6.47
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 4. mañjiṭṭhakavaggo, 9. pītavimānavatthu KN 6.47, para. 27 ⇒
appakampi kataṃ deyyaṃ, puññaṃ hoti mahapphalaṃ.
KN 6.47
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 4. mañjiṭṭhakavaggo, 9. pītavimānavatthu KN 6.47, para. 33 ⇒
tathāgatassa dhātuyo, sukho puññāna muccayo.
KN 6.48
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 4. mañjiṭṭhakavaggo, 10. ucchuvimānavatthu KN 6.48, para. 27 ⇒
“etādisaṃ puññaphalaṃ anappakaṃ, mahāvipākā mama ucchudakkhiṇā.
KN 6.48
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 4. mañjiṭṭhakavaggo, 10. ucchuvimānavatthu KN 6.48, para. 30 ⇒
“etādisaṃ puññaphalaṃ anappakaṃ, mahājutikā mama ucchudakkhiṇā.
KN 6.50
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 4. mañjiṭṭhakavaggo, 12. rajjumālāvimānavatthu KN 6.50, para. 24 ⇒
appapuññā alakkhikā, rajjumālāti maṃ viduṃ .
KN 6.50
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 4. mañjiṭṭhakavaggo, 12. rajjumālāvimānavatthu KN 6.50, para. 84 ⇒
nayidaṃ akatapuññānaṃ, katapuññānamevidaṃ.
KN 6.50
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 4. mañjiṭṭhakavaggo, 12. rajjumālāvimānavatthu KN 6.50, para. 87 ⇒
sukhaṃ akatapuññānaṃ, idha natthi parattha ca.
KN 6.50
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 4. mañjiṭṭhakavaggo, 12. rajjumālāvimānavatthu KN 6.50, para. 89 ⇒
“sukhañca katapuññānaṃ, idha ceva parattha ca.
KN 6.50
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 4. mañjiṭṭhakavaggo, 12. rajjumālāvimānavatthu KN 6.50, para. 91 ⇒
katapuññā hi modanti, sagge bhogasamaṅgino.
KN 6.50
KN Vv, 1. itthivimānaṃ, 4. mañjiṭṭhakavaggo, 12. rajjumālāvimānavatthu KN 6.50, para. 94 ⇒
dakkhiṇeyyā manussānaṃ, puññakhettānamākarā.
KN 6.52
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 5. mahārathavaggo, 2. revatīvimānavatthu KN 6.52, para. 5 ⇒
“tatheva katapuññampi, asmā lokā paraṃ gataṃ.
KN 6.52
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 5. mahārathavaggo, 2. revatīvimānavatthu KN 6.52, para. 6 ⇒
puññāni paṭigaṇhanti, piyaṃ ñātīva āgataṃ.
KN 6.52
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 5. mahārathavaggo, 2. revatīvimānavatthu KN 6.52, para. 29 ⇒
“eso te nirayo supāpadhamme, puññaṃ tayā akataṃ jīvaloke.
KN 6.53
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 5. mahārathavaggo, 3. chattamāṇavakavimānavatthu KN 6.53, para. 66 ⇒
passa katapuññatāya chatto, obhāseti pathaviṃ yathāpi sūriyo.
KN 6.54
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 5. mahārathavaggo, 4. kakkaṭakarasadāyakavimānavatthu KN 6.54, para. 11 ⇒
“pucchāmi taṃ deva mahānubhāva, manussabhūto kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.54
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 5. mahārathavaggo, 4. kakkaṭakarasadāyakavimānavatthu KN 6.54, para. 23 ⇒
“akkhāmi te bhikkhu mahānubhāva, manussabhūto yamakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.55
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 5. mahārathavaggo, 5. dvārapālavimānavatthu KN 6.55, para. 14 ⇒
ettāvatā ṭhassati puññakammo, dibbehi kāmehi samaṅgibhūto.
KN 6.56
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 5. mahārathavaggo, 6. paṭhamakaraṇīyavimānavatthu KN 6.56, para. 13 ⇒
“karaṇīyāni puññāni, paṇḍitena vijānatā.
KN 6.57
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 5. mahārathavaggo, 7. dutiyakaraṇīyavimānavatthu KN 6.57, para. 12 ⇒
“karaṇīyāni puññāni, paṇḍitena vijānatā.
KN 6.60
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 5. mahārathavaggo, 10. paṭhamanāgavimānavatthu KN 6.60, para. 8 ⇒
“deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo, manussabhūto kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.63
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 5. mahārathavaggo, 13. cūḷarathavimānavatthu KN 6.63, para. 11 ⇒
“svāgataṃ te mahāpuñña, atho te adurāgataṃ.
KN 6.63
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 5. mahārathavaggo, 13. cūḷarathavimānavatthu KN 6.63, para. 54 ⇒
nikkhipanti imaṃ dehaṃ, puññapāpaparikkhayā””ti.
KN 6.64
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 5. mahārathavaggo, 14. mahārathavimānavatthu KN 6.64, para. 81 ⇒
avāpurantaṃ amatassa dvāraṃ, devātidevaṃ satapuññalakkhaṇaṃ.
KN 6.64
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 5. mahārathavaggo, 14. mahārathavimānavatthu KN 6.64, para. 100 ⇒
āhuneyyānaṃ paramāhutiṃ gato, puññatthikānaṃ vipulapphalesinan”ti.
KN 6.65
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 6. pāyāsivaggo, 1. paṭhamāgāriyavimānavatthu KN 6.65, para. 5 ⇒
“deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo, manussabhūto kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.66
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 6. pāyāsivaggo, 2. dutiyāgāriyavimānavatthu KN 6.66, para. 5 ⇒
“deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo, manussabhūto kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.67
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 6. pāyāsivaggo, 3. phaladāyakavimānavatthu KN 6.67, para. 9 ⇒
“deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo, manussabhūto kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.67
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 6. pāyāsivaggo, 3. phaladāyakavimānavatthu KN 6.67, para. 15 ⇒
so hi pamodati saggagato tidive, anubhoti ca puññaphalaṃ vipulaṃ.
KN 6.68
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 6. pāyāsivaggo, 4. paṭhamaupassayadāyakavimānavatthu KN 6.68, para. 5 ⇒
“deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvā, manussabhūto kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.70
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 6. pāyāsivaggo, 6. bhikkhādāyakavimānavatthu KN 6.70, para. 5 ⇒
“deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo, manussabhūto kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.72
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 6. pāyāsivaggo, 8. paṭhamakuṇḍalīvimānavatthu KN 6.72, para. 8 ⇒
“deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo, manussabhūto kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.73
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 6. pāyāsivaggo, 9. dutiyakuṇḍalīvimānavatthu KN 6.73, para. 8 ⇒
“deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo, manussabhūto kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.74
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 6. pāyāsivaggo, 10. (uttara) pāyāsivimānavatthu KN 6.74, para. 5 ⇒
“deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo, manussabhūto kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.75
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 7. sunikkhittavaggo, 1. cittalatāvimānavatthu KN 6.75, para. 5 ⇒
“deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo, manussabhūto kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.76
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 7. sunikkhittavaggo, 2. nandanavimānavatthu KN 6.76, para. 5 ⇒
“deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo, manussabhūto kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.79
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 7. sunikkhittavaggo, 5. ambavimānavatthu KN 6.79, para. 27 ⇒
“ambo ca sitto samaṇo ca nhāpito, mayā ca puññaṃ pasutaṃ anappakaṃ.
KN 6.80
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 7. sunikkhittavaggo, 6. gopālavimānavatthu KN 6.80, para. 11 ⇒
“deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo, manussabhūto kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.82
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 7. sunikkhittavaggo, 8. anekavaṇṇavimānavatthu KN 6.82, para. 5 ⇒
“samassamo natthi kuto panuttaro, yasena puññena ca iddhiyā ca.
KN 6.82
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 7. sunikkhittavaggo, 8. anekavaṇṇavimānavatthu KN 6.82, para. 9 ⇒
“deviddhipattosi mahānubhāvo, manussabhūto kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 6.82
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 7. sunikkhittavaggo, 8. anekavaṇṇavimānavatthu KN 6.82, para. 24 ⇒
modāmahaṃ tidasagaṇassa majjhe, na tassa puññassa khayampi ajjhagan”ti.
KN 6.84
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 7. sunikkhittavaggo, 10. serīsakavimānavatthu KN 6.84, para. 69 ⇒
sakehi kammehi apāpakehi, puññehi me laddhamidaṃ manuññan”ti.
KN 6.84
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 7. sunikkhittavaggo, 10. serīsakavimānavatthu KN 6.84, para. 85 ⇒
teheva kammehi apāpakehi, puññehi me laddhamidaṃ vimānan”ti.
KN 6.84
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 7. sunikkhittavaggo, 10. serīsakavimānavatthu KN 6.84, para. 88 ⇒
yahiṃ yahiṃ gacchati puññakammo, tahiṃ tahiṃ modati kāmakāmī.
KN 6.84
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 7. sunikkhittavaggo, 10. serīsakavimānavatthu KN 6.84, para. 103 ⇒
āyukkhayā puññakkhayā cavissaṃ, teneva sokena pamucchitosmī”ti .
KN 6.84
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 7. sunikkhittavaggo, 10. serīsakavimānavatthu KN 6.84, para. 106 ⇒
ye cāpi kho ittaramupapannā, te nūna soceyyuṃ parittapuññā””ti.
KN 6.84
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 7. sunikkhittavaggo, 10. serīsakavimānavatthu KN 6.84, para. 154 ⇒
passantu puññānaṃ phalaṃ kadariyā”ti.
KN 6.85
KN Vv, 2. purisavimānaṃ, 7. sunikkhittavaggo, 11. sunikkhittavimānavatthu KN 6.85, para. 11 ⇒
“pucchāmi ‘taṃ deva mahānubhāva, manussabhūto kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 7.1
KN Pv, 1. uragavaggo, 1. khettūpamapetavatthu KN 7.1, para. 6 ⇒
taṃ petā paribhuñjanti, dātā puññena vaḍḍhati.
KN 7.5
KN Pv, 1. uragavaggo, 5. tirokuṭṭapetavatthu KN 7.5, para. 38 ⇒
balañca bhikkhūnamanuppadinnaṃ, tumhehi puññaṃ pasutaṃ anappakan”ti.
KN 7.10
KN Pv, 1. uragavaggo, 10. khallāṭiyapetivatthu KN 7.10, para. 6 ⇒
kesehamhi paṭicchannā, puññaṃ me appakaṃ katan”ti.
KN 7.11
KN Pv, 1. uragavaggo, 11. nāgapetavatthu KN 7.11, para. 28 ⇒
ye te vidicca adhigamma bhoge, na bhuñjare nāpi karonti puññaṃ.
KN 7.13
KN Pv, 2. ubbarivaggo, 1. saṃsāramocakapetivatthu KN 7.13, para. 36 ⇒
“pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 7.14
KN Pv, 2. ubbarivaggo, 2. sāriputtattheramātupetivatthu KN 7.14, para. 38 ⇒
“pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 7.15
KN Pv, 2. ubbarivaggo, 3. mattāpetivatthu KN 7.15, para. 95 ⇒
“pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 7.16
KN Pv, 2. ubbarivaggo, 4. nandāpetivatthu KN 7.16, para. 45 ⇒
“pucchāmi taṃ devi mahānubhāve, manussabhūtā kimakāsi puññaṃ.
KN 7.18
KN Pv, 2. ubbarivaggo, 6. kaṇhapetavatthu KN 7.18, para. 46 ⇒
nikkhipanti imaṃ dehaṃ, puññapāpaparikkhayā””ti.
KN 7.21
KN Pv, 2. ubbarivaggo, 9. aṅkurapetavatthu KN 7.21, para. 39 ⇒
kena te brahmacariyena, puññaṃ pāṇimhi ijjhatī”ti.
KN 7.21
KN Pv, 2. ubbarivaggo, 9. aṅkurapetavatthu KN 7.21, para. 45 ⇒
saddhassa dānapatino, katapuññassa lajjino.
KN 7.21
KN Pv, 2. ubbarivaggo, 9. aṅkurapetavatthu KN 7.21, para. 57 ⇒
tena me brahmacariyena, puññaṃ pāṇimhi ijjhatī”ti.
KN 7.21
KN Pv, 2. ubbarivaggo, 9. aṅkurapetavatthu KN 7.21, para. 63 ⇒
tena te brahmacariyena, puññaṃ pāṇimhi ijjhati.
KN 7.21
KN Pv, 2. ubbarivaggo, 9. aṅkurapetavatthu KN 7.21, para. 72 ⇒
pāṇiṃ kāmadadaṃ disvā, ko puññaṃ na karissati.
KN 7.21
KN Pv, 2. ubbarivaggo, 9. aṅkurapetavatthu KN 7.21, para. 153 ⇒
bhojanaṃ dīyate niccaṃ, puññapekkhassa jantuno.
KN 7.21
KN Pv, 2. ubbarivaggo, 9. aṅkurapetavatthu KN 7.21, para. 219 ⇒
appakampi kataṃ kāraṃ, puññaṃ hoti mahapphalan”ti.
KN 7.23
KN Pv, 2. ubbarivaggo, 11. suttapetavatthu KN 7.23, para. 9 ⇒
sāhaṃ gantvā punadeva mānusaṃ, kāhāmi puññāni nayayyaputta man”ti.
KN 7.23
KN Pv, 2. ubbarivaggo, 11. suttapetavatthu KN 7.23, para. 17 ⇒
sāhaṃ gantvāna punadeva mānusaṃ, kāhāmi puññāni nayayyaputta man”ti.
KN 7.23
KN Pv, 2. ubbarivaggo, 11. suttapetavatthu KN 7.23, para. 20 ⇒
“vajjesi aññampi janaṃ idhāgataṃ, ‘karotha puññāni sukhūpalabbhati”.
KN 7.26
KN Pv, 3. cūḷavaggo, 1. abhijjamānapetavatthu KN 7.26, para. 58 ⇒
“nayidaṃ akatapuññānaṃ, katapuññānamevidaṃ.
KN 7.26
KN Pv, 3. cūḷavaggo, 1. abhijjamānapetavatthu KN 7.26, para. 61 ⇒
“sukhaṃ akatapuññānaṃ, idha natthi parattha ca.
KN 7.26
KN Pv, 3. cūḷavaggo, 1. abhijjamānapetavatthu KN 7.26, para. 62 ⇒
sukhañca katapuññānaṃ, idha ceva parattha ca.
KN 7.26
KN Pv, 3. cūḷavaggo, 1. abhijjamānapetavatthu KN 7.26, para. 65 ⇒
katapuññā hi modanti, sagge bhogasamaṅgino”ti.
KN 7.30
KN Pv, 3. cūḷavaggo, 5. kumārapetavatthu KN 7.30, para. 3 ⇒
ussannapuññāpi bhavanti heke, parittapuññāpi bhavanti heke.
KN 7.30
KN Pv, 3. cūḷavaggo, 5. kumārapetavatthu KN 7.30, para. 6 ⇒
na yakkhabhūtā na sarīsapā vā, viheṭhayeyyuṃ katapuññaṃ kumāraṃ.
KN 7.36
KN Pv, 4. mahāvaggo, 1. ambasakkarapetavatthu KN 7.36, para. 100 ⇒
puññassa khettaṃ araṇavihārī, devamanussānañca dakkhiṇeyyo.
KN 7.36
KN Pv, 4. mahāvaggo, 1. ambasakkarapetavatthu KN 7.36, para. 244 ⇒
tappehi annapānena, sadā puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati.
KN 7.37
KN Pv, 4. mahāvaggo, 2. serīsakapetavatthu KN 7.37, para. 69 ⇒
sakehi kammehi apāpakehi, puññehi me laddhamidaṃ manuññan”ti.
KN 7.37
KN Pv, 4. mahāvaggo, 2. serīsakapetavatthu KN 7.37, para. 85 ⇒
teheva kammehi apāpakehi, puññehi me laddhamidaṃ vimānan”ti.
KN 7.37
KN Pv, 4. mahāvaggo, 2. serīsakapetavatthu KN 7.37, para. 88 ⇒
yahiṃ yahiṃ gacchati puññakammo, tahiṃ tahiṃ modati kāmakāmī.
KN 7.37
KN Pv, 4. mahāvaggo, 2. serīsakapetavatthu KN 7.37, para. 103 ⇒
āyukkhayā puññakkhayā cavissaṃ, teneva sokena pamucchitosmī”ti.
KN 7.37
KN Pv, 4. mahāvaggo, 2. serīsakapetavatthu KN 7.37, para. 106 ⇒
ye cāpi kho ittaramupapannā, te nūna soceyyuṃ parittapuññā””ti.
KN 7.37
KN Pv, 4. mahāvaggo, 2. serīsakapetavatthu KN 7.37, para. 147 ⇒
sabbeva te ālambantu vimānaṃ, passantu puññānaṃ phalaṃ kadariyā”ti.
KN 7.39
KN Pv, 4. mahāvaggo, 4. revatīpetavatthu KN 7.39, para. 23 ⇒
“eso te nirayo supāpadhamme, puññaṃ tayā akataṃ jīvaloke.
KN 7.40
KN Pv, 4. mahāvaggo, 5. ucchupetavatthu KN 7.40, para. 2 ⇒
“idaṃ mama ucchuvanaṃ mahantaṃ, nibbattati puññaphalaṃ anappakaṃ.
KN 7.45
KN Pv, 4. mahāvaggo, 10. gaṇapetavatthu KN 7.45, para. 21 ⇒
aladdhāva nivattāma, aho no appapuññatā.
KN 7.45
KN Pv, 4. mahāvaggo, 10. gaṇapetavatthu KN 7.45, para. 27 ⇒
uraṃ sīsañca ghaṭṭema, aho no appapuññatā.
KN 7.46
KN Pv, 4. mahāvaggo, 11. pāṭaliputtapetavatthu KN 7.46, para. 10 ⇒
sayamaddasaṃ kammavipākamattano, kāhāmi puññāni anappakānī”ti.
KN 8.176
KN Th, 3. tikanipāto, 7. vāraṇattheragāthā KN 8.176, para. 6 ⇒
bahuñhi so pasavati, puññaṃ tādisako naro.
KN 8.236
KN Th, 10. dasakanipāto, 4. cūḷapanthakattheragāthā KN 8.236, para. 30 ⇒
puññakkhettaṃ manussānaṃ, paṭigaṇhittha dakkhiṇan”ti.
KN 8.263
KN Th, 20. saṭṭhinipāto KN 8.263, para. 115 ⇒
dakkhiṇeyyaṃ manussānaṃ, puññakkhettaṃ anuttaraṃ.
KN 8.263
KN Th, 20. saṭṭhinipāto KN 8.263, para. 203 ⇒
“apuññaṃ pasavī māro, āsajja naṃ tathāgataṃ.
KN 9.46
KN Thī, 5. pañcakanipāto, 9. bhaddākuṇḍalakesātherīgāthā KN 9.46, para. 14 ⇒
“puññaṃ vata pasavi bahuṃ, sappañño vatāyaṃ upāsako.
KN 9.65
KN Thī, 12. soḷasanipāto KN 9.65, para. 25 ⇒
puññampimā vaheyyuṃ te, tena tvaṃ paribāhiro.
KN 9.67
KN Thī, 13. vīsatinipāto, 2. rohinītherīgāthā KN 9.67, para. 50 ⇒
“tuvaṃ hetaṃ pajānāsi, puññakkhettaṃ anuttaraṃ.
KN 9.71
KN Thī, 14. tiṃsanipāto KN 9.71, para. 102 ⇒
passiya varapuññalakkhaṇaṃ, cakkhu āsi yathā purāṇakanti.
KN 10.1
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 1. buddhavaggo, 1. buddhāpadānaṃ KN 10.1, para. 151 ⇒
kataṃ puññaphalaṃ mayhaṃ, sabbe bhāgī bhavantu te.
KN 10.1
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 1. buddhavaggo, 1. buddhāpadānaṃ KN 10.1, para. 153 ⇒
“yesaṃ kataṃ suviditaṃ, dinnaṃ puññaphalaṃ mayā.
KN 10.5
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 1. buddhavaggo, 3-3. mahākassapattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.5, para. 12 ⇒
buddhasmiṃ lokanāthamhi, kāhāma puññasañcayaṃ.
KN 10.5
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 1. buddhavaggo, 3-3. mahākassapattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.5, para. 35 ⇒
“puññakammābhinibbattā, kūṭāgārā sunimmitā.
KN 10.5
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 1. buddhavaggo, 3-3. mahākassapattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.5, para. 39 ⇒
sabbe deve abhibhomi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.
KN 10.8
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 1. buddhavaggo, 3-6. upālittherāpadānaṃ KN 10.8, para. 55 ⇒
kyāhaṃ kammaṃ ācarāmi, puññakkhette anuttare.
KN 10.8
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 1. buddhavaggo, 3-6. upālittherāpadānaṃ KN 10.8, para. 222 ⇒
satasahassupādāya, puññagabbhaṃ dharemahaṃ.
KN 10.8
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 1. buddhavaggo, 3-6. upālittherāpadānaṃ KN 10.8, para. 424 ⇒
osadhaṃ phalalābhīnaṃ, puññakkhettaṃ gavesinaṃ.
KN 10.13
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 2. sīhāsaniyavaggo, 1. sīhāsanadāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.13, para. 27 ⇒
duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.
KN 10.17
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 2. sīhāsaniyavaggo, 5. pilindavacchattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.17, para. 15 ⇒
aññe deve abhibhomi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.
KN 10.17
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 2. sīhāsaniyavaggo, 5. pilindavacchattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.17, para. 27 ⇒
sabbesampi piyo homi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.
KN 10.24
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 3. subhūtivaggo, 2. upavānattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.24, para. 146 ⇒
puññakammena saṃyutto, brahmabandhu bhavissasi.
KN 10.25
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 3. subhūtivaggo, 3. tisaraṇagamaniyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.25, para. 12 ⇒
sakkā uddharituṃ attā, puññakāmena jantunā.
KN 10.25
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 3. subhūtivaggo, 3. tisaraṇagamaniyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.25, para. 26 ⇒
“devalokagato santo, puññakammasamāhito.
KN 10.25
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 3. subhūtivaggo, 3. tisaraṇagamaniyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.25, para. 41 ⇒
“pacchime bhave sampatte, puññakammasamāhito.
KN 10.25
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 3. subhūtivaggo, 3. tisaraṇagamaniyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.25, para. 68 ⇒
“‘yathāsakena thāmena, puññakkhette anuttare.
KN 10.34
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 4. kuṇḍadhānavaggo, 2. sāgatattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.34, para. 20 ⇒
“alaṅkato parisāhi, puññañāṇehi sobhati.
KN 10.36
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 4. kuṇḍadhānavaggo, 4. kāḷudāyittherāpadānaṃ KN 10.36, para. 20 ⇒
“‘assa puññavipākena, dibbagandhasamāyutaṃ.
KN 10.38
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 4. kuṇḍadhānavaggo, 6. adhimuttattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.38, para. 9 ⇒
sabbe satte abhibhomi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.
KN 10.40
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 4. kuṇḍadhānavaggo, 8. āyāgadāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.40, para. 15 ⇒
devāpi me vasaṃ enti, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.
KN 10.40
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 4. kuṇḍadhānavaggo, 8. āyāgadāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.40, para. 18 ⇒
na maṃ kecāvajānanti, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.
KN 10.41
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 4. kuṇḍadhānavaggo, 9. dhammacakkikattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.41, para. 9 ⇒
parivārena sobhāmi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.
KN 10.44
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 5. upālivaggo, 2. soṇakoḷivisattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.44, para. 20 ⇒
“‘imassa maccukālamhi, puññakammasamaṅgino.
KN 10.44
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 5. upālivaggo, 2. soṇakoḷivisattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.44, para. 35 ⇒
“‘dve sampattī anubhotvā, vaḍḍhetvā puññasañcayaṃ.
KN 10.45
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 5. upālivaggo, 3. kāḷigodhāputtabhaddiyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.45, para. 6 ⇒
dadanti satthuno sabbe, puññakkhette anuttare.
KN 10.45
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 5. upālivaggo, 3. kāḷigodhāputtabhaddiyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.45, para. 12 ⇒
kevalaṃ bhikkhusaṅghañca, puññakkhettaṃ anuttaraṃ.
KN 10.51
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 5. upālivaggo, 9. subhaddattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.51, para. 33 ⇒
puññakammaṃ pariññāya, saccāni vivarissati.
KN 10.52
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 5. upālivaggo, 10. cundattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.52, para. 21 ⇒
byamhaṃ pātubhavissati, puññakammappabhāvitaṃ.
KN 10.52
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 5. upālivaggo, 10. cundattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.52, para. 30 ⇒
anubhotvāna taṃ puññaṃ, sakakammaṃ apassito .
KN 10.56
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 6. bījanivaggo, 4. gandhodakiyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.56, para. 18 ⇒
pariḷāhaṃ na passāmi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.
KN 10.76
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 8. nāgasamālavaggo, 4. bhisāluvadāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.76, para. 9 ⇒
duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.
KN 10.90
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 9. timiravaggo, 8. saddasaññakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.90, para. 6 ⇒
duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.
KN 10.93
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 10. sudhāvaggo, 1. sudhāpiṇḍiyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.93, para. 6 ⇒
na sakkā puññaṃ saṅkhātuṃ, imettamapi kenaci.
KN 10.121
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 12. mahāparivāravaggo, 9. paccupaṭṭhānasaññakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.121, para. 17 ⇒
“same cittappasādamhi, samaṃ puññaṃ mahaggataṃ.
KN 10.145
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 15. chattavaggo, 3. vedikārakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.145, para. 9 ⇒
maṇī dhārenti ākāse, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.
KN 10.162
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 16. bandhujīvakavaggo, 10. kumudadāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.162, para. 6 ⇒
sīlavā buddhisampanno, puññāpuññesu kovido.
KN 10.171
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 17. supāricariyavaggo, 9. samādapakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.171, para. 5 ⇒
“sabbe te sannipātetvā, puññakamme samādayiṃ.
KN 10.171
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 17. supāricariyavaggo, 9. samādapakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.171, para. 6 ⇒
māḷaṃ kassāma saṅghassa, puññakkhettaṃ anuttaraṃ.
KN 10.179
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 18. kumudavaggo, 7. ekadīpiyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.179, para. 5 ⇒
“bhave nibbattamānamhi, nibbatte puññasañcaye.
KN 10.189
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 19. kuṭajapupphiyavaggo, 7. ekacintikattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.189, para. 14 ⇒
“‘tato opadhikaṃ puññaṃ, katvā dānena taṃ bahuṃ.
KN 10.227
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 23. ālambaṇadāyakavaggo, 5. abyādhikattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.227, para. 6 ⇒
byādhāhaṃ nābhijānāmi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.
KN 10.310
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 31. padumakesaravaggo, 8. anulepadāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.310, para. 6 ⇒
pasannacitto sumano, puññakkhette anuttare.
KN 10.317
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 32. ārakkhadāyakavaggo, 5. pupphāsanadāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.317, para. 11 ⇒
“yaṃ me atthi kataṃ puññaṃ, sayambhumhaparājite.
KN 10.329
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 33. umāpupphiyavaggo, 7. nigguṇḍipupphiyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.329, para. 14 ⇒
“‘tato opadhikaṃ puññaṃ, katvā dānena taṃ bahuṃ.
KN 10.337
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 34. gandhodakavaggo, 5. phusitakampiyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.337, para. 36 ⇒
“dibbagandhaṃ sampavantaṃ, puññakammasamaṅginaṃ.
KN 10.338
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 34. gandhodakavaggo, 6. pabhaṅkarattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.338, para. 36 ⇒
puññakammena saṃyutto, sayamevāpanīyare.
KN 10.339
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 34. gandhodakavaggo, 7. tiṇakuṭidāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.339, para. 9 ⇒
dukkho nirayasamphasso, apuññānañhi pāṇinaṃ.
KN 10.340
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 34. gandhodakavaggo, 8. uttareyyadāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.340, para. 32 ⇒
“‘devaloke vasantassa, puññakammasamaṅgino.
KN 10.340
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 34. gandhodakavaggo, 8. uttareyyadāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.340, para. 38 ⇒
“‘bhave saṃsaramānassa, puññakammasamaṅgino.
KN 10.350
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 35. ekapadumiyavaggo, 8. tiṇamuṭṭhidāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.350, para. 20 ⇒
“yūpo tattha subho āsi, puññakammābhinimmito.
KN 10.391
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 39. avaṭaphalavaggo, 9. soṇakoṭivīsattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.391, para. 12 ⇒
devabhūto manusso ca, katapuñño virocahaṃ.
KN 10.392
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 39. avaṭaphalavaggo, 10. pubbakammapilotikabuddhāpadānaṃ KN 10.392, para. 107 ⇒
“puññapāpaparikkhīṇo, sabbasantāpavajjito.
KN 10.393
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 40. pilindavacchavaggo, 1. pilindavacchattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.393, para. 244 ⇒
“‘devaloke vasantassa, puññakammasamaṅgino.
KN 10.393
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 40. pilindavacchavaggo, 1. pilindavacchattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.393, para. 251 ⇒
puññakammena saṃyutto, brahmabandhu bhavissati.
KN 10.393
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 40. pilindavacchavaggo, 1. pilindavacchattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.393, para. 269 ⇒
“aho me sukataṃ kammaṃ, puññakkhette anuttare.
KN 10.394
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 40. pilindavacchavaggo, 2. selattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.394, para. 5 ⇒
“‘buddho loke samuppanno, puññakkhetto anuttaro .
KN 10.394
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 40. pilindavacchavaggo, 2. selattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.394, para. 42 ⇒
adhikāraṃ karissāma, puññakkhette anuttare’.
KN 10.394
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 40. pilindavacchavaggo, 2. selattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.394, para. 135 ⇒
“āsayo buddhimantānaṃ, puññakkhettaṃ sukhesinaṃ.
KN 10.394
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 40. pilindavacchavaggo, 2. selattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.394, para. 219 ⇒
“ekato kammaṃ katvāna, puññakkhette anuttare.
KN 10.397
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 40. pilindavacchavaggo, 5. padumakūṭāgāriyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.397, para. 72 ⇒
puññakammena saṃyutto, labhāmi pariniṭṭhitaṃ.
KN 10.400
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 40. pilindavacchavaggo, 8. saḷalamaṇḍapiyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.400, para. 6 ⇒
aññe devetirocāmi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.
KN 10.400
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 40. pilindavacchavaggo, 8. saḷalamaṇḍapiyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.400, para. 9 ⇒
channo saḷalapupphehi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.
KN 10.402
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 40. pilindavacchavaggo, 10. ajitattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.402, para. 61 ⇒
jāyamānassa sattassa, puññakammasamaṅgino.
KN 10.403
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 41. metteyyavaggo, 1. tissametteyyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.403, para. 11 ⇒
“kiṃ karosi mahāpuñña, dehi me aggidārukaṃ.
KN 10.403
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 41. metteyyavaggo, 1. tissametteyyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.403, para. 62 ⇒
“‘puññakammena saṃyuttā, nibbattissanti tāvade.
KN 10.406
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 41. metteyyavaggo, 4. dhotakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.406, para. 55 ⇒
puññakammena saṃyuttaṃ, na bhavissati vedanā .
KN 10.409
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 41. metteyyavaggo, 7. hemakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.409, para. 68 ⇒
“‘caṅkamantampi manujaṃ, puññakammasamaṅginaṃ.
KN 10.410
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 41. metteyyavaggo, 8. todeyyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.410, para. 137 ⇒
puññakammena saṃyutto, brahmabandhu bhavissati.
KN 10.411
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 41. metteyyavaggo, 9. jatukaṇṇittherāpadānaṃ KN 10.411, para. 26 ⇒
“samaṇā brāhmaṇā ceva, puññakkhettā anuttarā.
KN 10.411
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 41. metteyyavaggo, 9. jatukaṇṇittherāpadānaṃ KN 10.411, para. 27 ⇒
vaḍḍhayantā mamaṃ puññaṃ, āgacchanti mamaṃ gharaṃ.
KN 10.412
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 41. metteyyavaggo, 10. udenattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.412, para. 123 ⇒
tava gandhasamo natthi, puññakkhette mahāmune’.
KN 10.415
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 42. bhaddālivaggo, 3. tiṇasūlakachādaniyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.415, para. 54 ⇒
puññakammena saṃyuttaṃ, purato pātubhavissati.
KN 10.420
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 42. bhaddālivaggo, 8. yāgudāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.420, para. 38 ⇒
“yāguṃ saṅghassa datvāna, puññakkhette anuttare.
KN 10.421
KN Ap.1, (paṭhamo bhāgo), 42. bhaddālivaggo, 9. patthodanadāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.421, para. 8 ⇒
“parakammāyane yutto, puññañca me na vijjati.
KN 10.425
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 43. sakiṃsammajjakavaggo, 3. ekāsanadāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.425, para. 32 ⇒
“‘na moghaṃ taṃ kataṃ tuyhaṃ, puññakkhette anuttare.
KN 10.425
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 43. sakiṃsammajjakavaggo, 3. ekāsanadāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.425, para. 62 ⇒
“ekāsanaṃ daditvāna, puññakkhette anuttare.
KN 10.426
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 43. sakiṃsammajjakavaggo, 4. sattakadambapupphiyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.426, para. 6 ⇒
satta mālā gahetvāna, puññacittena okiriṃ.
KN 10.429
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 43. sakiṃsammajjakavaggo, 7. ekadhammassavaniyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.429, para. 33 ⇒
“anubhomi sakaṃ puññaṃ, sukhitohaṃ bhavābhave.
KN 10.430
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 43. sakiṃsammajjakavaggo, 8. sucintitattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.430, para. 12 ⇒
tato pabhāvito saṅgho, puññakkhetto anuttaro.
KN 10.430
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 43. sakiṃsammajjakavaggo, 8. sucintitattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.430, para. 29 ⇒
yajantānaṃ manussānaṃ, puññapekkhāna pāṇinaṃ.
KN 10.430
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 43. sakiṃsammajjakavaggo, 8. sucintitattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.430, para. 31 ⇒
“‘karotopadhikaṃ puññaṃ, saṅghe dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ.
KN 10.445
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 45. vibhītakavaggo, 3. billiyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.445, para. 9 ⇒
puññakkhettassa vīrassa, vippasannena cetasā.
KN 10.448
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 45. vibhītakavaggo, 6. ambāṭakiyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.448, para. 6 ⇒
puññakkhettaṃ anuttaraṃ, pasanno sehi pāṇibhi.
KN 10.450
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 45. vibhītakavaggo, 8. pādapīṭhiyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.450, para. 9 ⇒
puññakammena saṃyutto, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.
KN 10.450
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 45. vibhītakavaggo, 8. pādapīṭhiyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.450, para. 11 ⇒
“tattha me vasamānassa, puññakammasamaṅgino.
KN 10.450
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 45. vibhītakavaggo, 8. pādapīṭhiyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.450, para. 21 ⇒
soṇṇapīṭhe akkamāmi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.
KN 10.460
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 46. jagatidāyakavaggo, 8. jātipupphiyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.460, para. 6 ⇒
devalokagato santo, puññakammaṃ sarāmahaṃ.
KN 10.471
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 47. sālakusumiyavaggo, 9. sayaṃpaṭibhāniyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.471, para. 18 ⇒
tena puññaṃ anubhonti, ko disvā na pasīdati.
KN 10.474
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 48. naḷamālivaggo, 2. maṇipūjakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.474, para. 6 ⇒
tattha me bhavanaṃ āsi, puññakammena saṃyutaṃ.
KN 10.474
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 48. naḷamālivaggo, 2. maṇipūjakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.474, para. 45 ⇒
puññakkhettaṃ manussānaṃ, osadhaṃ sabbapāṇinaṃ.
KN 10.481
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 48. naḷamālivaggo, 9. pānadhidāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.481, para. 35 ⇒
“devaloke manusse vā, nibbattissati puññavā.
KN 10.485
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 49. paṃsukūlavaggo, 3. bhisadāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.485, para. 20 ⇒
“‘sukhī hotu mahāpuñña, gati tuyhaṃ samijjhatu.
KN 10.485
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 49. paṃsukūlavaggo, 3. bhisadāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.485, para. 35 ⇒
“puññakammena saṃyutto, tusitaṃ upapajjahaṃ.
KN 10.486
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 49. paṃsukūlavaggo, 4. ñāṇathavikattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.486, para. 30 ⇒
“‘nepuñño dassane vīro, tāresi janataṃ tuvaṃ.
KN 10.486
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 49. paṃsukūlavaggo, 4. ñāṇathavikattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.486, para. 60 ⇒
“‘devabhūto manusso vā, puññakammasamāhito.
KN 10.491
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 49. paṃsukūlavaggo, 9. dhammaruciyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.491, para. 62 ⇒
“suciraṃ satapuññalakkhaṇaṃ, patipubbena visuddhapaccayaṃ.
KN 10.492
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 49. paṃsukūlavaggo, 10. sālamaṇḍapiyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.492, para. 38 ⇒
“‘anokāsaṃ na passāmi, yattha puññaṃ vipaccati.
KN 10.492
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 49. paṃsukūlavaggo, 10. sālamaṇḍapiyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.492, para. 41 ⇒
“‘devaloke vasantassa, puññakammasamaṅgino.
KN 10.492
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 49. paṃsukūlavaggo, 10. sālamaṇḍapiyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.492, para. 45 ⇒
ramissati sadā santo, puññakammasamāhito.
KN 10.492
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 49. paṃsukūlavaggo, 10. sālamaṇḍapiyattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.492, para. 57 ⇒
puññakammena saṃyuttaṃ, vassate sabbakālikaṃ.
KN 10.502
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 50. kiṅkaṇipupphavaggo, 10. piyālaphaladāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.502, para. 6 ⇒
puññakkhettassa vīrassa, pasanno sehi pāṇibhi.
KN 10.504
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 51. kaṇikāravaggo, 2. ekapattadāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.504, para. 11 ⇒
“pātiyo paribhuñjāmi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.
KN 10.513
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 52. phaladāyakavaggo, 1. kurañciyaphaladāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.513, para. 6 ⇒
puññakkhettassa tādino, pasanno sehi pāṇibhi.
KN 10.521
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 52. phaladāyakavaggo, 9. sabbaphaladāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.521, para. 21 ⇒
paribhutte ca saṅghamhi, puññaṃ tava bhavissati’.
KN 10.521
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 52. phaladāyakavaggo, 9. sabbaphaladāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.521, para. 27 ⇒
puññakammena saṃyuttaṃ, anubhomi sadā sukhaṃ.
KN 10.523
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 53. tiṇadāyakavaggo, 1. tiṇamuṭṭhidāyakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.523, para. 17 ⇒
“yūpo tattha subho āsi, puññakammābhinimmito.
KN 10.530
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 53. tiṇadāyakavaggo, 8. bodhisammajjakattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.530, para. 63 ⇒
yo puññaṃ pasave poso, tassa kiṃ nāma dullabhaṃ.
KN 10.535
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 54. kaccāyanavaggo, 3. mahākappinattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.535, para. 83 ⇒
“‘saṅgho ce tiṇṇakantāro, puññakkhetto anuttaro.
KN 10.536
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 54. kaccāyanavaggo, 4. dabbamallaputtattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.536, para. 69 ⇒
na suṇissāma saddhammaṃ, aho no appapuññatā.
KN 10.536
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 54. kaccāyanavaggo, 4. dabbamallaputtattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.536, para. 113 ⇒
“ubho puññañca pāpañca, vītivattomhi dānihaṃ.
KN 10.542
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 54. kaccāyanavaggo, 10. mogharājattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.542, para. 98 ⇒
“puññapāpaparikkhīṇo, sabbarogavivajjito.
KN 10.545
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 55. bhaddiyavaggo, 3. sīvalittherāpadānaṃ KN 10.545, para. 11 ⇒
“sasāvakaṃ mahālābhiṃ, puññavantaṃ jutindharaṃ.
KN 10.545
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 55. bhaddiyavaggo, 3. sīvalittherāpadānaṃ KN 10.545, para. 86 ⇒
“khattiye puññakammena, dvārarodhassa vāhasā.
KN 10.551
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 55. bhaddiyavaggo, 9. vanavacchattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.551, para. 26 ⇒
“saggā cuto manussesu, nibbatto puññakammunā.
KN 10.556
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 56. yasavaggo, 4. kimilattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.556, para. 6 ⇒
aññe devetirocāmi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.
KN 10.556
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 56. yasavaggo, 4. kimilattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.556, para. 9 ⇒
channo salalapupphehi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.
KN 10.560
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 56. yasavaggo, 8. bhaddajittherāpadānaṃ KN 10.560, para. 20 ⇒
“‘sukhī hotu mahāpuñña, gati tuyhaṃ samijjhatu.
KN 10.560
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 56. yasavaggo, 8. bhaddajittherāpadānaṃ KN 10.560, para. 35 ⇒
“puññakammena saññutto, tusitaṃ upapajjahaṃ.
KN 10.562
KN Ap.1, (dutiyo bhāgo), 56. yasavaggo, 10. upavānattherāpadānaṃ KN 10.562, para. 147 ⇒
puññakammena saññutto, brahmabandhu bhavissasi.
KN 11.1
KN Ap.2, 1. sumedhāvaggo, 1. sumedhātherīapadānaṃ KN 11.1, para. 39 ⇒
“yattha yatthūpapajjāmi, puññakammasamohitā.
KN 11.3
KN Ap.2, 1. sumedhāvaggo, 3. maṇḍapadāyikātherīapadānaṃ KN 11.3, para. 6 ⇒
sabbattha pūjito homi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.
KN 11.9
KN Ap.2, 1. sumedhāvaggo, 9. pañcadīpikātherīapadānaṃ KN 11.9, para. 47 ⇒
“dīpasatasahassāni, puññakammasamaṅgitā.
KN 11.10
KN Ap.2, 1. sumedhāvaggo, 10. udakadāyikātherīapadānaṃ KN 11.10, para. 5 ⇒
“deyyadhammo ca me natthi, puññakkhette anuttare.
KN 11.15
KN Ap.2, 2. ekūposathikavaggo, 5. pañcadīpadāyikātherīapadānaṃ KN 11.15, para. 47 ⇒
“dīpasatasahassāni, puññakammasamaṅgitā.
KN 11.17
KN Ap.2, 2. ekūposathikavaggo, 7. mahāpajāpatigotamītherīapadānaṃ KN 11.17, para. 54 ⇒
sokaṭṭā parideviṃsu, aho no appapuññatā.
KN 11.17
KN Ap.2, 2. ekūposathikavaggo, 7. mahāpajāpatigotamītherīapadānaṃ KN 11.17, para. 363 ⇒
“sahapuññassa kattāro, mahāsamayakārakā.
KN 11.17
KN Ap.2, 2. ekūposathikavaggo, 7. mahāpajāpatigotamītherīapadānaṃ KN 11.17, para. 379 ⇒
vāsitā tava puññehi, pattā no āsavakkhayaṃ.
KN 11.18
KN Ap.2, 2. ekūposathikavaggo, 8. khemātherīapadānaṃ KN 11.18, para. 131 ⇒
“rājapuññena nibbattaṃ, buddhapuññena bhūsitaṃ.
KN 11.19
KN Ap.2, 2. ekūposathikavaggo, 9. uppalavaṇṇātherīapadānaṃ KN 11.19, para. 63 ⇒
tavatthāya mahāvīra, puññaṃ upacitaṃ mayā.
KN 11.25
KN Ap.2, 3. kuṇḍalakesīvaggo, 5. nandātherīapadānaṃ KN 11.25, para. 81 ⇒
puññānaṃ kittijananaṃ, ukkākakulanandanaṃ.
KN 11.27
KN Ap.2, 3. kuṇḍalakesīvaggo, 7. bhaddakāpilānītherīapadānaṃ KN 11.27, para. 65 ⇒
“sahāva seṭṭhinā tena, tāni puññāni sabbaso.
KN 11.27
KN Ap.2, 3. kuṇḍalakesīvaggo, 7. bhaddakāpilānītherīapadānaṃ KN 11.27, para. 84 ⇒
‘anumoda mahāpuññaṃ, dinnaṃ buddhassa sāṭakaṃ’.
KN 11.27
KN Ap.2, 3. kuṇḍalakesīvaggo, 7. bhaddakāpilānītherīapadānaṃ KN 11.27, para. 140 ⇒
“tadāpi tamhi puññamhi, bhāginīyi visesato.
KN 11.27
KN Ap.2, 3. kuṇḍalakesīvaggo, 7. bhaddakāpilānītherīapadānaṃ KN 11.27, para. 153 ⇒
jāyā tassa tadā āsiṃ, puññakammapathānugā.
KN 11.28
KN Ap.2, 3. kuṇḍalakesīvaggo, 8. yasodharātherīapadānaṃ KN 11.28, para. 100 ⇒
tuyhatthāya mahāvīra, puññaṃ upacitaṃ mayā.
KN 11.28
KN Ap.2, 3. kuṇḍalakesīvaggo, 8. yasodharātherīapadānaṃ KN 11.28, para. 286 ⇒
“yā dadāti sakattānaṃ, puññatthāya mahesino.
KN 11.29
KN Ap.2, 3. kuṇḍalakesīvaggo, 9. yasodharāpamukhadasabhikkhunīsahassāpadānaṃ KN 11.29, para. 23 ⇒
“anekajātisaṃsāraṃ, bahuṃ puññampi no kataṃ.
KN 11.30
KN Ap.2, 3. kuṇḍalakesīvaggo, 10. yasodharāpamukhāṭṭhārasabhikkhunīsahassāpadānaṃ KN 11.30, para. 63 ⇒
tuyhatthāya mahāvīra, puññānupacitāni no.
KN 11.30
KN Ap.2, 3. kuṇḍalakesīvaggo, 10. yasodharāpamukhāṭṭhārasabhikkhunīsahassāpadānaṃ KN 11.30, para. 173 ⇒
“yā dadanti sakattānaṃ, puññatthāya mahesino.
KN 11.32
KN Ap.2, 4. khattiyāvaggo, 2. caturāsītibhikkhunīsahassāpadānaṃ KN 11.32, para. 18 ⇒
samucchinnā anusayā, puññasaṅkhāradālitā.
KN 11.32
KN Ap.2, 4. khattiyāvaggo, 2. caturāsītibhikkhunīsahassāpadānaṃ KN 11.32, para. 57 ⇒
tuyhatthāya mahāvīra, puññānupacitāni no.
KN 11.37
KN Ap.2, 4. khattiyāvaggo, 7. aḍḍhakāsitherīapadānaṃ KN 11.37, para. 29 ⇒
“sabbakammaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ, puññaṃ pāpaṃ tatheva ca.
KN 12.1
KN Bv, 1. ratanacaṅkamanakaṇḍaṃ KN 12.1, para. 27 ⇒
mahānubhāvo satapuññalakkhaṇo, dassesi accherakaṃ pāṭihīraṃ.
KN 12.1
KN Bv, 1. ratanacaṅkamanakaṇḍaṃ KN 12.1, para. 90 ⇒
yepi dīghāyukā nāgā, puññavanto mahiddhikā.
KN 12.2
KN Bv, 2. sumedhapatthanākathā KN 12.2, para. 11 ⇒
samiddhaṃ devanagaraṃva, āvāsaṃ puññakamminaṃ.
KN 12.7
KN Bv, 7. revatabuddhavaṃso KN 12.7, para. 51 ⇒
puññakammābhinibbattā, tayo pāsādamuttamā.
KN 12.17
KN Bv, 17. dhammadassībuddhavaṃso KN 12.17, para. 44 ⇒
vicikoḷi nāma nārī, atrajo puññavaḍḍhano.
KN 12.21
KN Bv, 21. vipassībuddhavaṃso KN 12.21, para. 30 ⇒
atulo nāma nāmena, puññavanto jutindharo.
KN 12.21
KN Bv, 21. vipassībuddhavaṃso KN 12.21, para. 110 ⇒
iddhivaraṃ puññavaraṃ, lakkhaṇañca kusumitaṃ.
KN 13.2
KN Cp, 1. akittivaggo, 2. saṅkhacariyā KN 13.2, para. 9 ⇒
‘idaṃ khettaṃ anuppattaṃ, puññakāmassa jantuno.
KN 13.2
KN Cp, 1. akittivaggo, 2. saṅkhacariyā KN 13.2, para. 14 ⇒
“‘evamevāhaṃ puññakāmo, disvā khettavaruttamaṃ.
KN 13.2
KN Cp, 1. akittivaggo, 2. saṅkhacariyā KN 13.2, para. 15 ⇒
yadi tattha kāraṃ na karomi, nāhaṃ puññena atthiko.
KN 13.2
KN Cp, 1. akittivaggo, 2. saṅkhacariyā KN 13.2, para. 20 ⇒
“‘evamevāhaṃ puññakāmo, vipulaṃ disvāna dakkhiṇaṃ.
KN 13.2
KN Cp, 1. akittivaggo, 2. saṅkhacariyā KN 13.2, para. 21 ⇒
yadi tassa dānaṃ na dadāmi, parihāyissāmi puññato’.
KN 13.31
KN Cp, 3. yudhañjayavaggo, 11. kaṇhadīpāyanacariyā KN 13.31, para. 32 ⇒
“‘sattāhamevāhaṃ pasannacitto, puññatthiko acariṃ brahmacariyaṃ.
KN 14.129
KN Ja 1, 1. ekakanipāto, 13. kusanāḷivaggo, 129. aggikabhāradvājajātakaṃ KN 14.129, para. 2 ⇒
nāyaṃ sikhā puññahetu, ghāsahetu ayaṃ sikhā.
KN 14.284
KN Ja 1, 3. tikanipāto, 4. abbhantaravaggo, 284. sirijātakaṃ (3-4-4) KN 14.284, para. 5 ⇒
sabbattha katapuññassa, aticcaññeva pāṇino.
KN 14.284
KN Ja 1, 3. tikanipāto, 4. abbhantaravaggo, 284. sirijātakaṃ (3-4-4) KN 14.284, para. 8 ⇒
kukkuṭo maṇayo daṇḍo, thiyo ca puññalakkhaṇā.
KN 14.284
KN Ja 1, 3. tikanipāto, 4. abbhantaravaggo, 284. sirijātakaṃ (3-4-4) KN 14.284, para. 9 ⇒
uppajjanti apāpassa, katapuññassa jantunoti.
KN 14.378
KN Ja 1, 6. chakkanipāto, 1. avāriyavaggo, 378. darīmukhajātakaṃ (6-1-3) KN 14.378, para. 6 ⇒
taṃ nussahe jīvikattho pahātuṃ, kāhāmi puññāni anappakāni.
KN 14.391
KN Ja 1, 6. chakkanipāto, 2. kharaputtavaggo, 391. vijjādharajātakaṃ (6-2-6) KN 14.391, para. 15 ⇒
bhikkhuñca disvāna tuvañca sakka, kāhāmi puññāni anappakāni.
KN 14.391
KN Ja 1, 6. chakkanipāto, 2. kharaputtavaggo, 391. vijjādharajātakaṃ (6-2-6) KN 14.391, para. 18 ⇒
bhikkhuñca disvāna mamañca rāja, karohi puññāni anappakāni.
KN 14.403
KN Ja 1, 7. sattakanipāto, 1. kukkuvaggo, 403. aṭṭhisenakajātakaṃ (7-1-8) KN 14.403, para. 9 ⇒
parañca puññā dhaṃseti, attanāpi na jīvati.
KN 14.403
KN Ja 1, 7. sattakanipāto, 1. kukkuvaggo, 403. aṭṭhisenakajātakaṃ (7-1-8) KN 14.403, para. 12 ⇒
parañca puññaṃ labbheti, attanāpi ca jīvati.
KN 14.405
KN Ja 1, 7. sattakanipāto, 1. kukkuvaggo, 405. bakajātakaṃ (7-1-10) KN 14.405, para. 2 ⇒
dvāsattati gotama puññakammā, vasavattino jātijaraṃ atītā.
KN 14.444
KN Ja 1, 10. dasakanipāto, 444. kaṇhadīpāyanajātakaṃ (6) KN 14.444, para. 2 ⇒
sattāhamevāhaṃ pasannacitto, puññatthiko ācariṃ brahmacariyaṃ.
KN 14.444
KN Ja 1, 10. dasakanipāto, 444. kaṇhadīpāyanajātakaṃ (6) KN 14.444, para. 21 ⇒
viññuppasatthañca satañca ṭhānaṃ, evampahaṃ puññakaro bhavāmi.
KN 14.450
KN Ja 1, 10. dasakanipāto, 450. bilārakosiyajātakaṃ (12) KN 14.450, para. 6 ⇒
puññaṃ ākaṅkhamānena, deyyaṃ hoti vijānatā.
KN 14.450
KN Ja 1, 10. dasakanipāto, 450. bilārakosiyajātakaṃ (12) KN 14.450, para. 13 ⇒
puññāni paralokasmiṃ, patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinaṃ.
KN 14.457
KN Ja 1, 11. ekādasakanipāto, 457. dhammadevaputtajātakaṃ (3) KN 14.457, para. 2 ⇒
yasokaro puññakarohamasmi, sadātthuto samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ.
KN 14.484
KN Ja 1, 14. pakiṇṇakanipāto, 484. sālikedārajātakaṃ (1) KN 14.484, para. 34 ⇒
tesaṃ puññatthiko dammi, taṃ nidhiṃ āhu paṇḍitā.
KN 14.484
KN Ja 1, 14. pakiṇṇakanipāto, 484. sālikedārajātakaṃ (1) KN 14.484, para. 49 ⇒
suvassa sutvāna subhāsitāni, kāhāmi puññāni anappakāni.
KN 14.494
KN Ja 1, 14. pakiṇṇakanipāto, 494. sādhinajātakaṃ (11) KN 14.494, para. 31 ⇒
tuyhañca puññāni parittakāni, yesaṃ vipākaṃ idha vedayittho .
KN 14.494
KN Ja 1, 14. pakiṇṇakanipāto, 494. sādhinajātakaṃ (11) KN 14.494, para. 40 ⇒
sayaṃkatāni puññāni, taṃ me āveṇikaṃ dhanaṃ.
KN 14.494
KN Ja 1, 14. pakiṇṇakanipāto, 494. sādhinajātakaṃ (11) KN 14.494, para. 62 ⇒
sohaṃ etādisaṃ hitvā, puññāyamhi idhāgato.
KN 14.497
KN Ja 1, 15. vīsatinipāto, 497. mātaṅgajātakaṃ (1) KN 14.497, para. 62 ⇒
maṇḍabya bālosi parittapañño, yo puññakhettānamakovidosi.
KN 14.498
KN Ja 1, 15. vīsatinipāto, 498. cittasambhūtajātakaṃ (2) KN 14.498, para. 3 ⇒
passāmi sambhūtaṃ mahānubhāvaṃ, sakammunā puññaphalūpapannaṃ.
KN 14.506
KN Ja 1, 15. vīsatinipāto, 506. campeyyajātakaṃ (10) KN 14.506, para. 27 ⇒
ossaṭṭhakāyo urago carātu, puññatthiko muñcatu bandhanasmā.
KN 14.506
KN Ja 1, 15. vīsatinipāto, 506. campeyyajātakaṃ (10) KN 14.506, para. 30 ⇒
ossaṭṭhakāyo urago carātu, puññatthiko muñcatu bandhanasmā.
KN 14.506
KN Ja 1, 15. vīsatinipāto, 506. campeyyajātakaṃ (10) KN 14.506, para. 36 ⇒
ossaṭṭhakāyo urago carātu, puññatthiko muñcatu bandhanasmā.
KN 14.506
KN Ja 1, 15. vīsatinipāto, 506. campeyyajātakaṃ (10) KN 14.506, para. 39 ⇒
ossaṭṭhakāyo urago carātu, puññatthiko muñcatu bandhanasmā.
KN 14.506
KN Ja 1, 15. vīsatinipāto, 506. campeyyajātakaṃ (10) KN 14.506, para. 123 ⇒
nāriyo ca disvāna tuvañca nāga, kāhāmi puññāni anappakāni.
KN 14.506
KN Ja 1, 15. vīsatinipāto, 506. campeyyajātakaṃ (10) KN 14.506, para. 126 ⇒
nāriyo ca disvāna mamañca rāja, karohi puññāni anappakāni.
KN 14.517
KN Ja 1, 16. tiṃsanipāto, 517. dakarakkhasajātakaṃ (7) KN 14.517, para. 26 ⇒
akkodhanā puññavatī, paṇḍitā atthadassinī.
KN 14.518
KN Ja 1, 16. tiṃsanipāto, 518. paṇḍaranāgarājajātakaṃ (8) KN 14.518, para. 99 ⇒
te devavaṇṇā sukhumālarūpā, ubho samā sujayā puññakhandhā .
KN 15.521
KN Ja 2, 17. cattālīsanipāto, 521. tesakuṇajātakaṃ (1) KN 15.521, para. 75 ⇒
dakkhassudāni puññakaro, asoṇḍo avināsako.
KN 15.524
KN Ja 2, 17. cattālīsanipāto, 524. saṅkhapālajātakaṃ (4) KN 15.524, para. 6 ⇒
disvāna puññāna mahāvipākaṃ, saddhāyahaṃ pabbajitomhi rāja”.
KN 15.524
KN Ja 2, 17. cattālīsanipāto, 524. saṅkhapālajātakaṃ (4) KN 15.524, para. 88 ⇒
sakehi kammehi apāpakehi, puññehi me laddhamidaṃ vimānaṃ”.
KN 15.524
KN Ja 2, 17. cattālīsanipāto, 524. saṅkhapālajātakaṃ (4) KN 15.524, para. 155 ⇒
nāgañca sutvāna tavañcaḷāra, kāhāmi puññāni anappakāni”.
KN 15.524
KN Ja 2, 17. cattālīsanipāto, 524. saṅkhapālajātakaṃ (4) KN 15.524, para. 158 ⇒
nāgañca sutvāna mamañca rāja, karohi puññāni anappakānī”ti.
KN 15.525
KN Ja 2, 17. cattālīsanipāto, 525. cūḷasutasomajātakaṃ (5) KN 15.525, para. 153 ⇒
agacchittha devapura, āvāsaṃ puññakamminan””ti .
KN 15.527
KN Ja 2, 18. paṇṇāsanipāto, 527. ummādantījātakaṃ (2) KN 15.527, para. 48 ⇒
“puññā vidhaṃse amaro na camhi, jano ca me pāpamidañca jaññā.
KN 15.527
KN Ja 2, 18. paṇṇāsanipāto, 527. ummādantījātakaṃ (2) KN 15.527, para. 111 ⇒
“saggūpagaṃ puññakammaṃ janinda, mā me tuvaṃ antarāyaṃ akāsi.
KN 15.532
KN Ja 2, 20. sattatinipāto, 532. soṇanandajātakaṃ (2) KN 15.532, para. 33 ⇒
“tesāhaṃ pubbācariyesu, puññaṃ na labhāmi kātave.
KN 15.532
KN Ja 2, 20. sattatinipāto, 532. soṇanandajātakaṃ (2) KN 15.532, para. 93 ⇒
caranti varapuññassa, hatthikkhandhena āyato.
KN 15.532
KN Ja 2, 20. sattatinipāto, 532. soṇanandajātakaṃ (2) KN 15.532, para. 157 ⇒
vīra puññamidaṃ ṭhānaṃ, mā maṃ kosiya vāraya.
KN 15.532
KN Ja 2, 20. sattatinipāto, 532. soṇanandajātakaṃ (2) KN 15.532, para. 161 ⇒
mātāpitūsu puññāni, mama lokadado bhava.
KN 15.532
KN Ja 2, 20. sattatinipāto, 532. soṇanandajātakaṃ (2) KN 15.532, para. 167 ⇒
taṃ maṃ puññā nivāreti, ariyamaggāvaro naro”.
KN 15.532
KN Ja 2, 20. sattatinipāto, 532. soṇanandajātakaṃ (2) KN 15.532, para. 225 ⇒
“pubbe rasadadī gottī, mātā puññūpasaṃhitā.
KN 15.534
KN Ja 2, 21. asītinipāto, 534. mahāhaṃsajātakaṃ (2) KN 15.534, para. 128 ⇒
“te disvā puññasaṃkāse, ubho lakkhaṇasammate .
KN 15.537
KN Ja 2, 21. asītinipāto, 537. mahāsutasomajātakaṃ (5) KN 15.537, para. 295 ⇒
“apuññalābhaṃ ayasaṃ akittiṃ, pāpaṃ bahuṃ duccaritaṃ kilesaṃ.
KN 15.540
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 540. suvaṇṇasāmajātakaṃ (3) KN 15.540, para. 280 ⇒
“yaṃ kiñcitthi kataṃ puññaṃ, mayhañceva pitucca te.
KN 15.540
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 540. suvaṇṇasāmajātakaṃ (3) KN 15.540, para. 304 ⇒
“yaṃ kiñcitthi kataṃ puññaṃ, mayhañceva mātucca te.
KN 15.541
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 541. nimijātakaṃ (4) KN 15.541, para. 89 ⇒
yena vā pāpakammantā, puññakammā ca ye narā”.
KN 15.541
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 541. nimijātakaṃ (4) KN 15.541, para. 92 ⇒
yena vā pāpakammantā, puññakammā ca ye narā”.
KN 15.541
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 541. nimijātakaṃ (4) KN 15.541, para. 95 ⇒
yena vā pāpakammantā, puññakammā ca ye narā”.
KN 15.541
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 541. nimijātakaṃ (4) KN 15.541, para. 290 ⇒
vipākaṃ puññakammānaṃ, jānaṃ akkhāsijānato.
KN 15.541
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 541. nimijātakaṃ (4) KN 15.541, para. 304 ⇒
vipākaṃ puññakammānaṃ, jānaṃ akkhāsijānato.
KN 15.541
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 541. nimijātakaṃ (4) KN 15.541, para. 327 ⇒
vipākaṃ puññakammānaṃ, jānaṃ akkhāsijānato.
KN 15.541
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 541. nimijātakaṃ (4) KN 15.541, para. 346 ⇒
vipākaṃ puññakammānaṃ, jānaṃ akkhāsijānato.
KN 15.541
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 541. nimijātakaṃ (4) KN 15.541, para. 371 ⇒
vipākaṃ puññakammānaṃ, jānaṃ akkhāsijānato.
KN 15.541
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 541. nimijātakaṃ (4) KN 15.541, para. 399 ⇒
vipākaṃ puññakammānaṃ, jānaṃ akkhāsijānato.
KN 15.541
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 541. nimijātakaṃ (4) KN 15.541, para. 427 ⇒
vipākaṃ puññakammānaṃ, jānaṃ akkhāsijānato.
KN 15.541
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 541. nimijātakaṃ (4) KN 15.541, para. 449 ⇒
vipākaṃ puññakammānaṃ, jānaṃ akkhāsijānato.
KN 15.541
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 541. nimijātakaṃ (4) KN 15.541, para. 471 ⇒
vipākaṃ puññakammānaṃ, jānaṃ akkhāsijānato.
KN 15.541
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 541. nimijātakaṃ (4) KN 15.541, para. 486 ⇒
vipākaṃ puññakammānaṃ, jānaṃ akkhāsijānato .
KN 15.541
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 541. nimijātakaṃ (4) KN 15.541, para. 501 ⇒
vipākaṃ puññakammānaṃ, jānaṃ akkhāsijānato.
KN 15.541
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 541. nimijātakaṃ (4) KN 15.541, para. 520 ⇒
vipākaṃ puññakammānaṃ, jānaṃ akkhāsijānato.
KN 15.541
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 541. nimijātakaṃ (4) KN 15.541, para. 546 ⇒
sayaṃkatāni puññāni, taṃ me āveṇikaṃ dhanaṃ.
KN 15.543
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 543. bhūridattajātakaṃ (6) KN 15.543, para. 71 ⇒
“vimānaṃ upapannosi, dibyaṃ puññehi attano.
KN 15.543
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 543. bhūridattajātakaṃ (6) KN 15.543, para. 429 ⇒
“karoti ce dārutiṇena puññaṃ, bhojaṃ naro dhūmasikhiṃ patāpavaṃ.
KN 15.543
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 543. bhūridattajātakaṃ (6) KN 15.543, para. 430 ⇒
aṅgārikā loṇakarā ca sūdā, sarīradāhāpi kareyyu puññaṃ.
KN 15.543
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 543. bhūridattajātakaṃ (6) KN 15.543, para. 432 ⇒
“atha ce hi ete na karonti puññaṃ, ajjhenamaggiṃ idha tappayitvā.
KN 15.543
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 543. bhūridattajātakaṃ (6) KN 15.543, para. 433 ⇒
na koci lokasmiṃ karoti puññaṃ, bhojaṃ naro dhūmasikhiṃ patāpavaṃ.
KN 15.543
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 543. bhūridattajātakaṃ (6) KN 15.543, para. 570 ⇒
ubhato varapuññassa, muddhani uparūpari.
KN 15.544
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 544. candakumārajātakaṃ (7) KN 15.544, para. 6 ⇒
yathā ito vajanti sugatiṃ, narā puññāni katvāna’.
KN 15.544
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 544. candakumārajātakaṃ (7) KN 15.544, para. 9 ⇒
evaṃ vajanti sugatiṃ, narā puññāni katvāna’.
KN 15.544
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 544. candakumārajātakaṃ (7) KN 15.544, para. 413 ⇒
puññaṃ karassu vipulaṃ, vicarāma ubhopi paraloke”.
KN 15.545
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 545. mahānāradakassapajātakaṃ (8) KN 15.545, para. 254 ⇒
niyatetaṃ abhuttabbaṃ, natthi puññaṃ abhuñjato”.
KN 15.545
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 545. mahānāradakassapajātakaṃ (8) KN 15.545, para. 292 ⇒
“pubbevassa kataṃ puññaṃ, alātassa mahīpati.
KN 15.545
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 545. mahānāradakassapajātakaṃ (8) KN 15.545, para. 295 ⇒
“khīyate cassa taṃ puññaṃ, tathā hi aguṇe rato.
KN 15.545
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 545. mahānāradakassapajātakaṃ (8) KN 15.545, para. 301 ⇒
“evameva naro puññaṃ, thokaṃ thokampi ācinaṃ.
KN 15.545
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 545. mahānāradakassapajātakaṃ (8) KN 15.545, para. 444 ⇒
“accheramācikkhasi puññasiddhiṃ, sace hi etehi yathā vadesi.
KN 15.553
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 546. vidhurajātakaṃ (9), kālāgirikaṇḍaṃ KN 15.553, para. 61 ⇒
sakehi kammehi apāpakehi, puññehi me laddhamidaṃ vimānaṃ”.
KN 15.553
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 546. vidhurajātakaṃ (9), kālāgirikaṇḍaṃ KN 15.553, para. 75 ⇒
“evaṃ ce te laddhamidaṃ vimānaṃ, jānāsi puññānaṃ phalūpapattiṃ.
KN 15.553
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 546. vidhurajātakaṃ (9), kālāgirikaṇḍaṃ KN 15.553, para. 133 ⇒
sakehi kammehi apāpakehi, puññehi me laddhamidaṃ vimānaṃ”.
KN 15.553
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 546. vidhurajātakaṃ (9), kālāgirikaṇḍaṃ KN 15.553, para. 147 ⇒
“evaṃ ce te laddhamidaṃ vimānaṃ, jānāsi puññānaṃ phalūpapattiṃ.
KN 15.547
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 547. vessantarajātakaṃ (10), dasavarakathā KN 15.547, para. 9 ⇒
puññañca te parikkhīṇaṃ, yena tevaṃ vadāmahaṃ.
KN 15.549
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 547. vessantarajātakaṃ (10), dānakaṇḍaṃ KN 15.549, para. 221 ⇒
khaggadīpinisevite, ahaṃ puññāni karomi.
KN 15.549
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 547. vessantarajātakaṃ (10), dānakaṇḍaṃ KN 15.549, para. 229 ⇒
khaggadīpinisevite, ahaṃ puññāni karomi.
KN 15.551
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 547. vessantarajātakaṃ (10), jūjakapabbaṃ KN 15.551, para. 167 ⇒
pasave puññaṃ anappakaṃ”.
KN 15.553
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 547. vessantarajātakaṃ (10), mahāvanavaṇṇanā KN 15.553, para. 34 ⇒
“na bhavaṃ eti puññatthaṃ, sivirājassa dassanaṃ.
KN 15.554
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 547. vessantarajātakaṃ (10), dārakapabbaṃ KN 15.554, para. 59 ⇒
saddhāya dānaṃ dadato, evaṃ puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati.
KN 15.556
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 547. vessantarajātakaṃ (10), sakkapabbaṃ KN 15.556, para. 78 ⇒
yathā puññāni kayirātha, dadantā aparāparaṃ”.
KN 15.559
KN Ja 2, 22. mahānipāto, 547. vessantarajātakaṃ (10), nagarakaṇḍa KN 15.559, para. 40 ⇒
“yaṃ kiñcitthi kataṃ puññaṃ, mayhañceva pitucca te.
KN Nidd I, 2. guhaṭṭhakasuttaniddeso, para. 110 ⇒
appañhidaṃ jīvitamāhu dhīrāti. dhīrāti dhīrā, dhitimāti dhīrā, dhitisampannāti dhīrā, dhīkatapāpāti dhīrā. dhī vuccati paññā. yā paññā pajānanā vicayo pavicayo dhammavicayo sallakkhaṇā upalakkhaṇā paccupalakkhaṇā paṇḍiccaṃ kosallaṃ nepuññaṃ vebhabyā cintā upaparikkhā bhūri medhā pariṇāyikā vipassanā sampajaññaṃ patodo paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ paññāsatthaṃ paññāpāsādo paññāāloko paññāobhāso paññāpajjoto paññāratanaṃ amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi, tāya paññāya samannāgatattā dhīrā. api ca khandhadhīrā dhātudhīrā āyatanadhīrā, paṭiccasamuppādadhīrā satipaṭṭhānadhīrā sammappadhānadhīrā iddhipādadhīrā, indriyadhīrā baladhīrā bojjhaṅgadhīrā maggadhīrā phaladhīrā nibbānadhīrā. te dhīrā evamāhaṃsu — “manussānaṃ appakaṃ jīvitaṃ, parittakaṃ jīvitaṃ, thokaṃ jīvitaṃ, khaṇikaṃ jīvitaṃ, lahukaṃ jīvitaṃ, ittaraṃ jīvitaṃ, anaddhanīyaṃ jīvitaṃ, naciraṭṭhitikaṃ jīvitan”ti. evamāhaṃsu evaṃ kathenti evaṃ bhaṇanti evaṃ dīpayanti evaṃ voharantīti — appañhidaṃ jīvitamāhu dhīrā.
KN Nidd I, 3. duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttaniddeso, para. 75 ⇒
dhonassa hi natthi kuhiñci loke pakappitā diṭṭhi bhavābhavesūti. dhonoti. dhonā vuccati paññā — yā paññā pajānanā vicayo pavicayo dhammavicayo sallakkhaṇā upalakkhaṇā paccupalakkhaṇā paṇḍiccaṃ kosallaṃ nepuññaṃ vebhabyā cintā upaparikkhā bhūri medhā pariṇāyikā vipassanā sampajaññaṃ patodo paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ paññāsatthaṃ paññāpāsādo paññāāloko paññāobhāso paññāpajjoto paññāratanaṃ amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. kiṃkāraṇā dhonā vuccati paññā? tāya paññāya kāyaduccaritaṃ dhutañca dhotañca sandhotañca niddhotañca; vacīduccaritaṃ. manoduccaritaṃ dhutañca dhotañca sandhotañca niddhotañca; rāgo dhuto ca dhoto ca sandhoto ca niddhoto ca; doso . pe . moho. kodho. upanāho. makkho. paḷāso dhuto ca dhoto ca sandhoto ca niddhoto ca; issā dhutā ca dhotā ca sandhotā ca niddhotā ca; macchariyaṃ dhutañca dhotañca sandhotañca niddhotañca; māyā dhutā ca dhotā ca sandhotā ca niddhotā ca; sāṭheyyaṃ dhutañca dhotañca sandhotañca niddhotañca; thambho dhuto ca dhoto ca sandhoto ca niddhoto ca; sārambho. māno. atimāno. mado. pamādo dhuto ca dhoto ca sandhoto ca niddhoto ca; sabbe kilesā, sabbe duccaritā, sabbe darathā, sabbe pariḷāhā, sabbe santāpā, sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā dhutā ca dhotā ca sandhotā ca niddhotā ca. taṃkāraṇā dhonā vuccati paññā.
KN Nidd I, 4. suddhaṭṭhakasuttaniddeso, para. 24 ⇒
puññe ca pāpe ca anūpalitto, attañjaho nayidha pakubbamāno.
KN Nidd I, 4. suddhaṭṭhakasuttaniddeso, para. 36 ⇒
puññe ca pāpe ca anūpalittoti. puññaṃ vuccati yaṃ kiñci tedhātukaṃ kusalābhisaṅkhāraṃ, apuññaṃ vuccati sabbaṃ akusalaṃ. yato puññābhisaṅkhāro ca apuññābhisaṅkhāro ca āneñjābhisaṅkhāro ca pahīnā honti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā; ettāvatā puññe ca pāpe ca na limpati na palimpati na upalimpati alitto apalitto anūpalitto nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti — puññe ca pāpe ca anūpalitto.
KN Nidd I, 4. suddhaṭṭhakasuttaniddeso, para. 37 ⇒
attañjaho nayidha pakubbamānoti. attañjahoti attadiṭṭhijaho. attañjahoti gāhaṃ jaho . attañjahoti taṇhāvasena diṭṭhivasena gahitaṃ parāmaṭṭhaṃ abhiniviṭṭhaṃ ajjhositaṃ adhimuttaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ cattaṃ hoti vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ. nayidha pakubbamānoti puññābhisaṅkhāraṃ vā apuññābhisaṅkhāraṃ vā āneñjābhisaṅkhāraṃ vā apakubbamāno ajanayamāno asañjanayamāno anibbattayamāno anabhinibbattayamānoti — attañjaho nayidha pakubbamāno.
KN Nidd I, 4. suddhaṭṭhakasuttaniddeso, para. 40 ⇒
puññe ca pāpe ca anūpalitto, attañjaho nayidha pakubbamāno”ti.
KN Nidd I, 9. māgaṇḍiyasuttaniddeso, para. 55 ⇒
yato puññābhisaṅkhāro ca apuññābhisaṅkhāro ca āneñjābhisaṅkhāro ca pahīnā honti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāti, ettāvatāpi na gaṇhāti na parāmasati nābhinivisatīti. evampi ete ca nissajja anuggahāya.
KN Nidd I, 9. māgaṇḍiyasuttaniddeso, para. 164 ⇒
na kammunā nopi sutena neyyoti. na kammunāti puññābhisaṅkhārena vā apuññābhisaṅkhārena vā āneñjābhisaṅkhārena vā na yāyati na nīyati na vuyhati na saṃharīyatīti — na kammunā. nopi sutena neyyoti sutasuddhiyā vā parato ghosena vā mahājanasammutiyā vā na yāyati na nīyati na vuyhati na saṃharīyatīti — na kammunā nopi sutena neyyo.
KN Nidd I, 10. purābhedasuttaniddeso, para. 60 ⇒
katamaṃ paccayapaṭisevanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu? idha gahapatikā bhikkhuṃ nimantenti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārehi. so pāpiccho icchāpakato atthiko cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ bhiyyokamyataṃ upādāya cīvaraṃ paccakkhāti, piṇḍapātaṃ paccakkhāti, senāsanaṃ paccakkhāti, gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paccakkhāti. so evamāha — “kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena cīvarena! etaṃ sāruppaṃ yaṃ samaṇo susānā vā saṅkārakūṭā vā pāpaṇikā vā nantakāni uccinitvā saṅghāṭiṃ katvā dhāreyya. kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena piṇḍapātena ! etaṃ sāruppaṃ yaṃ samaṇo uñchācariyāya piṇḍiyālopena jīvikaṃ kappeyya. kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena senāsanena! etaṃ sāruppaṃ yaṃ samaṇo rukkhamūliko vā assa sosāniko vā abbhokāsiko vā. kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena! etaṃ sāruppaṃ yaṃ samaṇo pūtimuttena vā haritakīkhaṇḍena vā osadhaṃ kareyyā”ti. tadupādāya lūkhaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāreti, lūkhaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjati, lūkhaṃ senāsanaṃ paṭisevati, lūkhaṃ gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paṭisevati. tamenaṃ gahapatikā evaṃ jānanti — “ayaṃ samaṇo appiccho santuṭṭho pavivitto asaṃsaṭṭho āraddhavīriyo dhutavādo”ti bhiyyo bhiyyo nimantenti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārehi. so evamāha — “tiṇṇaṃ sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati. saddhāya sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati, deyyadhammassa sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati, dakkhiṇeyyānaṃ sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati. ‘tumhākañcevāyaṃ saddhā atthi, deyyadhammo ca saṃvijjati, ahañca paṭiggāhako. sacehaṃ na paṭiggahessāmi, evaṃ tumhe puññena paribāhirā bhavissanti. na mayhaṃ iminā attho. api ca tumhākaṃyeva anukampāya paṭiggaṇhāmī’”ti. tadupādāya bahumpi cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, bahumpi piṇḍapātaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, bahumpi gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti. yā evarūpā bhākuṭikā bhākuṭiyaṃ kuhanā kuhāyanā kuhitattaṃ — idaṃ paccayapaṭisevanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu.
KN Nidd I, 13. mahāviyūhasuttaniddeso, para. 47 ⇒
pavedhati kammavirādhayitvāti. pavedhatīti sīlaṃ vā vataṃ vā sīlabbataṃ vā “viraddhaṃ mayā, aparaddhaṃ mayā, khalitaṃ mayā, galitaṃ mayā, aññāya aparaddho ahan”ti vedhati pavedhati sampavedhatīti — pavedhati. kammavirādhayitvāti puññābhisaṅkhāraṃ vā apuññābhisaṅkhāraṃ vā āneñjābhisaṅkhāraṃ vā “viraddhaṃ mayā, aparaddhaṃ mayā, khalitaṃ mayā, galitaṃ mayā, aññāya aparaddho ahan”ti vedhati pavedhati sampavedhatīti — pavedhati kammavirādhayitvā.
KN Nidd I, 13. mahāviyūhasuttaniddeso, para. 204 ⇒
sa pannabhāro muni vippamuttoti. bhārāti tayo bhārā — khandhabhāro, kilesabhāro, abhisaṅkhārabhāro. katamo khandhabhāro? paṭisandhiyā rūpaṃ vedanā saññā saṅkhārā viññāṇaṃ — ayaṃ khandhabhāro. katamo kilesabhāro? rāgo doso moho . pe . sabbākusalābhisaṅkhārā — ayaṃ kilesabhāro. katamo abhisaṅkhārabhāro? puññābhisaṅkhāro apuññābhisaṅkhāro āneñjābhisaṅkhāro — ayaṃ abhisaṅkhārabhāro. yato khandhabhāro ca kilesabhāro ca abhisaṅkhārabhāro ca pahīnā honti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, so vuccati pannabhāro patitabhāro oropitabhāro samoropitabhāro nikkhittabhāro paṭipassaddhabhāro.
KN Nidd I, 13. mahāviyūhasuttaniddeso, para. 205 ⇒
munīti monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ. yā paññā pajānanā vicayo pavicayo dhammavicayo sallakkhaṇā upalakkhaṇā paccupalakkhaṇā, paṇḍiccaṃ kosallaṃ nepuññaṃ vebhabyā cintā upaparikkhā bhūri medhā parināyikā vipassanā sampajaññaṃ patodo paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ paññāsatthaṃ paññāpāsādo paññāāloko paññāobhāso paññāpajjoto paññāratanaṃ amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. tena ñāṇena samannāgato muni monappatto.
KN Nidd I, 14. tuvaṭṭakasuttaniddeso, para. 268 ⇒
idhekacco paṇītajīvitaṃ jīvanto paraṃ lūkhajīvitaṃ jīvantaṃ atimaññati — “kiṃ panāyaṃ appapuñño appesakkho na lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānan”ti. so tāya paṇītajīvitāya paraṃ lūkhajīvitaṃ jīvantaṃ atimaññati. idhekacco paññāsampanno hoti. so puṭṭho pañhaṃ visajjeti. tassa evaṃ hoti — “ahamasmi paññāsampanno, ime panaññe na paññāsampannā”ti. so tāya paññāsampadāya paraṃ atimaññati. idhekacco sīlasampanno hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. tassa evaṃ hoti — “ahamasmi sīlasampanno, ime panaññe bhikkhū dussīlā pāpadhammā”ti. so tāya sīlasampadāya paraṃ atimaññati. idhekacco vatasampanno hoti āraññiko vā piṇḍapātiko vā paṃsukūliko vā tecīvariko vā sapadānacāriko vā khalupacchābhattiko vā nesajjiko vā yathāsanthatiko vā. tassa evaṃ hoti — “ahamasmi vata sampanno, ime panaññe na vatasampannā”ti. so tāya vatasampadāya paraṃ atimaññati. atha jīvitena paññāya, sīlabbatena nāññamatimaññeti. lūkhajīvitāya vā paṇītajīvitāya vā paññāsampadāya vā sīlasampadāya vā vatasampadāya vā paraṃ nātimaññeyya, nāvajāneyya, na tena mānaṃ janeyya, na tena thaddho assa, patthaddho paggahitasiroti — atha jīvitena paññāya sīlabbatena nāññamatimaññe.
KN Nidd I, 15. attadaṇḍasuttaniddeso, para. 190 ⇒
sabbaṃ so paṭinissajjāti. sabbaṃ vuccati dvādasāyatanāni — cakkhu ceva rūpā ca . pe . mano ceva dhammā ca. yato ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu chandarāgo pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo, ettāvatāpi sabbaṃ cattaṃ hoti vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ. yato taṇhā ca diṭṭhi ca māno ca pahīnā honti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, ettāvatāpi sabbaṃ cattaṃ hoti vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ. yato puññābhisaṅkhāro ca apuññābhisaṅkhāro ca āneñjābhisaṅkhāro ca pahīnā honti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, ettāvatāpi sabbaṃ cattaṃ hoti vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhanti — sabbaṃ so paṭinissajja.
KN Nidd I, 15. attadaṇḍasuttaniddeso, para. 200 ⇒
sammā so loke iriyānoti. yato ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu chandarāgo pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo, ettāvatāpi sammā so loke carati viharati iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpeti . pe . yato puññābhisaṅkhāro ca apuññābhisaṅkhāro ca āneñjābhisaṅkhāro ca pahīnā honti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, ettāvatāpi sammā so loke carati viharati iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpetīti — sammā so loke iriyāno.
KN Nidd I, 15. attadaṇḍasuttaniddeso, para. 288 ⇒
natthi kāci nisaṅkhatīti. nisaṅkhatiyāe vuccanti puññābhisaṅkhāro apuññābhisaṅkhāro āneñjābhisaṅkhāro. yato puññābhisaṅkhāro ca apuññābhisaṅkhāro ca āneñjābhisaṅkhāro ca pahīnā honti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, ettāvatā nisaṅkhatiyo natthi na santi na saṃvijjanti nupalabbhanti, pahīnā samucchinnā vūpasantā paṭipassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti — natthi kāci nisaṅkhati.
KN Nidd I, 15. attadaṇḍasuttaniddeso, para. 289 ⇒
virato so viyārabbhāti. viyārabbho vuccati puññābhisaṅkhāro apuññābhisaṅkhāro āneñjābhisaṅkhāro. yato puññābhisaṅkhāro ca apuññābhisaṅkhāro ca āneñjābhisaṅkhāro ca pahīnā honti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, ettāvatā ārabbhā viyārabbhā ārato assa virato paṭivirato nikkhanto nissaṭo vippamutto visaññutto vimariyādikatena cetasā viharatīti — virato so viyārabbhā.
KN Nidd I, 16. sāriputtasuttaniddeso, para. 86 ⇒
katamaṃ paccayapaṭisevanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu? idha gahapatikā bhikkhuṃ nimantenti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārehi. so pāpiccho icchāpakato atthiko cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ bhiyyokamyataṃ upādāya cīvaraṃ paccakkhāti, piṇḍapātaṃ paccakkhāti, senāsanaṃ paccakkhāti, gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paccakkhāti. so evamāha — “kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena cīvarena! etaṃ sāruppaṃ, yaṃ samaṇo susānā vā saṅkārakūṭā vā pāpaṇikā vā nantakāni uccinitvā saṅghāṭiṃ karitvā dhāreyya. kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena piṇḍapātena! etaṃ sāruppaṃ, yaṃ samaṇo uñchācariyāya piṇḍiyālopena jīvitaṃ kappeyya . kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena senāsanena! etaṃ sāruppaṃ, yaṃ samaṇo rukkhamūliko vā assa sosāniko vā abbhokāsiko vā. kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena! etaṃ sāruppaṃ, yaṃ samaṇo pūtimuttena haritakīkhaṇḍena osadhaṃ kareyyā”ti tadupādāya lūkhaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāreti, lūkhaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjati, lūkhaṃ senāsanaṃ paṭisevati, lūkhaṃ gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paṭisevati. tamenaṃ gahapatikā evaṃ jānanti — “ayaṃ samaṇo appiccho santuṭṭho pavivitto asaṃsaṭṭho āraddhavīriyo dhutavādo”ti bhiyyo bhiyyo nimantenti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārehi . so evamāha — “tiṇṇaṃ sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati, saddhāya sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati, deyyadhammassa sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati, dakkhiṇeyyānaṃ sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati. tumhākañcevāyaṃ saddhā atthi, deyyadhammo ca saṃvijjati, ahañca paṭiggāhako. sace ahaṃ na paṭiggahessāmi, evaṃ tumhe puññena paribāhirā bhavissatha, na mayhaṃ iminā attho, api ca tumhākaṃyeva anukampāya paṭiggaṇhāmī”ti. tadupādāya bahumpi cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, bahumpi piṇḍapātaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, bahumpi senāsanaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, bahumpi gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti. yā evarūpā bhākuṭikā bhākuṭiyaṃ kuhanā kuhāyanā kuhitattaṃ — idaṃ paccayapaṭisevanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu.
KN Nidd II, pārāyanavaggo, pārāyanavagganiddeso, 1. ajitamāṇavapucchāniddeso, para. 53 ⇒
paññā ceva sati cāpīti. paññāti yā paññā pajānanā vicayo pavicayo dhammavicayo sallakkhaṇā upalakkhaṇā paccupalakkhaṇā paṇḍiccaṃ kosallaṃ nepuññaṃ vebhabyā cintā upaparikkhā bhūrī medhā pariṇāyikā vipassanā sampajaññaṃ patodo paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ paññāsatthaṃ paññāpāsādo paññāāloko paññāobhāso paññāpajjoto paññāratanaṃ amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. satīti yā sati anussati . pe . sammāsatīti — paññā ceva saticāpi, iccāyasmā ajito.
KN Nidd II, pārāyanavaggo, pārāyanavagganiddeso, 4. mettagūmāṇavapucchāniddeso, para. 118 ⇒
panujja viññāṇanti puññābhisaṅkhārasahagataṃ viññāṇaṃ, apuññābhisaṅkhārasahagataṃ viññāṇaṃ, āneñjābhisaṅkhārasahagataṃ viññāṇaṃ. etesu nandiñca nivesanañca abhisaṅkhārasahagatañca viññāṇaṃ nujja panujja nuda panuda jaha pajaha vinodehi byantīkarohi anabhāvaṃ gamehīti — etesu nandiñca nivesanañca panujja viññāṇaṃ.
KN Nidd II, pārāyanavaggo, pārāyanavagganiddeso, 4. mettagūmāṇavapucchāniddeso, para. 119 ⇒
bhave na tiṭṭheti. bhavāti dve bhavā — kammabhavo ca paṭisandhiko ca punabbhavo. katamo kammabhavo? puññābhisaṅkhāro apuññābhisaṅkhāro āneñjābhisaṅkhāro — ayaṃ kammabhavo. katamo paṭisandhiko punabbhavo? paṭisandhikā rūpaṃ vedanā saññā saṅkhārā viññāṇaṃ — ayaṃ paṭisandhiko punabbhavo. bhave na tiṭṭheti nandiñca nivesanañca abhisaṅkhārasahagataṃ viññāṇañca kammabhavañca paṭisandhikañca punabbhavaṃ pajahanto vinodento byantīkaronto anabhāvaṃ gamento kammabhave na tiṭṭheyya paṭisandhike punabbhave na tiṭṭheyya na santiṭṭheyyāti — panujja viññāṇaṃ bhave na tiṭṭhe. tenāha bhagavā —
KN Nidd II, pārāyanavaggo, pārāyanavagganiddeso, 13. udayamāṇavapucchāniddeso, para. 84 ⇒
viññāṇaṃ uparujjhatīti puññābhisaṅkhārasahagataṃ viññāṇaṃ apuññābhisaṅkhārasahagataṃ viññāṇaṃ āneñjābhisaṅkhārasahagataṃ viññāṇaṃ nirujjhati vūpasammati atthaṃ gacchati paṭippassambhatīti — viññāṇaṃ uparujjhatī. tenāha bhagavā —
KN Nidd II, pārāyanavaggo, pārāyanavagganiddeso, 18. pārāyanānugītigāthāniddeso, para. 30 ⇒
sabbabhavātivattoti. bhavāti dve bhavā — kammabhavo ca paṭisandhiko ca punabbhavo. katamo kammabhavo? puññābhisaṅkhāro apuññābhisaṅkhāro āneñjābhisaṅkhāro — ayaṃ kammabhavo. katamo paṭisandhiko punabbhavo? paṭisandhikā rūpā vedanā saññā saṅkhārā viññāṇaṃ — ayaṃ paṭisandhiko punabbhavo. bhagavā kammabhavañca paṭisandhikañca punabbhavaṃ ativatto atikkanto vītivattoti — lokantagū sabbabhavātivatto.
KN Nidd II, khaggavisāṇasutto, tatiyavaggo, para. 15 ⇒
katamaṃ paccayapaṭisevanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu? idha gahapatikā bhikkhuṃ nimantenti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārehi, so pāpiccho icchāpakato atthiko cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ bhiyyokamyataṃ upādāya cīvaraṃ paccakkhāti, piṇḍapātaṃ paccakkhāti, senāsanaṃ paccakkhāti, gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paccakkhāti. so evamāha — “kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena cīvarena! etaṃ sāruppaṃ yaṃ samaṇo susānā vā saṅkārakūṭā vā pāpaṇikā vā nantakāni uccinitvā saṅghāṭikaṃ karitvā dhāreyya. kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena piṇḍapātena! etaṃ sāruppaṃ yaṃ samaṇo uñchācariyāya piṇḍiyālopena jīvikaṃ kappeyya. kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena senāsanena! etaṃ sāruppaṃ yaṃ samaṇo rukkhamūliko vā assa sosāniko vā abbhokāsiko vā. kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena! etaṃ sāruppaṃ yaṃ samaṇo pūtimuttena vā haritakīkhaṇḍena vā osadhaṃ kareyyā”ti. tadupādāya lūkhaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāreti lūkhaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjati lūkhaṃ senāsanaṃ paṭisevati lūkhaṃ gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paṭisevati. tamenaṃ gahapatikā evaṃ jānanti — “ayaṃ samaṇo appiccho santuṭṭho pavivitto asaṃsaṭṭho āraddhavīriyo dhutavādo”ti. bhiyyo bhiyyo nimantenti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārehi. so evamāha — “tiṇṇaṃ sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati, saddhāya sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati, deyyadhammassa sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati, dakkhiṇeyyānaṃ sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati. tumhākañcevāyaṃ saddhā atthi, deyyadhammo ca saṃvijjati, ahañca paṭiggāhako. sacehaṃ na paṭiggahessāmi, evaṃ tumhe puññena paribāhirā bhavissatha . na mayhaṃ iminā attho. api ca, tumhākaṃyeva anukampāya paṭiggaṇhāmī”ti. tadupādāya bahumpi cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, bahumpi piṇḍapātaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, bahumpi senāsanaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, bahumpi gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti. yā evarūpā bhākuṭikā bhākuṭiyaṃ kuhanā kuhāyanā kuhitattaṃ — idaṃ paccayapaṭisevanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu.
KN Paṭis, 1. mahāvaggo, 1. ñāṇakathā, 37. sallekhaṭṭhañāṇaniddeso, para. 3 ⇒
tejoti pañca tejā — caraṇatejo, guṇatejo, paññātejo, puññatejo, dhammatejo. caraṇatejena tejitattā dussīlyatejaṃ pariyādiyati. guṇatejena tejitattā aguṇatejaṃ pariyādiyati. paññātejena tejitattā duppaññatejaṃ pariyādiyati. puññatejena tejitattā apuññatejaṃ pariyādiyati. dhammatejena tejitattā adhammatejaṃ pariyādiyati.
KN Paṭis, 1. mahāvaggo, 1. ñāṇakathā, 56-63. saccañāṇacatukkadvayaniddeso, para. 3 ⇒
tattha katamaṃ dukkhe ñāṇaṃ? dukkhaṃ ārabbha yā uppajjati paññā pajānanā vicayo pavicayo dhammavicayo sallakkhaṇā upalakkhaṇā paccupalakkhaṇā paṇḍiccaṃ kosallaṃ nepuññaṃ vebhabyā cintā upaparikkhā bhūri medhā pariṇāyikā vipassanā sampajaññaṃ patodo paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ paññāsatthaṃ paññāpāsādo paññāāloko paññāobhāso paññāpajjoto paññāratanaṃ amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi — idaṃ vuccati dukkhe ñāṇaṃ. dukkhasamudayaṃ ārabbha . pe . dukkhanirodhaṃ ārabbha . pe . dukkhanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ ārabbha yā uppajjati paññā pajānanā . pe . amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi — idaṃ vuccati dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ. taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. tena vuccati — “dukkhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ”.
KN Paṭis, 1. mahāvaggo, 1. ñāṇakathā, 69. āsayānusayañāṇaniddeso, para. 4 ⇒
katamañca sattānaṃ caritaṃ? puññābhisaṅkhāro apuññābhisaṅkhāro āneñjābhisaṅkhāro parittabhūmako vā mahābhūmako vā. idaṃ sattānaṃ caritaṃ.
KN Paṭis, 2. yuganaddhavaggo, 9. balakathā, para. 28 ⇒
katamāni dasa iddhibalāni? adhiṭṭhānā iddhi, vikubbanā iddhi, manomayā iddhi, ñāṇavipphārā iddhi, samādhivipphārā iddhi, ariyā iddhi, kammavipākajā iddhi, puññavato iddhi, vijjāmayā iddhi, tattha tattha sammā payogappaccayā ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhi — imāni dasa iddhibalāni.
KN Paṭis, 2. yuganaddhavaggo, 10. suññakathā, 2. niddeso, para. 2 ⇒
katamaṃ saṅkhārasuññaṃ? tayo saṅkhārā — puññābhisaṅkhāro, apuññābhisaṅkhāro, āneñjābhisaṅkhāro. puññābhisaṅkhāro apuññābhisaṅkhārena ca āneñjābhisaṅkhārena ca suñño. apuññābhisaṅkhāro puññābhisaṅkhārena ca āneñjābhisaṅkhārena ca suñño. āneñjābhisaṅkhāro puññābhisaṅkhārena ca apuññābhisaṅkhārena ca suñño. ime tayo saṅkhārā.
KN Paṭis, 3. paññāvaggo, 2. iddhikathā, , para. 2 ⇒
1.. katamā dasa iddhiyo? adhiṭṭhānā iddhi, vikubbanā iddhi, manomayā iddhi, ñāṇavipphārā iddhi, samādhivipphārā iddhi, ariyā iddhi, kammavipākajā iddhi, puññavato iddhi, vijjāmayā iddhi, tattha tattha sammā payogapaccayā ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhi.
KN Paṭis, 3. paññāvaggo, 2. iddhikathā, dasaiddhiniddeso, para. 20 ⇒
katamā puññavato iddhi? rājā cakkavattī vehāsaṃ gacchati saddhiṃ caturaṅginiyā senāya, antamaso assabandhagopurise upādāya. jotikassa gahapatissa puññavato iddhi, jaṭilassa gahapatissa puññavato iddhi, meṇḍakassa gahapatissa puññavato iddhi, ghositassa gahapatissa puññavato iddhi, pañcannaṃ mahāpuññānaṃ puññavato iddhi. ayaṃ puññavato iddhi.
KN Mil, , pubbayogādi, para. 1 ⇒
3. atīte kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane vattamāne gaṅgāya samīpe ekasmiṃ āvāse mahābhikkhusaṅgho paṭivasati, tattha vattasīlasampannā bhikkhū pātova uṭṭhāya yaṭṭhisammajjaniyo ādāya buddhaguṇe āvajjentā aṅgaṇaṃ sammajjitvā kacavarabyūhaṃ karonti. atheko bhikkhu ekaṃ sāmaṇeraṃ “ehi sāmaṇera, imaṃ kacavaraṃ chaḍḍehī”ti āha, so asuṇanto viya gacchati, so dutiyampi . pe . tatiyampi āmantiyamāno asuṇanto viya gacchateva. tato so bhikkhu “dubbaco vatāyaṃ sāmaṇero”ti kuddho sammajjanidaṇḍena pahāraṃ adāsi. tato so rodanto bhayena kacavaraṃ chaḍḍento “iminā kacavarachaḍḍanapuññakammena yāvāhaṃ nibbānaṃ pāpuṇāmi, etthantare nibbattanibbattaṭṭhāne majjhanhikasūriyo viya mahesakkho mahātejo bhaveyyan”ti paṭhamaṃ patthanaṃ paṭṭhapesi. kacavaraṃ chaḍḍetvā nahānatthāya gaṅgātitthaṃ gato gaṅgāya ūmivegaṃ gaggarāyamānaṃ disvā “yāvāhaṃ nibbānaṃ pāpuṇāmi, etthantare nibbattanibbattaṭṭhāne ayaṃ ūmivego viya ṭhānuppattikapaṭibhāno bhaveyyaṃ akkhayapaṭibhāno”ti dutiyampi patthanaṃ paṭṭhapesi.
KN Mil, 2-3. milindapañho, 7. arūpadhammavavattanavaggo, 7. pāpapuññānaṃ appānappabhāvapañho, para. 1 ⇒
7. rājā āha “bhante nāgasena, kataraṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ puññaṃ vā apuññaṃ vā”ti? “puññaṃ kho, mahārāja, bahutaraṃ, apuññaṃ thokan”ti. “kena kāraṇenā”ti? “apuññaṃ kho, mahārāja, karonto vippaṭisārī hoti ‘pāpakammaṃ mayā katan’ti, tena pāpaṃ na vaḍḍhati. puññaṃ kho, mahārāja, karonto avippaṭisārī hoti, avippaṭisārino pāmojjaṃ jāyati, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati, samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, tena kāraṇena puññaṃ vaḍḍhati. puriso kho, mahārāja, chinnahatthapādo bhagavato ekaṃ uppalahatthaṃ datvā ekanavutikappāni vinipātaṃ na gacchissati. imināpi, mahārāja, kāraṇena bhaṇāmi ‘puññaṃ bahutaraṃ, apuññaṃ thoka’n”ti.
KN Mil, 2-3. milindapañho, 7. arūpadhammavavattanavaggo, 7. pāpapuññānaṃ appānappabhāvapañho, para. 3 ⇒
pāpapuññānaṃ appānappabhāvapañho sattamo.
KN Mil, 2-3. milindapañho, 7. arūpadhammavavattanavaggo, 8. jānantājānantapāpakaraṇapañho, para. 1 ⇒
8. rājā āha “bhante nāgasena, yo jānanto pāpakammaṃ karoti, yo ajānanto pāpakammaṃ karoti, kassa bahutaraṃ apuññan””ti? thero āha “yo kho, mahārāja, ajānanto pāpakammaṃ karoti, tassa bahutaraṃ apuññan””ti. “tena hi, bhante nāgasena, yo amhākaṃ rājaputto vā rājamahāmatto vā ajānanto pāpakammaṃ karoti, taṃ mayaṃ diguṇaṃ daṇḍemā”ti? “taṃ kiṃ maññasi, mahārāja, tattaṃ ayoguḷaṃ ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ eko jānanto gaṇheyya, eko ajānanto gaṇheyya, katamo balavataraṃ ḍayheyyā”ti. “yo kho, bhante, ajānanto gaṇheyya, so balavataraṃ ḍayheyyā”ti. “evameva kho, mahārāja, yo ajānanto pāpakammaṃ karoti, tassa bahutaraṃ apuññan””ti.
KN Mil, 4. meṇḍakapañho, 1. iddhibalavaggo, 3. devadattapabbajjapañho, para. 6 ⇒
“yathā vā pana, mahārāja, kusalo bhisakko sallakatto garukaṃ rogaṃ balavosadhabalena lahukaṃ karoti, evameva kho, mahārāja, bahūni kappakoṭisatasahassāni dukkhaṃ vedayamānaṃ devadattaṃ bhagavā rogaññutāya pabbājetvā kāruññabalo patthaddhadhammosadhabalena garukaṃ dukkhaṃ lahukaṃ akāsi. api nu kho so, mahārāja, bhagavā bahuvedanīyaṃ devadattaṃ appavedanīyaṃ karonto kiñci apuññaṃ āpajjeyyā”ti? “na kiñci, bhante, apuññaṃ āpajjeyya antamaso gaddūhanamattampī”ti. “imampi kho, mahārāja, kāraṇaṃ atthato sampaṭiccha, yena kāraṇena bhagavā devadattaṃ pabbājesi.
KN Mil, 4. meṇḍakapañho, 1. iddhibalavaggo, 3. devadattapabbajjapañho, para. 7 ⇒
“aparampi, mahārāja, uttariṃ kāraṇaṃ suṇohi, yena kāraṇena bhagavā devadattaṃ pabbājesi. yathā, mahārāja, coraṃ āgucāriṃ gahetvā rañño dasseyyuṃ, ‘ayaṃ kho, deva, coro āgucārī, imassa yaṃ icchasi, taṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇehī’ti. tamenaṃ rājā evaṃ vadeyya ‘tena hi, bhaṇe, imaṃ coraṃ bahinagaraṃ nīharitvā āghātane sīsaṃ chindathā”ti, ‘evaṃ devā’ti kho te rañño paṭissutvā taṃ bahinagaraṃ nīharitvā āghātanaṃ nayeyyuṃ. tamenaṃ passeyya kocideva puriso rañño santikā laddhavaro laddhayasadhanabhogo ādeyyavacano balavicchitakārī, so tassa kāruññaṃ katvā te purise evaṃ vadeyya ‘alaṃ, bho, kiṃ tumhākaṃ imassa sīsacchedanena, tena hi bho imassa hatthaṃ vā pādaṃ vā chinditvā jīvitaṃ rakkhatha, ahametassa kāraṇā rañño santike paṭivacanaṃ karissāmī’ti. te tassa balavato vacanena tassa corassa hatthaṃ vā pādaṃ vā chinditvā jīvitaṃ rakkheyyuṃ. api nu kho so, mahārāja, puriso evaṃ kārī tassa corassa kiccakārī assā”ti? “jīvitadāyako so, bhante, puriso tassa corassa, jīvite dinne kiṃ tassa akataṃ nāma atthī”ti? “yā pana hatthapādacchedane vedanā, so tāya vedanāya kiñci apuññaṃ āpajjeyyā”ti? “attano katena so, bhante, coro dukkhavedanaṃ vedayati, jīvitadāyako pana puriso na kiñci apuññaṃ āpajjeyyā”ti. “evameva kho, mahārāja, bhagavā kāruññena devadattaṃ pabbājesi ‘mama sāsane pabbajitassa dukkhaṃ pariyantakataṃ bhavissatī’ti. pariyantakatañca, mahārāja, devadattassa dukkhaṃ, devadatto, mahārāja, maraṇakāle —
KN Mil, 4. meṇḍakapañho, 1. iddhibalavaggo, 3. devadattapabbajjapañho, para. 9 ⇒
samantacakkhuṃ satapuññalakkhaṇaṃ, pāṇehi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ upemī’ti.
KN Mil, 4. meṇḍakapañho, 1. iddhibalavaggo, 3. devadattapabbajjapañho, para. 10 ⇒
“pāṇupetaṃ saraṇamagamāsi. devadatto, mahārāja, cha koṭṭhāse kate kappe atikkante paṭhamakoṭṭhāse saṅghaṃ bhindi, pañca koṭṭhāse niraye paccitvā tato muccitvā aṭṭhissaro nāma paccekabuddho bhavissati. api nu kho so, mahārāja, bhagavā evaṃ kārī devadattassa kiccakārī assā”ti? “sabbadado, bhante nāgasena, tathāgato devadattassa, yaṃ tathāgato devadattaṃ paccekabodhiṃ pāpessati, kiṃ tathāgatena devadattassa akataṃ nāma atthī”ti? “yaṃ pana, mahārāja, devadatto saṅghaṃ bhinditvā niraye dukkhavedanaṃ vedayati, api nu kho bhagavā tatonidānaṃ kiñci apuññaṃ āpajjeyyā”ti? “na hi, bhante, attanā katena, bhante, devadatto kappaṃ niraye paccati, dukkhapariyantakārako satthā na kiñci apuññaṃ āpajjatī”ti. “imampi kho, tvaṃ mahārāja, kāraṇaṃ atthato sampaṭiccha, yena kāraṇena bhagavā devadattaṃ pabbājesi.
KN Mil, 4. meṇḍakapañho, 1. iddhibalavaggo, 3. devadattapabbajjapañho, para. 11 ⇒
“aparampi, mahārāja, uttariṃ kāraṇaṃ suṇohi, yena kāraṇena bhagavā devadattaṃ pabbājesi . yathā, mahārāja, kusalo bhisakko sallakatto vātapittasemhasannipātautupariṇāmavisamaparihāraopakkamikopakkantaṃ pūtikuṇapaduggandhābhisañchannaṃ antosallaṃ susiragataṃ pubbaruhirasampuṇṇaṃ vaṇaṃ vūpasamento vaṇamukhaṃ kakkhaḷatikhiṇakhārakaṭukena bhesajjena anulimpati paripaccanāya, paripaccitvā mudubhāvamupagataṃ satthena vikantayitvā ḍahati salākāya, daḍḍhe khāralavaṇaṃ deti, bhesajjena anulimpati vaṇaruhanāya byādhitassa sotthibhāvamanuppattiyā, api nu kho so, mahārāja, bhisakko sallakatto ahitacitto bhesajjena anulimpati, satthena vikanteti, ḍahati salākāya, khāralavaṇaṃ detī”ti? “na hi, bhante, hitacitto sotthikāmo tāni kiriyāni karotī”ti. “yā panassa bhesajjakiriyākaraṇena uppannā dukkhavedanā, tatonidānaṃ so bhisakko sallakatto kiñci apuññaṃ āpajjeyyā”ti? “hitacitto, bhante, sotthikāmo bhisakko sallakatto tāni kiriyāni karoti, kiṃ so tatonidānaṃ apuññaṃ āpajjeyya, saggagāmī so, bhante, bhisakko sallakatto”ti. “evameva kho, mahārāja, kāruññena bhagavā devadattaṃ pabbājesi dukkhaparimuttiyā.
KN Mil, 4. meṇḍakapañho, 1. iddhibalavaggo, 6. gabbhāvakkantipañho, para. 13 ⇒
“kathaṃ āyācanavasena sattānaṃ gabbhāvakkanti hoti? idha, mahārāja, kulaṃ hoti aputtakaṃ bahusāpateyyaṃ saddhaṃ pasannaṃ sīlavantaṃ kalyāṇadhammaṃ tapanissitaṃ, devaputto ca ussannakusalamūlo cavanadhammo hoti. atha sakko devānamindo tassa kulassa anukampāya taṃ devaputtaṃ āyācati ‘paṇidhehi, mārisa, asukassa kulassa mahesiyā kucchin’ti. so tassa āyācanahetu taṃ kulaṃ paṇidheti. yathā, mahārāja, manussā puññakāmā samaṇaṃ manobhāvanīyaṃ āyācitvā gehaṃ upanenti, ayaṃ upagantvā sabbassa kulassa sukhāvaho bhavissatīti. evameva kho, mahārāja, sakko devānamindo taṃ devaputtaṃ āyācitvā taṃ kulaṃ upaneti. evaṃ āyācanavasena sattānaṃ gabbhāvakkanti hoti.
KN Mil, 4. meṇḍakapañho, 1. iddhibalavaggo, 6. gabbhāvakkantipañho, para. 14 ⇒
“sāmo, mahārāja, kumāro sakkena devānamindena āyācito pārikāya tāpasiyā kucchiṃ okkanto. sāmo, mahārāja, kumāro katapuñño, mātāpitaro sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā, āyācako sakko, tiṇṇaṃ cetopaṇidhiyā sāmo kumāro nibbatto. idha, mahārāja, nayakusalo puriso sukaṭṭhe anūpakhette bījaṃ ropeyya, api nu tassa bījassa antarāyaṃ vivajjentassa vuḍḍhiyā koci antarāyo bhaveyyā”ti ? “na hi, bhante, nirupaghātaṃ bījaṃ khippaṃ saṃviruheyyā”ti. “evameva kho, mahārāja, sāmo kumāro mutto uppannantarāyehi tiṇṇaṃ cetopaṇidhiyā nibbatto.
KN Mil, 4. meṇḍakapañho, 1. iddhibalavaggo, 6. gabbhāvakkantipañho, para. 15 ⇒
“api nu kho, mahārāja, sutapubbaṃ tayā isīnaṃ manopadosena iddho phīto mahājanapado sajano samucchinno”ti? “āma, bhante, suyyati. mahiyā daṇḍakāraññaṃ majjhāraññaṃ kāliṅgāraññaṃ mātaṅgāraññaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ araññaṃ araññabhūtaṃ, sabbepete janapadā isīnaṃ manopadosena khayaṃ gatā”ti. “yadi, mahārāja, tesaṃ manopadosena susamiddhā janapadā ucchijjanti, api nu kho tesaṃ manopasādena kiñci nibbatteyyā”ti? “āma bhante”ti. “tena hi, mahārāja, sāmo kumāro tiṇṇaṃ balavantānaṃ cetopasādena nibbatto isinimmito devanimmito puññanimmitoti. evametaṃ, mahārāja, dhārehi.
KN Mil, 4. meṇḍakapañho, 2. abhejjavaggo, 5. buddhalābhantarāyapañho, para. 4 ⇒
“hotu, bhante nāgasena, sulabhā bhagavato cattāro paccayā loke uttamapurisassa, yācitova bhagavā devamanussohi cattāro paccaye paribhuñjati, api ca kho pana mārassa yo adhippāyo, so tāvatakena siddho, yaṃ so bhagavato bhojanassa antarāyamakāsi. ettha me, bhante, kaṅkhā na chijjati, vimatijātohaṃ tattha saṃsayapakkhando. na me tattha mānasaṃ pakkhandati, yaṃ tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa sadevake loke aggapuggalavarassa kusalavarapuññasambhavassa asamasamassa anupamassa appaṭisamassa chavakaṃ lāmakaṃ parittaṃ pāpaṃ anariyaṃ vipannaṃ māro lābhantarāyamakāsī”ti.
KN Mil, 4. meṇḍakapañho, 2. abhejjavaggo, 6. apuññapañho, para. 1 ⇒
6. “bhante nāgasena, tumhe bhaṇatha ‘yo ajānanto pāṇātipātaṃ karoti, so balavataraṃ apuññaṃ pasavatī’ti. puna ca bhagavatā vinayapaññattiyā bhaṇitaṃ ‘anāpatti ajānantassā’ti. yadi, bhante nāgasena, ajānitvā pāṇātipātaṃ karonto balavataraṃ apuññaṃ pasavati, tena hi ‘anāpatti ajānantassā’ti yaṃ vacanaṃ, taṃ micchā. yadi anāpatti ajānantassa, tena hi ‘ajānitvā pāṇātipātaṃ karonto balavataraṃ apuññaṃ pasavatī’ti tampi vacanaṃ micchā. ayampi ubhato koṭiko pañho duruttaro duratikkamo tavānuppatto, so tayā nibbāhitabbo”ti.
KN Mil, 4. meṇḍakapañho, 2. abhejjavaggo, 6. apuññapañho, para. 2 ⇒
“bhāsitampetaṃ, mahārāja, bhagavatā ‘yo ajānanto pāṇātipātaṃ karoti, so balavataraṃ apuññaṃ pasavatī’ti. puna ca vinayapaññattiyā bhagavatā bhaṇitaṃ ‘anāpatti ajānantassā’ti. tattha atthantaraṃ atthi. katamaṃ atthantaraṃ ? atthi, mahārāja, āpatti saññāvimokkhā, atthi āpatti nosaññāvimokkhā. yāyaṃ, mahārāja, āpatti saññāvimokkhā, taṃ āpattiṃ ārabbha bhagavatā bhaṇitaṃ ‘anāpatti ajānantassā”ti. “sādhu, bhante nāgasena, evametaṃ tathā sampaṭicchāmī”ti.
KN Mil, 4. meṇḍakapañho, 2. abhejjavaggo, 6. apuññapañho, para. 3 ⇒
apuññapañho chaṭṭho.
KN Mil, 4. meṇḍakapañho, 3. paṇāmitavaggo, 2. sabbasattahitapharaṇapañho, para. 10 ⇒
“yathā, mahārāja, puriso sabbajanassa amataṃ dadeyya, te taṃ amataṃ asitvā arogā dīghāyukā sabbītito parimucceyyuṃ, athaññataro puriso durupacārena taṃ asitvā maraṇaṃ pāpuṇeyya, api nu kho so, mahārāja, amatadāyako puriso tatonidānaṃ kiñci apuññaṃ āpajjeyyā”ti? “na hi, bhante”ti. “evameva kho, mahārāja, tathāgato dasasahassiyā lokadhātuyā devamanussānaṃ amataṃ dhammadānaṃ deti, ye te sattā bhabbā, te dhammāmatena bujjhanti. ye pana te sattā abhabbā, te dhammāmatena haññanti patanti. bhojanaṃ, mahārāja, sabbasattānaṃ jīvitaṃ rakkhati, tamekacce bhuñjitvā visūcikāya maranti, api nu kho so, mahārāja, bhojanadāyako puriso tatonidānaṃ kiñci apuññaṃ āpajjeyyā”ti? “na hi, bhante”ti. “evameva kho, mahārāja, tathāgato dasasahassiyā lokadhātuyā devamanussānaṃ amataṃ dhammadānaṃ deti, ye te sattā bhabbā, te dhammāmatena bujjhanti. ye pana te sattā abhabbā, te dhammāmatena haññanti patantī”ti. “sādhu, bhante nāgasena, evametaṃ tathā sampaṭicchāmī”ti.
KN Mil, 4. meṇḍakapañho, 4. sabbaññutañāṇavaggo, 5. attanipātanapañho, para. 3 ⇒
“kiṃ panettha, bhante nāgasena, kāraṇaṃ, yena bhagavā kāraṇena paṭikkhipi samādapesi cā”ti? “sīlavā, mahārāja, sīlasampanno agadasamo sattānaṃ kilesavisavināsane, osadhasamo sattānaṃ kilesabyādhivūpasame, udakasamo sattānaṃ kilesarajojallāpaharaṇe, maṇiratanasamo sattānaṃ sabbasampattidāne, nāvāsamo sattānaṃ caturoghapāragamane, satthavāhasamo sattānaṃ jātikantāratāraṇe, vātasamo sattānaṃ tividhaggisantāpanibbāpane, mahāmeghasamo sattānaṃ mānasaparipūraṇe, ācariyasamo sattānaṃ kusalasikkhāpane, sudesakasamo sattānaṃ khemapathamācikkhaṇe. evarūpo, mahārāja, bahuguṇo anekaguṇo appamāṇaguṇo guṇarāsi guṇapuñjo sattānaṃ vaḍḍhikaro sīlavā ‘mā vinassī’ti sattānaṃ anukampāya bhagavā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapesi ‘na, bhikkhave, attānaṃ pātetabbaṃ, yo pāteyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo’ti. idamettha, mahārāja, kāraṇaṃ, yena kāraṇena bhagavā paṭikkhipi. bhāsitampetaṃ, mahārāja, therena kumārakassapena vicitrakathikena pāyāsirājaññassa paralokaṃ dīpayamānena ‘yathā yathā kho rājañña samaṇabrāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ tiṭṭhanti, tathā tathā bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavanti, bahujanahitāya ca paṭipajjanti bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan’ti.
KN Mil, 4. meṇḍakapañho, 4. sabbaññutañāṇavaggo, 7. kusalākusalasamavisamapañho, para. 25 ⇒
“yaṃ tvaṃ, mahārāja, bahuvidhaṃ kāraṇaṃ osāresi, sabbaṃ taṃ tatheva, no aññathā”ti. “yadi, bhante nāgasena, kaṇhopi sukkopi samasamagatikā honti, tena hi kusalampi akusalampi samasamavipākaṃ hotī”ti? “na hi, mahārāja, kusalampi akusalampi samasamavipākaṃ hoti, na hi, mahārāja, devadatto sabbajanehi paṭiviruddho, bodhisatteneva paṭiviruddho. yo tassa bodhisattena paṭiviruddho, so tasmiṃ tasmiṃ yeva bhave paccati phalaṃ deti. devadattopi, mahārāja, issariye ṭhito janapadesu ārakkhaṃ deti, setuṃ sabhaṃ puññasālaṃ kāreti, samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ kapaṇaddhikavaṇibbakānaṃ nāthānāthānaṃ yathāpaṇihitaṃ dānaṃ deti. tassa so vipākena bhave bhave sampattiyo paṭilabhati. kassetaṃ, mahārāja, sakkā vattuṃ vinā dānena damena saṃyamena uposathakammena sampattiṃ anubhavissatīti?
KN Mil, 4. meṇḍakapañho, 5. santhavavaggo, 6. chaddantajotipālārabbhapañho, para. 7 ⇒
“yathā, mahārāja, jalitapajjalito mahāaggikkhandho sappabhāso udakamāsajja upahatappabhātejo sītalo kāḷako bhavati paripakkanigguṇḍiphalasadiso, evameva kho, mahārāja, jotipālo māṇavo puññavā saddho ñāṇavipulasappabhāso assaddhe appasanne kule paccājāto, so kulavasena andho hutvā tathāgataṃ akkosi paribhāsi, upagantvā ca buddhaguṇamaññāya ceṭakabhūto viya ahosi, jinasāsane pabbajitvā abhiññā ca samāpattiyo ca nibbattetvā brahmalokūpago ahosī”ti. “sādhu, bhante nāgasena, evametaṃ tathā sampaṭicchāmī”ti.
KN Mil, 5. anumānapañho, 1. buddhavaggo, 5. hīnāyāvattanapañho, para. 4 ⇒
“yathā vā pana, mahārāja, chāto puriso mahatimahāpuññabhattaparivesanaṃ gantvā taṃ bhattaṃ abhuñjitvā chātova paṭinivatteyya, tattha katamaṃ jano garaheyya chātaṃ vā puññabhattaṃ vā”ti? “chātaṃ, bhante, jano garaheyya ‘ayaṃ khudāpīḷito puññabhattaṃ paṭilabhitvā abhuñjitvā chātova paṭinivatto, kiṃ imassa abhuñjantassa bhojanaṃ sayaṃ mukhaṃ pavisissati, ko doso bhojanassā’”ti? “evameva kho, mahārāja, tathāgato antosāsanasamugge paramapavaraṃ santaṃ sivaṃ paṇītaṃ amataṃ paramamadhuraṃ kāyagatāsatibhojanaṃ ṭhapesi ‘ye keci kilesachātajjhattā taṇhāparetamānasā sacetanā budhā, te imaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā kāmarūpārūpabhavesu sabbaṃ taṇhamapanessantī’ti. yadi koci taṃ bhojanaṃ abhuñjitvā taṇhāsitova paṭinivattitvā hīnāyāvattati, taññeva jano garahissati ‘ayaṃ jinasāsane pabbajitvā tattha patiṭṭhaṃ alabhitvā hīnāyāvatto, kiṃ imaṃ appaṭipajjantaṃ jinasāsanaṃ sayaṃ bodhessasi, ko doso jinasāsanassā’ti.
KN Mil, 5. anumānapañho, 1. buddhavaggo, 5. hīnāyāvattanapañho, para. 9 ⇒
“kathaṃ bhūmimahantabhāvaṃ dassenti? yathā, mahārāja, puriso adhano hīnajacco nibbiseso buddhiparihīno mahārajjaṃ paṭilabhitvā na cirasseva paripatati paridhaṃsati parihāyati yasato, na sakkoti issariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ. kiṃ kāraṇaṃ ? mahantattā issariyassa. evameva kho, mahārāja, ye keci nibbisesā akatapuññā buddhiparihīnā jinasāsane pabbajanti, te taṃ pabbajjaṃ pavaruttamaṃ sandhāretuṃ avisahantā na cirasseva jinasāsanā paripatitvā paridhaṃsitvā parihāyitvā hīnāyāvattanti, na sakkonti jinasāsanaṃ sandhāretuṃ. kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? mahantattā jinasāsanabhūmiyā. evaṃ bhūmimahantabhāvaṃ dassenti.
KN Mil, 5. anumānapañho, 2. nippapañcavaggo, 2. khīṇāsavabhāvapañho, para. 5 ⇒
“yathā vā pana, mahārāja, puriso abalo dubbalo nihīnajacco parittapuñño mahatimahārajjaṃ labhitvā khaṇena paripatati paridhaṃsati osakkati, na sakkoti issariyaṃ dhāretuṃ, evameva kho, mahārāja, arahattaṃ patto gihī tena liṅgena arahattaṃ dhāretuṃ na sakkoti, tena kāraṇena tasmiṃ yeva divase pabbajati vā parinibbāyati vā”ti. “sādhu, bhante nāgasena, evametaṃ tathā sampaṭicchāmī”ti.
KN Mil, 5. anumānapañho, 3. vessantaravaggo, 1. vessantarapañho, para. 8 ⇒
“idampi sattamaṃ dukkarato dukkarataraṃ, yaṃ tassa ruḷaruḷassa bhīmabhīmassa nīte dārake adassanaṃ gamite na phali hadayaṃ satadhā vā sahassadhā vā, puññakāmena manujena kiṃ paradukkhāpanena, nanu nāma sakadānaṃ dātabbaṃ hotī”ti?
KN Mil, 5. anumānapañho, 3. vessantaravaggo, 1. vessantarapañho, para. 10 ⇒
“bhante nāgasena, yo paraṃ dukkhāpetvā dānaṃ deti, api nu taṃ dānaṃ sukhavipākaṃ hoti saggasaṃvattanikan”ti? “āma, mahārāja, kiṃ vattabban”ti. “iṅgha, bhante nāgasena, kāraṇaṃ upadassehī”ti. “idha, mahārāja, koci samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā sīlavā hoti kalyāṇadhammo, so bhaveyya pakkhahato vā pīṭhasappī vā aññataraṃ vā byādhiṃ āpanno, tamenaṃ yo koci puññakāmo yānaṃ āropetvā patthitaṃ desamanupāpeyya, api nu kho, mahārāja, tassa purisassa tatonidānaṃ kiñci sukhaṃ nibbatteyya saggasaṃvattanikaṃ taṃ kamman”ti? “āma, bhante, kiṃ vattabbaṃ? hatthiyānaṃ vā so, bhante, puriso labheyya assayānaṃ vā rathayānaṃ vā, thale thalayānaṃ jale jalayānaṃ devesu devayānaṃ manussesu manussayānaṃ, tadanucchavikaṃ tadanulomikaṃ bhave bhave nibbatteyya, tadanucchavikāni tadanulomikāni cassa sukhāni nibbatteyyuṃ, sugatito sugatiṃ gaccheyya, teneva kammābhisandena iddhiyānaṃ abhiruyha patthitaṃ nibbānanagaraṃ pāpuṇeyyā”ti. “tena hi, mahārāja, paradukkhāpanena dinnadānaṃ sukhavipākaṃ hoti saggasaṃvattanikaṃ, yaṃ so puriso balībadde dukkhāpetvā evarūpaṃ sukhaṃ anubhavati.
KN Mil, 5. anumānapañho, 3. vessantaravaggo, 1. vessantarapañho, para. 13 ⇒
“atidānaṃ, mahārāja, loke vidūhi vaṇṇitaṃ thutaṃ pasatthaṃ, ye keci yādisaṃ kīdisaṃ dānaṃ denti, atidānadāyī loke kittiṃ pāpuṇāti. yathā, mahārāja, atipavaratāya dibbaṃ vanamūlaṃ gahitampi hatthapāse ṭhitānaṃ parajanānaṃ na dassayati, agado atijaccatāya pīḷāya samugghātako rogānaṃ antakaro, aggi atijotitāya ḍahati, udakaṃ atisītatāya nibbāpeti, padumaṃ parisuddhatāya na upalimpati vārikaddamena, maṇi atiguṇatāya kāmadado, vajiraṃ atitikhiṇatāya vijjhati maṇimuttāphalikaṃ, pathavī atimahantatāya naroragamigapakkhijalaselapabbatadume dhāreti, samuddo atimahantatāya aparipūraṇo, sineru atibhāratāya acalo, ākāso ativitthāratāya ananto, sūriyo atippabhatāya timiraṃ ghāteti, sīho atijātitāya vigatabhayo, mallo atibalavatāya paṭimallaṃ khippaṃ ukkhipati, rājā atipuññatāya adhipati, bhikkhu atisīlavantatāya nāgayakkhanaramarūhi namassanīyo, buddho atiaggatāya anupamo. evameva kho, mahārāja, atidānaṃ nāma loke vidūhi vaṇṇitaṃ thutaṃ pasatthaṃ, ye keci yādisaṃ kīdisaṃ dānaṃ denti, atidānadāyī loke kittiṃ pāpuṇāti, atidānena vessantaro rājā dasasahassiyā lokadhātuyā vaṇṇito thuto pasattho mahito kittito, teneva atidānena vessantaro rājā ajjetarahi buddho jāto aggo sadevake loke.
KN Mil, 5. anumānapañho, 3. vessantaravaggo, 1. vessantarapañho, para. 27 ⇒
“api ca, mahārāja, vessantaro rājā jānāti ‘ayaṃ kho brāhmaṇo jiṇṇo vuḍḍho mahallako dubbalo bhaggo daṇḍaparāyaṇo khīṇāyuko parittapuñño, neso samattho ime dārake dāsabhogena bhuñjitun’ti. sakkuṇeyya pana, mahārāja, puriso pākatikena balena ime candimasūriye evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve gahetvā peḷāya vā samugge vā pakkhipitvā nippabhe katvā thālakaparibhogena paribhuñjitun”ti? “na hi, bhante”ti. “evameva kho, mahārāja, imasmiṃ loke candimasūriyappaṭibhāgassa vessantarassa dārakā na sakkā kenaci dāsabhogena bhuñjitunti.
KN Mil, 6. opammakathāpañho, 7. kumbhavaggo, 6. bhojanaṅgapañho, para. 2 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, mahārāja, bhojanaṃ sabbasattānaṃ balaṃ vaḍḍheti, evameva kho, mahārāja, yoginā yogāvacarena puññavaḍḍhiyā vaḍḍhitabbaṃ. idaṃ, mahārāja, bhojanassa dutiyaṃ aṅgaṃ gahetabbaṃ.
KN Mil, 6. opammakathāpañho, 7. kumbhavaggo, nigamanaṃ, para. 15 ⇒
iminā puññakammena, ito gacchāmi tussitaṃ.
KN Nett, 4. paṭiniddesavāro, 4. padaṭṭhānahāravibhaṅgo, para. 4 ⇒
titthaññutā pītaññutāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, pītaññutā pattaññutāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, pattaññutā attaññutāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, attaññutā pubbekatapuññatāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, pubbekatapuññatā patirūpadesavāsassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, patirūpadesavāso sappurisūpanissayassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, sappurisūpanissayo attasammāpaṇidhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, attasammāpaṇidhānaṃ sīlānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, sīlāni avippaṭisārassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, avippaṭisāro pāmojjassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, pāmojjaṃ pītiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ, pīti passaddhiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ, passaddhi sukhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, sukhaṃ samādhissa padaṭṭhānaṃ, samādhi yathābhūtañāṇadassanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ nibbidāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, nibbidā virāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, virāgo vimuttiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ. vimutti vimuttiñāṇadassanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. evaṃ yo koci upanissayo yo koci paccayo, sabbo so padaṭṭhānaṃ. tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano “dhammaṃ deseti jino”ti.
KN Nett, 4. paṭiniddesavāro, 8. vibhattihāravibhaṅgo, para. 2 ⇒
dve suttāni vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca. dve paṭipadā puññabhāgiyā ca phalabhāgiyā ca. dve sīlāni saṃvarasīlañca pahānasīlañca, tattha bhagavā vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ puññabhāgiyāya paṭipadāya desayati, so saṃvarasīle ṭhito tena brahmacariyena brahmacārī bhavati, tattha bhagavā nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ phalabhāgiyāya paṭipadāya desayati, so pahānasīle ṭhito tena brahmacariyena brahmacārī bhavati.
KN Nett, 4. paṭiniddesavāro, 8. vibhattihāravibhaṅgo, para. 7 ⇒
dassanabhūmi niyāmāvakkantiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ, bhāvanābhūmi uttarikānaṃ phalānaṃ pattiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ, dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā samathassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā vipassanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu parato ghosassa sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu cintāmayiyā paññāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu bhāvanāmayiyā paññāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu parato ca ghosassa sutamayiyā ca paññāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu cintāmayiyā ca paññāya yoniso ca manasikārassa sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu bhāvanāmayiyā ca paññāya sammādiṭṭhiyā ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. patirūpadesavāso vivekassa ca samādhissa ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, sappurisūpanissayo tiṇṇañca aveccappasādānaṃ samathassa ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, attasammāpaṇidhānaṃ hiriyā ca vipassanāya ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, akusalapariccāgo kusalavīmaṃsāya ca samādhindriyassa ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, dhammasvākkhātatā kusalamūlaropanāya ca phalasamāpattiyā ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, saṅghasuppaṭipannatā saṅghasuṭṭhutāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, satthusampadā appasannānañca pasādāya pasannānañca bhiyyobhāvāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, appaṭihatapātimokkhatā dummaṅkūnañca puggalānaṃ niggahāya pesalānañca puggalānaṃ phāsuvihārāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano “dhammañca padaṭṭhānan”ti.
KN Nett, 4. paṭiniddesavāro, 10. vevacanahāravibhaṅgo, para. 21 ⇒
yathā ca saṅghānussatiyaṃ vuttaṃ suppaṭipanno ujuppaṭipanno ñāyappaṭipanno sāmīcippaṭipanno yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa, sīlasampanno samādhisampanno paññāsampanno vimuttisampanno vimuttiñāṇadassanasampanno sattānaṃ sāro sattānaṃ maṇḍo sattānaṃ uddhāro sattānaṃ esikā sattānaṃ surabhipasūnaṃ pujjo devānañca manussānañcāti saṅghānussatiyā etaṃ vevacanaṃ.
KN Nett, 4. paṭiniddesavāro, 14. adhiṭṭhānahāravibhaṅgo, para. 17 ⇒
“vijjā”ti ekattatā. tattha katamā vijjā? dukkhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ, pubbante ñāṇaṃ, aparante ñāṇaṃ, pubbantāparante ñāṇaṃ, idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ, yā evarūpā paññā pajānanā vicayo pavicayo dhammavicayo saṃlakkhaṇā upalakkhaṇā paccupalakkhaṇā paṇḍiccaṃ kosallaṃ nepuññaṃ vebhabyā cintā upaparikkhā bhūrī medhā pariṇāyikā vipassanā sampajaññaṃ patodo paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ paññāsatthaṃ paññāpāsādo paññāāloko paññāobhāso paññāpajjoto paññāratanaṃ amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo maggaṅgaṃ maggapariyāpannaṃ. ayaṃ vemattatā.
KN Nett, 4. paṭiniddesavāro, 2. vicayahārasampāto, para. 22 ⇒
yathākammaṃ gamissanti, puññapāpaphalūpagā.
KN Nett, 4. paṭiniddesavāro, 2. vicayahārasampāto, para. 23 ⇒
nirayaṃ pāpakammantā, puññakammā ca suggatiṃ.
KN Nett, 4. paṭiniddesavāro, 2. vicayahārasampāto, para. 25 ⇒
sabbe sattāti ariyā ca anariyā ca sakkāyapariyāpannā ca sakkāyavītivattā ca. marissantīti dvīhi maraṇehi dandhamaraṇena ca adandhamaraṇena ca, sakkāyapariyāpannānaṃ adandhamaraṇaṃ sakkāyavītivattānaṃ dandhamaraṇaṃ. maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitanti khayā āyussa indriyānaṃ uparodhā jīvitapariyanto maraṇapariyanto. yathākammaṃ gamissantīti kammassakatā. puññapāpaphalūpagāti kammānaṃ phaladassāvitā ca avippavāso ca.
KN Nett, 4. paṭiniddesavāro, 2. vicayahārasampāto, para. 26 ⇒
nirayaṃ pāpakammantāti apuññasaṅkhārā. puññakammā ca suggatinti puññasaṅkhārā sugatiṃ gamissanti. apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavāti sabbasaṅkhārānaṃ samatikkamanaṃ. tenāha bhagavā — “sabbe . pe . nāsavā”ti.
KN Nett, 4. paṭiniddesavāro, 2. vicayahārasampāto, para. 27 ⇒
“sabbe sattā marissanti, maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitaṃ. yathākammaṃ gamissanti, puññapāpaphalūpagā. nirayaṃ pāpakammantā”ti āgāḷhā ca nijjhāmā ca paṭipadā. “apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavā”ti majjhimā paṭipadā. “sabbe sattā marissanti, maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitaṃ, yathākammaṃ gamissanti, puññapāpaphalūpagā, nirayaṃ pāpakammantā”ti ayaṃ saṃkileso. evaṃ saṃsāraṃ nibbattayati. “sabbe sattā marissanti . pe . nirayaṃ pāpakammantā”ti ime tayo vaṭṭā dukkhavaṭṭo kammavaṭṭo kilesavaṭṭo. “apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavā”ti tiṇṇaṃ vaṭṭānaṃ vivaṭṭanā. “sabbe sattā marissanti . pe . nirayaṃ pāpakammantā”ti ādīnavo, “puññakammā ca suggatin”ti assādo, “apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavā”ti nissaraṇaṃ. “sabbe sattā marissanti . pe . nirayaṃ pāpakammantā”ti hetu ca phalañca, pañcakkhandhā phalaṃ, taṇhā hetu, “apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavā”ti maggo ca phalañca. “sabbe sattā marissanti, maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitaṃ. yathākammaṃ gamissanti, puññapāpaphalūpagā, nirayaṃ pāpakammantā”ti ayaṃ saṃkileso, so saṃkileso tividho taṇhāsaṃkileso diṭṭhisaṃkileso duccaritasaṃkilesoti.
KN Nett, 4. paṭiniddesavāro, 2. vicayahārasampāto, para. 30 ⇒
“sabbe sattā marissanti, maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitaṃ, yathākammaṃ gamissanti, puññapāpaphalūpagā, nirayaṃ pāpakammantā”ti apuññappaṭipadā, “puññakammā ca suggatin”ti puññappaṭipadā, “apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavā”ti puññapāpasamatikkamappaṭipadā, tattha yā ca puññappaṭipadā yā ca apuññappaṭipadā, ayaṃ ekā paṭipadā sabbatthagāminī ekā apāyesu, ekā devesu, yā ca puññapāpasamatikkamā paṭipadā ayaṃ tattha tattha gāminī paṭipadā.
KN Nett, nayasamuṭṭhānaṃ, para. 2 ⇒
tattha kiṃkāraṇaṃ yaṃ diṭṭhicaritā ito bahiddhā pabbajitā attakilamathānuyogamanuyuttā viharanti, taṇhācaritā ito bahiddhā pabbajitā kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogamanuyuttā viharanti? ito bahiddhā natthi saccavavatthānaṃ, kuto catusaccappakāsanā vā samathavipassanākosallaṃ vā upasamasukhappatti vā! te upasamasukhassa anabhiññā viparītacetā evamāhaṃsu “natthi sukhena sukhaṃ, dukkhena nāma sukhaṃ adhigantabban”ti. yo kāme paṭisevati, so lokaṃ vaḍḍhayati, yo lokaṃ vaḍḍhayati, so bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavatīti te evaṃsaññī evaṃdiṭṭhī dukkhena sukhaṃ patthayamānā kāmesu puññasaññī attakilamathānuyogamanuyuttā ca viharanti kāmasukhallikānuyogamanuyuttā ca, te tadabhiññā santā rogameva vaḍḍhayanti, gaṇḍameva vaḍḍhayanti, sallameva vaḍḍhayanti, te rogābhitunnā gaṇḍapaṭipīḷitā sallānuviddhā nirayatiracchānayonipetāsuresu ummujjanimujjāni karontā ugghātanigghātaṃ paccanubhontā rogagaṇḍasallabhesajjaṃ na vindanti. tattha attakilamathānuyogo kāmasukhallikānuyogo ca saṃkileso, samathavipassanā vodānaṃ. attakilamathānuyogo kāmasukhallikānuyogo ca rogo, samathavipassanā roganigghātakabhesajjaṃ. attakilamathānuyogo kāmasukhallikānuyogo ca gaṇḍo, samathavipassanā gaṇḍanigghātakabhesajjaṃ . attakilamathānuyogo kāmasukhallikānuyogo ca sallo, samathavipassanā salluddharaṇabhesajjaṃ.
KN Nett, sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ, para. 2 ⇒
tattha saṃkileso tividho — taṇhāsaṃkileso diṭṭhisaṃkileso duccaritasaṃkileso. tattha taṇhāsaṃkileso samathena visujjhati, so samatho samādhikkhandho. diṭṭhisaṃkileso vipassanāya visujjhati, sā vipassanā paññākkhandho. duccaritasaṃkileso sucaritena visujjhati, taṃ sucaritaṃ sīlakkhandho. tassa sīle patiṭṭhitassa yadi āsatti uppajjati bhavesu, evaṃ sāyaṃ samathavipassanā bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakriyavatthu bhavati tatrūpapattiyā saṃvattati. imāni cattāri suttāni, sādhāraṇāni katāni aṭṭha bhavanti, tāniyeva aṭṭha suttāni sādhāraṇāni katāni soḷasa bhavanti.
KN Nett, sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ, para. 194 ⇒
kammassa phalaṃ vipāko, etādisaṃ katapuññā labhantī”ti.
KN Nett, sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ, para. 196 ⇒
“dānakathā sīlakathā saggakathā puññakathā puññavipākakathā””ti.
KN Nett, sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ, para. 213 ⇒
“yaṃ mayā pasutaṃ puññaṃ, tena ca puññena deva sobhaggaṃ.
KN Nett, sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ, para. 308 ⇒
etaṃ bhayaṃ maraṇe pekkhamāno, puññāni kayirātha sukhāvahāni.
KN Nett, sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ, para. 498 ⇒
sukiccaṃ ceva puññāni, saṃyojanavippahānaṃ vā”ti.
KN Nett, sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ, para. 499 ⇒
“sukiccaṃ ceva puññānī””ti vāsanā. “saṃyojanavippahānaṃ vā”ti nibbedho.
KN Nett, sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ, para. 500 ⇒
“puññāni karitvāna, saggā saggaṃ vajanti katapuññā.
KN Nett, sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ, para. 502 ⇒
“puññāni karitvāna, saggā saggaṃ vajanti katapuññā””ti vāsanā. “saṃyojanappahānā jarāmaraṇā vippamuccantī”ti nibbedho. idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ.
KN Nett, sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ, para. 525 ⇒
“laddhāna mānusattaṃ dve, kiccaṃ akiccameva cā”ti dve gāthā. yaṃ iha “sukiccaṃ ceva puññānī””ti ca “puññāni karitvāna, saggā saggaṃ vajanti katapuññā””ti ca. idaṃ lokiyaṃ.
KN Nett, sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ, para. 653 ⇒
“ubho puññañca pāpañca, yaṃ macco kurute idha.
KN Nett, sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ, para. 657 ⇒
puññāni paralokasmiṃ, patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan”ti.
KN Nett, sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ, para. 684 ⇒
“ubho puññañca pāpañca, yaṃ macco kurute idha.
KN Nett, sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ, para. 689 ⇒
“puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, paṇḍitaṃ pīṭhasamārūḷhaṃ vā mañcasamārūḷhaṃ vā chamāyaṃ vā semānaṃ yānissa pubbe kalyāṇāni kammāni katāni kāyena sucaritāni vācāya sucaritāni manasā sucaritāni, tānissa tamhi samaye olambanti ajjholambanti abhippalambanti. seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahataṃ pabbatakūṭānaṃ chāyā sāyanhasamayaṃ pathaviyaṃ olambanti ajjholambanti abhippalambanti. evameva kho, bhikkhave, paṇḍitaṃ pīṭhasamārūḷhaṃ vā mañcasamārūḷhaṃ vā chamāyaṃ vā semānaṃ yānissa pubbe kalyāṇāni kammāni katāni kāyena sucaritāni vācāya sucaritāni manasā sucaritāni, tānissa tamhi samaye olambanti ajjholambanti abhippalambanti. tatra, bhikkhave, paṇḍitassa ‘evaṃ hoti akataṃ vata me pāpaṃ, akataṃ luddaṃ, akataṃ kibbisaṃ. kataṃ kalyāṇaṃ, kataṃ kusalaṃ, kataṃ bhīruttāṇaṃ, yāvatā bho akatapāpānaṃ akataluddānaṃ akatakibbisānaṃ katakalyāṇānaṃ katakusalānaṃ katabhīruttāṇānaṃ gati, taṃ gatiṃ pecca gacchāmī’ti, so na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattāḷiṃ kandati na sammohaṃ āpajjati, ‘kataṃ me puññaṃ, akataṃ pāpaṃ, yā bhavissati gati akatapāpassa akataluddassa akatakibbisassa katapuññassa katakusalassa katabhīruttāṇassa, taṃ pecca bhave gatiṃ paccanubhavissāmī’ti vippaṭisāro na jāyati. avippaṭisārino kho, bhikkhave, itthiyā vā purisassa vā gihino vā pabbajitassa vā bhaddakaṃ maraṇaṃ bhaddikā kālaṅkiriyāti vadāmī”ti. idaṃ kammaṃ.
KN Nett, sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ, para. 706 ⇒
“mā, bhikkhave, puññānaṃ bhāyittha, sukhassetaṃ, bhikkhave, adhivacanaṃ iṭṭhassa kantassa piyassa manāpassa yadidaṃ puññāni. abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dīgharattaṃ katānaṃ puññānaṃ iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ piyaṃ manāpaṃ vipākaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ, satta vassāni mettacittaṃ bhāvetvā satta saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe na imaṃ lokaṃ punarāgamāsiṃ. saṃvaṭṭamāne sudāhaṃ, bhikkhave, kappe ābhassarūpago homi. vivaṭṭamāne kappe suññaṃ brahmavimānaṃ upapajjāmi. tatra sudāhaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmā homi mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī. chattiṃsakkhattuṃ kho panāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sakko ahosiṃ devānamindo, anekasatakkhattuṃ rājā ahosiṃ cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato, ko pana vādo padesarajjassa? tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi ‘kissa nu kho me idaṃ kammassa phalaṃ, kissa kammassa vipāko, yenāhaṃ etarahi evaṃmahiddhiko evaṃmahānubhāvo’ti. tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi ‘tiṇṇaṃ kho me idaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ kammānaṃ vipāko. yenāhaṃ etarahi evaṃmahiddhiko evaṃmahānubhāvo’ti. seyyathidaṃ, dānassa damassa saṃyamassā”ti. tattha yañca dānaṃ yo ca damo yo ca saṃyamo, idaṃ kammaṃ. yo tappaccayā vipāko paccanubhūto, ayaṃ vipāko. tathā cūḷakammavibhaṅgo vattabbo.
KN Nett, sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ, para. 766 ⇒
“tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, aggāni. katamāni tīṇi? yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā catuppadā vā bahuppadā vā rūpino vā arūpino vā saññino vā asaññino vā nevasaññīnāsaññino vā, tathāgato tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati seṭṭhamakkhāyati pavaramakkhāyati, yadidaṃ arahaṃ sammāsambuddho. yāvatā, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ paṇṇattisaṅkhatānaṃ vā asaṅkhatānaṃ vā, virāgo tesaṃ dhammānaṃ aggamakkhāyati seṭṭhamakkhāyati pavaramakkhāyati, yadidaṃ madanimmadano . pe . nirodho nibbānaṃ. yāvatā, bhikkhave, saṅghānaṃ paṇṇatti gaṇānaṃ paṇṇatti mahājanasannipātānaṃ paṇṇatti, tathāgatasāvakasaṅgho tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati seṭṭhamakkhāyati pavaramakkhāyati, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā . pe . puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti.
KN Peṭ, 2. sāsanapaṭṭhānadutiyabhūmi, , para. 45 ⇒
“dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati.
KN Peṭ, 2. sāsanapaṭṭhānadutiyabhūmi, , para. 47 ⇒
“dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatī”ti vāsanā. “kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ, rāgadosamohakkhayā sanibbuto”ti nibbedho.
KN Peṭ, 2. sāsanapaṭṭhānadutiyabhūmi, , para. 73 ⇒
cattāro ceva puggalā, dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhitaṃ.
KN Peṭ, 2. sāsanapaṭṭhānadutiyabhūmi, , para. 115 ⇒
“sukho vipāko puññānaṃ, adhippāyo ca ijjhati.
KN Peṭ, 2. sāsanapaṭṭhānadutiyabhūmi, , para. 117 ⇒
yo ca vipāko puññānaṃ yā ca adhippāyassa ijjhanā, ayaṃ assādo. yaṃ khippañca paramaṃ santiṃ nibbānamadhigacchati, idaṃ nissaraṇaṃ.
KN Peṭ, 2. sāsanapaṭṭhānadutiyabhūmi, tatthimā uddānagāthā, para. 12 ⇒
sukho vipāko puññānaṃ, tatiyaṃ aññaṃ na vijjati.
KN Peṭ, 3. suttādhiṭṭhānatatiyabhūmi, , para. 10 ⇒
dadanti yaṃ yaṃ dānaṃ, idaṃ dānamayikaṃ puññakriyaṃ. tattha hetu. yaṃ cetaṃ. bhajanti naṃ bahū, kittinti yo ca kalyāṇo kittisaddo loke abbhuggacchati, yaṃ bahukassa janassa piyo bhavati manāpo ca. yañca avippaṭisārī kālaṅkaroti ayaṃ nissando. yaṃ kāyassa bhedā devesu upapajjatīti idaṃ phalaṃ. idaṃ lobhādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
KN Peṭ, 3. suttādhiṭṭhānatatiyabhūmi, , para. 40 ⇒
sabbe ca pāṇe manasānukampaṃ, pahūtamariyo pakaroti puññaṃ.
KN Peṭ, 3. suttādhiṭṭhānatatiyabhūmi, , para. 41 ⇒
ekampi ce pāṇamaduṭṭhacitto mettāyatīti ayaṃ adoso. nigghātena assādo, kusalo tena hotīti tena kusalena dhammena saṃyutto dhammapaññattiṃ gacchati. kusaloti yathā paññāya pañño paṇḍiccena paṇḍito. pahūtamariyo pakaroti puññanti tassāyeva vipāko ayaṃ lokiyassa, na hi lokuttarassa. tattha yā mettāyanā, ayaṃ hetu. yaṃ kusalo bhavati ayaṃ nissando. yāva abyāpajjo bhūmiyaṃ bahupuññaṃ pasavati, idaṃ phalaṃ. iti adoso niddiṭṭho hetuto ca nissandato ca phalato ca.
KN Peṭ, 5. pañcamabhūmi, para. 65 ⇒
53. tattha katamo otaraṇo hāro? chasu dhammesu otāretabbaṃ. katamesu chasu? khandhesu dhātūsu āyatanesu indriyesu saccesu paṭiccasamuppādesu. natthi taṃ suttaṃ vā gāthā vā byākaraṇaṃ vā. imesu channaṃ dhammānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ na sandissati. ettāvatā esa sabbā desanā yā tā khandhā vā dhātuyo vā āyatanāni vā saccāni vā paṭiccasamuppādo vā, tattha pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ vedanākkhandho rāgadosamohānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. tattha tisso vedanāyo tassa sukhāya vedanāya somanasso savicāro, dukkhāya vedanāya domanasso savicāro, adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya upekkho savicāro. yaṃ puna tattha vedayitaṃ idaṃ dukkhasaccaṃ, khandhesu saṅkhārakkhandho tattha kāyo pamattaṃ saupavattati, tañca saṅkhāragato dvidhā ca bhavaṅgotaraṇaṃ kammaṃ tīṇi ca saṅkhārāni puññābhisaṅkhārā vā apuññā vā āneñjā vā hetu sabbasarāgassa no vītarāgassa, dosassa abhisaṅkhārāni ca avītarāgo ceteti ca pakappeti ca, vītarāgo pana ceteti ca no abhisaṅkharoti, yaṃ uṇhaṃ vajiraṃ kaṭṭhe vā rukkhe vā aññattha vā patantaṃ bhindati ca ḍahati ca, evaṃ sarāgacetanā ceteti ca abhisaṅkharoti ca. yathā sataṃ vajiraṃ na bhindati na ca ḍahati, evaṃ vītarāgacetanā ceteti na ca abhisaṅkharoti. tattha pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ eko khandho anindriyasarīraṃ saññākkhandho.
KN Peṭ, 5. pañcamabhūmi, para. 83 ⇒
dasa tathāgatabalāni cattāri vesārajjāni puññāni anaññākataṃ avijjā samanantarapaccayatāya saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo yena cittena saha samuppannā avijjā tassa cittassa samanantaracittaṃ samuppannanti, tassa yaṃ samanantaracittaṃ samuppannanti, tassa pacchimassa cittassa purimacittaṃ hetupaccayatāya paccayo, tena avijjā hetu tena cittena upādānaṃ anokāsakatā ñāṇaṃ na uppajjanti. yā tassa appamādā dhātu abhijjhābhisanditā tahiṃ vipallāsā uppajjanti “asubhe subhan”ti “dukkhe sukhan”ti, tattha saṅkhārā uppajjanti rattā duṭṭhā mūlassa cetanā rāgapariyuṭṭhānena byāpādapariyuṭṭhānena avijjāpariyuṭṭhānena diṭṭhivipallāso vatthuniddese niddisitabbo, yaṃ viparītacitto vijānāti ayaṃ cittavipallāso, yā viparītasaññā upaggaṇhāti ayaṃ saññāvipallāso. yaṃ viparītadiṭṭhi abhinivisati ayaṃ diṭṭhivipallāso. aṭṭha micchattāni vaḍḍhanti, tīṇi akusalāni ayoniso manasikāre uppannaṃ viññāṇañca vijjañca karonti. iti pubbāparante akusalānātaritaro saṅkhārā vuddhiṃ vepullataṃ gacchanti. te ca mahatā ca appaṭividitā ponobhavikā saṅkhārā bhavanti. iti evaṃ avijjā sahajātapaccayatāya saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo samanantarapaccayatāya ca.
KN Peṭ, 6. suttatthasamuccayabhūmi, para. 51 ⇒
cattāri cakkāni patirūpadesavāso cakkaṃ, sappurisūpanissayo cakkaṃ, attasammāpaṇidhānaṃ cakkaṃ, pubbe katapuññatā cakkaṃ. tattha ariyasannissayalakkhaṇo patirūpadesavāso, so sappurisūpanissayassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. ariyasannissayalakkhaṇo sappurissūpanissayo, so attasammāpaṇidhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. sammāpaṭipattilakkhaṇaṃ attasammāpaṇidhānaṃ, taṃ puññānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ. kusaladhammopacayalakkhaṇaṃ puññaṃ, taṃ sabbasampattīnaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.
KN Peṭ, 7. hārasampātabhūmi, para. 34 ⇒
samāropano paccayoti ye kāmesu sattā sugatā surūpāti ayaṃ kāmadhātuyā chando rāgo te apuññamayā saṅkhārā. te kiṃ paccayā? avijjā paccayā. te kissa paccayā? viññāṇassa paccayā. iti avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā. saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ yāva jarāmaraṇaṃ evametassa kevalassa mahato dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti ekaṃ suttaṃ gataṃ. pañcanīvaraṇikaṃ suttaṃ kātabbaṃ.
KN Peṭ, 7. hārasampātabhūmi, para. 79 ⇒
tattha katamā paññatti? yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ bījaṃ paññattiyā paññattaṃ. paribhāvanā vāsanā paññattiyā paññatti. saddhā pasādapaññattiyā paññattā. sīlaṃ sucaritapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. cāgo puññakiriyapaññattiyā paññatto. paññā vīmaṃsapaññattiyā paññattā. ime tayo dhammā saddhā sīlaṃ cāgo paññavato pārisuddhiṃ gacchanti.
KN Peṭ, 7. hārasampātabhūmi, para. 215 ⇒
1.7. yaṃ cetasikaṃ yaṃ pakappitaṃ vitthārena paccayo, yaṃ vā cetasikaṃ kāyikaṃ cetasikaṃ kammaṃ. kiṃkāraṇā? cetasikā hi cetanā manokammāti vuccate, sā cetanākammaṃ, yaṃ cetasikaṃ imaṃ kāyikañca vācasikañca imāni tīṇi kammāni niddiṭṭhāni. kāyakammaṃ vacīkammañca tāni kusalāni piyaṃ kāyena ca vācāya ca ārabhati parāmasati, ayaṃ vuccati sīlabbataparāmāso. saṅkappanā te tividhā saṅkhārā puññamayā apuññamayā āneñjamayā, tappaccayā viññāṇaṃ te ārammaṇametaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā. yā subhasaññā sukhasaññā attasaññā ca. idaṃ cetasikaṃ. yaṃ rūpūpagaṃ viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhati rūpārammaṇaṃ rūpapatiṭṭhitaṃ nandūpasecanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullataṃ gacchati, ayaṃ saṅkappanā, iti yaṃ viññāṇaṭṭhitīsu ṭhitaṃ paṭhamābhinibbattiārammaṇavasena upādānaṃ, idaṃ vuccati cetasikanti.
KN Peṭ, 7. hārasampātabhūmi, para. 222 ⇒
na ca cetetīti pariyuṭṭhānasamugghātaṃ dasseti. na ca anusetīti anusayasamugghātaṃ dasseti . na ca cetetīti oḷārikānaṃ kilesānaṃ pahānaṃ dasseti. na ca anusetīti sukhumānaṃ kilesānaṃ pahānaṃ dasseti. na ca cetetīti yena bhūmi ca na ca patthayantīti sakadāgāmī anāgāmī, na ca anusetīti arahaṃ, na ca cetetīti sīlakkhandhassa paṭipakkhena pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca patthayatīti samādhikkhandhassa paṭipakkhena pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca anusayatīti paññākkhandhassa paṭipakkhena pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca cetetīti apuññamayānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca patthayatīti puññamayānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca anusetīti āneñjamayānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ pahānaṃ dasseti, na ca cetetīti anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ, na ca patthayatīti aññindriyaṃ, na ca anusayatīti aññātāvino indriyaṃ. na ca cetetīti mudukā indriyabhāvanā, na ca patthayatīti majjhaindriyabhāvanā, na ca anusetīti adhimattā indriyabhāvanā. ayaṃ suttattho.
KN Peṭ, 7. hārasampātabhūmi, para. 281 ⇒
dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati.
KN Peṭ, 7. hārasampātabhūmi, para. 284 ⇒
dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamatoti tīhi padehi lokikaṃ kusalamūlaṃ vuttaṃ. rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti lokuttaraṃ kusalamūlaṃ vuttaṃ.
KN Peṭ, 7. hārasampātabhūmi, para. 285 ⇒
dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti puthujjanabhūmiṃ manteti. kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti sekkhabhūmiṃ manteti. rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti asekkhabhūmi vuttā.
KN Peṭ, 7. hārasampātabhūmi, para. 286 ⇒
dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti magganiyā paṭipadā vuttā. kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti sekkhavimutti. rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti asekkhavimutti.
KN Peṭ, 7. hārasampātabhūmi, para. 287 ⇒
dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ maggakathaṃ lokikānaṃ dhammānaṃ desanamāha. kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti loke ādīnavānupassanā. rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti sāmukkaṃsikāya dhammadesanāyapi paṭividdhā.
KN Peṭ, 7. hārasampātabhūmi, para. 288 ⇒
dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti pāṇānaṃ abhayadānena pāṇātipātā veramaṇisattānaṃ abhayaṃ deti. evaṃ sabbāni sikkhāpadāni kātabbāni. saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti sīle patiṭṭhāya cittaṃ saṃyameti, tassa saṃyamato pāripūriṃ gacchati. rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti dve vimuttiyo. ayaṃ suttaniddeso.
KN Peṭ, 7. hārasampātabhūmi, para. 289 ⇒
116. tattha katamā desanā? imamhi sutte kiṃ desitaṃ? dve sugatiyo devā ca manussā ca, dibbā ca pañcakāmaguṇā, mānussakā ca. dvīhi padehi niddeso. dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati, kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti maggo vutto. rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti dve nibbānadhātuyo desitā sopādisesā ca anupādisesā ca. ayaṃ desanā.
KN Peṭ, 7. hārasampātabhūmi, para. 290 ⇒
vicayoti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti iminā paṭhamena padena dānamayikapuññakiriyavatthu vuttaṃ. tenassa ānantariyānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ. dutiyena padena. yanti, niyyānikaṃ sāsananti, ayaṃ adhippāyo. assavanena ca amanasikārena ca appaṭivedhena ca sakkāyasamudayagāminī paṭipadā vuttā. savanena ca manasikārena ca paṭivedhena ca sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā vuttā. ayaṃ āvaṭṭo.
KN Peṭ, 7. hārasampātabhūmi, para. 297 ⇒
117. tattha katamaṃ vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ? dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti gāthā. dadatoti dānamayikapuññakiriyavatthu vuttaṃ. saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti sīlamayikapuññakiriyavatthu vuttaṃ. kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti lobhassa ca mohassa ca byāpādassa ca pahānamāha. rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti lobhassa ca mohassa ca byāpādassa ca chandarāgavinayamāhāti. dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti gāthā alobho kusalamūlaṃ bhavati. saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti adoso kusalamūlaṃ bhavati. saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti averā asapattā abyāpādatāya sadā. kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti ñāṇuppādā aññāṇanirodho. catutthapadena rāgadosamohakkhayena rāgavirāgā cetovimuttimohakkhayena avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti, ayaṃ vicayo.
KN Peṭ, 7. hārasampātabhūmi, para. 298 ⇒
yuttīti dāne ṭhito ubhayaṃ hi paripūreti. macchariyañca pajahati. puññañca pavaḍḍhati. atthi esā yutti.
KN Peṭ, 7. hārasampātabhūmi, para. 299 ⇒
padaṭṭhānanti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti cāgādhiṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti paññādhiṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti saccādhiṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti upasamādhiṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. ayaṃ padaṭṭhāno.
KN Peṭ, 7. hārasampātabhūmi, para. 300 ⇒
tattha katamo lakkhaṇo? dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati. dadatopi veraṃ na kariyāti kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbuto rūpakkhayāpi vedanakkhayāpi, yena rūpena diṭṭhaṃ, tena tathāgato paññapento paññapeyya rūpassa khayā virāganirodhāti evaṃ pañcakkhandhā.
KN Peṭ, 7. hārasampātabhūmi, para. 303 ⇒
vibhattīti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti na ekaṃsena yo rājadaṇḍabhayena deti, yo ca akappiyassa paribhogena sīlavantesu deti, na tassa puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti so cetaṃ dānaṃ akusalena deti, daṇḍadānaṃ satthadānaṃ apuññamayaṃ pavaḍḍhati, na puññaṃ. saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti na ekaṃsena kiṃ kāraṇaṃ yañca yo padaṃ diṭṭhadhammikaṃ passati yadi mama rājāno gahetvā hatthaṃ vā chindeyya . pe . na tena saṃyamena veraṃ na karoti. yo tu evaṃ samādiyati pāṇātipātassa pāpako vipākoti, diṭṭhe yeva dhamme abhisamparāye ca evaṃ sabbassa akusalassa hetuto ārati. iminā saṃyamena veraṃ na cīyati.
KN Peṭ, 7. hārasampātabhūmi, para. 304 ⇒
parivattanāti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti adadato puññaṃ na pavaḍḍhati. yaṃ dānamayaṃ, taṃ saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati, asaṃyamato veraṃ karīyati. kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ akusalo na jahāti. rāgadosamohakkhayā sanibbutoti dūtaṃ pesetvā paṇītaṃ pesetvāpi na pakkosāmi, so sayameva pana mahābhikkhusaṅghaparivāro amhākaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ sampatto amhehi ca santhāgārasālā kāritā, ettha mayaṃ dasabalaṃ ānetvā maṅgalaṃ bhaṇāpemāti cintetvā upasaṅkamiṃsu. yena santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti taṃ divasaṃ kira santhāgāre cittakammaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā aṭṭakā muttamattā honti. buddhā nāma araññajjhāsayā araññārāmā antogāme vaseyyuṃ vā no vāti tasmā bhagavato manaṃ jānitvāva paṭijaggissāmāti cintetvā te bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu. idāni pana manaṃ labhitvā paṭijaggitukāmā yena santhāgāraṃ, tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. sabbasantharinti yathā sabbaṃ santhataṃ hoti evaṃ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti. ettha pana te mallarājāno santhāgāraṃ paṭijaggitvā nagaravīthiyopi sammajjāpetvā dhaje ussāpetvā suvaṇṇaghaṭikadaliyo ca ṭhapāpetvā sakalanagaraṃ dīpamālāhi vippakiṇṇatārakaṃ viya katvā khīrapake dārake khīraṃ pāyetha, dahare kumāre lahuṃ lahuṃ bhojāpetvā sayāpetha, uccāsaddaṃ mākari, ajja ekarattiṃ satthā antogāmeva vasissati, buddhā nāma appasaddakāmā hontīti bheriṃ carāpetvā sayaṃ daṇḍakadīpikā ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. bhagavantaṃ yeva purakkhatvāti bhagavantaṃ purato katvā, tattha bhagavā bhikkhūnañceva upāsakānañca majjhe nisinno ativiya virocati. samantapāsādiko suvaṇṇavaṇṇo abhirūpo dassanīyo puratthimakāyato suvaṇṇavaṇṇā rasmi uṭṭhahitvā gaganatale asītihatthaṃ ṭhānaṃ gaṇhāti. pacchimakāyato dakkhiṇahatthato vāmahatthato suvaṇṇavaṇṇā heṭṭhā pādatalehi pavāḷavaṇṇarasmi uṭṭhahitvā ghanapathaviyaṃ asītihatthaṃ ṭhānaṃ gaṇhāti, evaṃ samantā asītihatthamattaṃ ṭhānaṃ chabbaṇṇabuddharasmiyo vijjotamānā vitaṇḍamānā vidhāvanti, sabbe disābhāgā suvaṇṇacampakapupphehi vikiriyamānā viya suvaṇṇaghaṭato nikkhantasuvaṇṇarasadhārāhi siñcamānā viya pasāritasuvaṇṇapaṭaparikkhittā vviya verambhavātasamuṭṭhitakiṃsukakiṃsukārakaṇikārapupphacuṇṇasamokiṇṇā viya vippakasantaṃ asītianubyañjanabyāmappabhā dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇasamujjalaṃ sarīraṃ samuggatatārakaṃ viya gaganatalaṃ vikasitamiva padumavanaṃ sabbaphāliphullo viya yojanasatiko pāricchattako paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapitānaṃ dvattiṃsacandānaṃ dvattiṃsasūriyānaṃ dvattiṃsacakkavattīnaṃ dvattiṃsadevarājānaṃ dvattiṃsamahābrahmānaṃ nibbuto asekkhassa natthi nibbuti.
KN Peṭ, 7. hārasampātabhūmi, para. 305 ⇒
vevacananti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, anumodatopi puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati. cittassa samādahatopi veyyāvaccakiriyāyapi puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti.
KN Peṭ, 7. hārasampātabhūmi, para. 306 ⇒
paññattīti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, alobhassa paṭinissayaghātapaññattiyā paññattaṃ. saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti adosassa paṭinissayaghātapaññattiyā paññattaṃ kusalo ca jahāti pāpakanti amohassa paṭinissayaghātapaññattiyā paññattaṃ.
KN Peṭ, 7. hārasampātabhūmi, para. 307 ⇒
otaraṇoti pañcasu indriyesu dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati, saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati saṃyamena sīlakkhandho. otiṇṇo chasu indriyesu saṃvaro, ayaṃ samādhikkhandho, yaṃ kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ, ayaṃ paññākkhandho, rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti vimuttikkhandho. dhātūsu dhammadhātu, āyatanesu manāyatanaṃ.
KN Peṭ, 7. hārasampātabhūmi, para. 311 ⇒
samāropanoti dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti gāthā tassa sīlampi vaḍḍhati. saṃyamopi vaḍḍhati. saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyatīti. aññepi kilesā na cīyanti yepissa tappaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātā, tepissa na uppajjanti. rāgadosamohakkhayā sa nibbutoti rāgadosassāpi khayā rāgānusayassapi khayā dosassa mohassāpi sa nibbutoti sopādisesā nibbānadhātu anupādisesāpi. ayaṃ samāropano.
B. Thanissaro’s commentary on Merit
Ṭhānissaro Bhikkhu’s thoughts on the subject culled from his writings and Dhamma talks.
* Merits should be dedicated to the dead and not the living.
* The reason is because the living wouldn’t benefit from dedication of merits unless they know you're dedicating it to them.
* For the living, instead of dedicating merit, give Metta since they'll receive it whether they know you're sending it or not.
* Hungry ghosts can benefit directly from merit dedications as they can be aware of them, which is why they are known to enjoy visiting monasteries.
Question:
* Is it disadvantageous to dedicate merits to evil beings? For example if we dedicate merits to Donald Trump, might that enable him to win a future term and do more evil in the world?
Answer:
* AG responded that Trump wouldn’t know about the dedication, so he wouldn't receive the benefit.
* questioner follows up with, what if Trump keeps a psychic under employment, and knows merit is being dedicated?
* (no answer from AG)
Summary
* metta and brahmavihara: you can send to any being living or dead, and they'll receive and benefit regardless of whether they know you are sending it
* sharing of merit: the recipient has to know about the dedication, unless it's a ghost of a relative, ancestor.
* For a human, they have to know that you are dedicating merits to them, and they have to accept them for the benefits to be effective.
* Merit and Metta can be dedicated to one being or many beings, and the amount of benefit for each individual would not diminish.
* Those who appreciate that you thought of them, dedicate merit to them, and are happy for you and your kindness, that’s how they would get their merits.
* Merit is not a quantity or material thing that you can send out to people. It’s a quality of the mind: the sense of well-being that comes from appreciating a happiness that’s harmless, from doing things that lead to a happiness that’s harmless. Sometimes the texts talk about some activity making a lot of merit or a little bit of merit, but it’s not the kind of thing you can really measure. (from 12/24/18 talk)
Notes from AG Evening Dhamma Talks:
1/1/21 Talk 6:30. Those who help the ones that achieve release will receive lots of merits.
6/1/19: The Stingy peoples' minds are like they live in a narrow house. Those who are generous have minds like they live in a big house – lots of room. One cannot achieve the fruits of Dhamma without generosity.
5/30/2020: 6:00 – Thoughts of goodwill, the designated person doesn’t have to know.
Persons where the merits are dedicated to have to know to benefit.
There are beings that can pick it up.
The primary ones are the hungry ghosts as it is their food.
For them to partake in that food, they have to approve.
Example: A Catholic nun hungry ghost didn’t want the Buddhist merit.
They have to see it as a good thing.
Meditators communicate and dedicate merit to hungry ghosts.
Some of the hungry ghosts seem like they changed their clothes and moved on.
A couple of cases, there seems to be no improvement at all for them.
A. Fuang said whether they can receive it or not is up to their kamma.
Go beyond thinking about it, act on metta.
“I knew a man in Bangkok who lived in a condominium built over an area where there used to be a Catholic church and a Catholic cemetery. The church had been abandoned and so the church had been destroyed. The cemetery, all the bones and everything, had been dug up and moved away, and they built the condominium over it. So, the people in the condominium were having visions and dreams of old Catholics coming to harass them. 2 One day he was meditating in his apartment and he saw a Catholic nun standing in the apartment. So he thought, “Okay, I dedicate the merit of my meditation to you.” And she said, “I don’t want your Buddhist merit!” Which means, of course, that she’s still going to hang around. She won’t get any further than that. So the recipient has to know and approve, because that’s how the merit gets transferred. You can’t just give somebody merit. They have to see what you’ve done as a good thing. The other difference is that once you’ve dedicated the merit, there’s no further responsibility on your part. You get more merit because you wanted to dedicate it, but whether the other person actually receives it, that’s the other person’s responsibility.”
12/24/18
Merit is not a quantity or material thing that you can send out to people. It’s a quality of the mind: the sense of well-being that comes from appreciating a happiness that’s harmless, from doing things that lead to a happiness that’s harmless. Sometimes the texts talk about some activity making a lot of merit or a little bit of merit, but it’s not the kind of thing you can really measure.
Attitude of appreciation lubricates the dhamma practice.
So learn to appreciate generosity and virtue, both when other people dedicate it to you and when you’ve developed it for yourself. Because that multiplies the merit even more, multiplies the sense of well-being even more.
6/3/16
We can send the dead currents of the mind – refreshing energy that energizes us and them. If we can achieve happiness through virtue and good will, why would we wish harm on others?
dict.def.
puññā c
puñña: merit; righteousness. (nt.)
Puñña (nt.) [cp. (late) Vedic puṇya favourable, good; etym. not clear, it may be dialectical. The word is expld by Dhammapāla as "santānaŋ punāti visodheti, i. e. cleaning the continuation (of life) VvA 19, thus taken to pu. The expln is of course fanciful] merit meritorious action, virtue. Always represented as foundation and condition of heavenly rebirth & a future blissful state, the enjoyment (& duration) of which depends on the amount of merit accumulated in a former existence. With ref. to this life there are esp. 3 qualities contributing to merit, viz., dāna, sīla & bhāvanā or liberality, good conduct & contemplation These are the puñña -- kiriya -- vatthūni (see below) Another set of ;ten consists of these 3 and apaciti, veyyāvacca patti -- anuppadāna, abbhanumodanā, desanā savana, diṭṭh' ujjuka -- kamma. The opp. of puñña is either apuñña (D iii.119; S i.114; ii.82; A i.154; iii.412 Sdhp 54, 75) or pāpa (Sn 520; Dh 39; Nett 96; PvA 5) The true Arahant is above both (Pv ii.615). See on term also Kvu trsl. 201. -- (a) Passages (selected): D iii.58, 120; M i.404; ii.191, 199; S i.72; ii.82 iv.190; iv.190; v.53; A i.151, 155 sq.; iii.412; Sn 427 sq., 547, 569, 790; Dh 18, 116 sq., 196, 220, 267, 331 412; Nd1 90; Pv 1.2; i.512; Pug 55; Vism 541 (puññānaŋ paccayo duvidhā); DhA iv.34; PvA 6, 8 30 69 sq.; Sdhp 4, 19 sq. -- (b) Var. phrases & characterisations:; Merit is represented as great (uḷāra DA i.110; PvA 5; anappaka Pv i.512) or little (paritta DA i.110; appa S ii.229); as adj. ( -- ˚) mahā˚ S i.191 opp. appa˚ M ii.5. puñña is defined at Nd1 90 as follows: "puññaŋ vuccati yaŋ kiñci tedhātukaŋ kusal' âbhisankhāraŋ; apuññaŋ vuccati sabbaŋ akusalaŋ " It is defined as "dāna -- sīl' -- ādi -- pabheda" "sucaritaŋ kusala -- kammaŋ" at VvA 19; considered as leading to future happiness: Vv 13; PvA 58; consisting mainly in dāna (dānamayaŋ p.) PvA 8, 51, 60 66, 73, but also in vandana PvA 1. To do good puññaŋ (puññāni) karoti D i.137; S iv.331; A v.177 Pv i.119; or pasavati S i.182, 213; A i.89; ii.3 sq. iii.244; v.249, 282; PvA 121, cp. puññaŋ pasutaŋ Pv i.512; VvA 289. Other phrases: ˚ŋ ākankhati S i.18, 20; pavaḍḍhati S i.33; corehi duharaŋ S i.36 puññānaŋ vipāko A iv.89; āgamo S iii.209 iv.349 opadhikaŋ S i.233; It 78; purāṇaŋ & navaŋ S ;i.92 sayaŋ katāni puññāni S i.37; puññassa dhārā S i.100 v.400.
-- atthika desirous of merit Sn 487 sq.
-- ânubhāva the majesty of merit PvA 58.
-- âbhisankhāra accumulation of merit D iii.217; S ii.82; Nd1 90, 206, 442 Vism 557 sq., 571; VbhA 142 sq., 166, 184.
-- âbhisanda (+kusalâbhisanda) meritorious results A ii.54 sq. iii.51, 337; iv.245.
-- assaya seat of merit DA i.67
-- iddhi the magic power of m. PvA 117.
-- kata one who has done a deed of m. A ii.32.
-- kamma good works righteousness, merit S i.97, 143; DA i.10; VvA 32 PvA 54, 87; Sdhp 32.
-- kāma (adj.) desirous of doing good works S v.462.
-- kiriyā a good or meritorious action S i.87 (˚kriyā), 101; PvA 54; usually as ˚kiriyavatthu item of m. action (of which 3 are usually enumd see above) D iii.218; A iv.241; It 51; Nett 50, 128
-- kkhandha mass of merit (only as mahā˚) S v.400 A iii.337.
-- kkhaya decay (or waning of the effect) of merit D i.18 (cp. āyukkhaya & DA ;i.110).
-- kkhetta field of m., Ep. of the Sangha or any holy personalities doing good (lit. planting seeds of merit) to whom is a source of future compensation to the benefactor Usually with adj. anuttara unsurpassed field of m. (see also sangha) D iii.5, 227; M i.446; iii.80; S i.167, 220 v.343, 363, 382; A i.244; ii.34 sq., 56, 113; iii.158, 248 279 sq., 387; iv.10 sq., 292; It 88; Sn 486; Vv 5031 (cp. VvA 216); Pv iv.133 (of a bhikkhu); Vism 220 VvA 286; PvA 1 (ariyasangha), 5 (Moggallāna), 6 (arahanto), 132, 140, 214 and passim. Cp. BSk puṇyakṣetra Divy 63, 395 (+udāra).
-- paṭipadā the meritorious path, path of m. A i.168; Nett 96.
-- pasavana creation of m. PvA 31.
-- pekkha looking for merit (i. e. reward), intent upon m. S i.167; Sn 463 sq. 487 sq.; Dh 108 (cp. DhA ii.234).
-- phala the fruit (or result) of m. action S i.217; Pug 51; DhA ii.4; PvA 8 50, 52.
-- bala the power of m. PvA 195.
-- bhāga taking part in meritorious action S i.154.
-- bhāgiya having share in m. M iii.72 sq.; Nett 48.
-- maya=puñña J iv.232 (˚iddhi); cp. BSk. puñyamaya AvŚ i.183.
<>